AIRCRAFT CARRIER TRAINING READINESS MANUAL (CVN TRAMAN) COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH4

Transcription

1 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 AIRCRAFT CARRIER TRAINING READINESS MANUAL (CVN TRAMAN) COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH4 COMMANDER, NAVAL AIR FORCES (COMNAVAIRFOR)

2 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE NUMBER DATE OF CHANGE ENTERED BY ENTERED BY 1

3 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 N7 COMNAVAIRFOR INSTRUCTION D CH4 From: Commander, Naval Air Forces Subj: AIRCRAFT CARRIER TRAINING AND READINESS MANUAL Ref: (a) OPNAVINST , Fleet Response Plan (b) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST Series, US Fleet Forces Command, Fleet Training Continuum (c) NRTP (Defense Readiness Reporting System-Navy Reporting Manual (d) NAVSEA SL720-AA-MAN Purpose. This is a joint Commander, Naval Air Force, Pacific (COMNAVAIRPAC)/Commander, Naval Air Force, Atlantic (COMNAVAIRLANT) instruction. To promulgate revised Aircraft Carrier Training and Readiness Manual (CV TRAMAN) to be used by all aircraft carriers, staffs and units of Naval Air Force, Pacific and Atlantic Fleets in support of references (a) through (c). 2. Cancellation. COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 3 Update 1 3. Scope. This instruction underwent extensive revision due to rapidly evolving readiness reporting processes and a number of newly-introduced inspections, certifications and directives. Fleet inputs provided a fleet-authored context to deliver a more user-friendly document addressing training and readiness across all Personnel, Equipment, Supply, Training and Ordnance pillars. 4. Background. The CV TRAMAN complements the United States Fleet Forces Command (USFFC) Fleet Training Continuum instruction (FTC) and Commander, U.S. SEVENETH Fleet (C7F) Training Plan by providing CVN-specific readiness standards and training requirements. It serves as a guide for conducting ship-wide, departmental and team training during the Optimized Fleet Response Plan (OFRP) while setting standards for measuring readiness against the CVN Navy Mission Essential Task List (NMETL). The CV TRAMAN ultimately provides Combatant Commanders with trained CVN crews capable of sustained combat operations as part of the larger Carrier Strike Group (CSG). 5. Policy. Incorporated updates and revisions: a. Aligns and standardizes Training Pillar readiness reporting with NMETL, Carrier Sierra Hotel Aviation Readiness Program (CV SHARP) and Defense Readiness Reporting System - Navy (DRRS-N) methodology. b. Updates Battle E and Departmental E competition rules and requirements. 2

4 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 c. Separates Appendix I and Appendix II into separate documents that will reside on the CNAF N7 Sharepoint. This will allow timely changes and updates to the TACs without having to release a change to the entire CV TRAMAN. d. Due to the mid-year release of this document, Chapter 6 was released ahead of the entire document in order to allow continuity in the Battle E competition across the fleet. e. Aligns the CV TRAMAN with the new USFF OFRP instruction. 6. Change recommendations. Recommendations for changes to this instruction are encouraged. Recommendations shall be submitted to Commander Naval Air Force Pacific or Atlantic via the chain of command as specified within this instruction. DANIEL CHEEVER Chief of Staff Distribution: SharePoint 3

5 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS RECORD OF CHANGES 1 PROMOLGATION LETTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 LIST OF FIGURES 20 SUMMARY OF CHANGES 22 RECOMMENDATION FOR CHANGE 23 CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW 1100 INTRODUCTION RESPONSIBILITIES RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CHANGES ` 1-3 CHAPTER 2 TRAINING READINESS REPORTING SECTION 1 CV-SHARP 2100 GENERAL OVERVIEW GUIDANCE REFERENCE ACTION 2-1 SECTION 2 DRRS-N 2200 GUIDANCE REFERENCE ACTION CVN MISSION ESSENTIAL TASK LIST (METL) 2-2 4

6 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 SECTION 3 RELATIONSHIP OF DRRS-N, CVN METL AND CV-SHARP 2300 GENERAL OVERVIEW TRAINING SCORE METHODOLOGY 2-4 CHAPTER 3 TRAINING CYCLE SECTION 1 OPTIMIZED FLEET TRAINING PLAN (OFRP) 3100 OVERVIEW OFRP PHASES (CONUS-BASED) FDNF TRAINING MAINTENANCE PHASE BASIC PHASE UNIT LEVEL TRAINING (ULT) INTEGRATED PHASE TRAINING SUSTAINMENT TRAINING AND DEPLOYMENT 3-5 SECTION 2 MAINTENANCE PHASE TRAINING 3200 TRAINING DURING MAINTENANCE PERIODS COMMAND ASSESSMENT OF READINESS AND TRAINING I (CART I) PREPARATION FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD 3-7 SECTION 3 PREPARATION FOR BASIC UNIT LEVEL TRAINING 3300 CREW PREP OVERVIEW LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE (LOK) EXAMS POST-MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS (ALL OFRP PHASES) CARRIER TRAINING PLANNING CONFERENCE SHIP BOARD TRAINING TEAM (SBTT) CREW CERTIFICATION

7 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH FAST CRUISE SEA TRIALS SHAKEDOWN TRAINING 3-22 SECTION 4 BASIC PHASE TRAINING 3400 GENERAL TRAINING SUPPORT FOR OFRP EVENTS FLIGHT DECK/CATCC CERTIFICATION PHASE I, II AND III COMMAND ASSESSMENT OF READINESS AND TRAINING II (CART II) TAILORED SHIP'S TRAINING AVAILABILITY (TSTA) FINAL EVALUATION PROBLEM (FEP) BASIC PHASE COMPLETION GRADE 3-31 SECTION 5 INTEGRATED AND SUSTAINMENT TRAINING 3500 INTEGRATED TRAINING EVENTS SUSTAINMENT TRAINING EVENTS UNIT LEVEL TRAINING ASSESSMENT SUSTAINMENT (ULTRA-S) 3-35 SECTION 6 OTHER TYPES OF TRAINING 3600 LIMITED TEAM TRAINING (LTT) ANTI-TERRORISM/FORCE PROTECTION (AT/FP) TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION FLEET REPLACEMENT SQUADRON (FRS) CARRIER QUALIFICATION (CQ)/ TRAINING COMMAND (TRACOM)CQ SYNTHETIC TRAINING (FST AND NON-FST) NAVIGATION TRAINING REACTOR DEPARTMENT TRAINING

8 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH MONTHLY IN PORT TRAINING EXERCISES (MITE) CARRIER AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER (CATCC) TEAM TRAINING PROTECTIVE MEASURES ASSESSMENT PROTOCAL (PMAP) COMBAT DIRECTION CENTER TEAM TRAINER (SHIP S SELF DEFENSE SYSTEM) PMS 312 MINI-CAMPS HF MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK TRAINING (HF MCN) 3-43 SECTION 7 REPORTING 3700 CONSOLIDATED SHIP'S DISCREPANCY LOG (CSDL) CATEGORIES OF DISCREPANCIES DEFINED END-OF-MISSION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ASSESSMENT OF THE OFRP 3-46 CHAPTER 4 SHIPBOARD TRAINING SECTION 1 TRAINING PROGRAM OVERVIEW 4100 GENERAL TRAINING GOALS ELEMENTS OF A TRAINING PROGRAM SHIPBOARD TRAINING PROGRAM LONG RANGE TRAINING PLAN SHORT RANGE TRAINING PLAN TRAINING RECORDS PLAN, SCHEDULE, AND RECORD TRAINING 4-7 SECTION 2 INDIVIDUAL READINESS: FLTMPS SCHOOLS COMPLETION REPORTING 7

9 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH GUIDANCE REPORTING SOURCE FOR SCHOOLS COMPLETION REQUIRED SCHOOLS COMPLETION PERCENTAGE USING LONG RANGE TRAINING PLAN AND WATCH TEAM REPLACEMENT PLAN TO MANAGE INDIVIDUAL TRAINING COMPLETION 4-10 SECTION 3 ALL HANDS TRAINING 4300 GENERAL INDOCTRINATION DIVISION TRAINING DAMAGE CONTROL (DC) TRAINING BASIC FIRST AID M TRAINING GENERAL MILITARY TRAINING SAFETY TRAINING ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING METEOROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY TRAINING ANTI-TERRORISM (AT) AWARENESS TRAINING RADIOLOGICAL TRAINING OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT (ORM) UNDERSEA WARFARE ELECTRONIC WARFARE (EW) REQUIREMENTS 4-22 SECTION 4 DIVISIONAL TRAINING 4400 DIVISIONAL TRAINING 4-22 SECTION 5 ONGOING/WATCHSTATION TRAINING 4500 ONGOING TRAINING

10 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH WATCH STATION TRAINING 4-25 SECTION 6 IN-RATE TRAINING 4600 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION STANDARDS (PQS) ADVANCEMENT TRAINING 4-29 SECTION 7 NON-RESIDENT TRAINING COURSES 4700 NON-RESIDENT TRAINING COURSES 4-30 SECTION 8 SHIP S TRAINING TEAMS 4800 GENERAL TRAINING TEAM PROCEDURES INTEGRATED TRAINING TEAM (ITT) DAMAGE CONTROL TRAINING TEAM (DCTT) ENGINEERING TRAINING TEAM (ETT) COMBAT SYSTEMS TRAINING TEAM (CSTT) AIR DEPARTMENT TRAINING TEAM (ADTT) SEAMANSHIP/NAVIGATION TRAINING TEAM (SNTT) MEDICAL TRAINING TEAM (MTT) FORCE PROTECTION TRAINING TEAM (FPTT) PROPULSION PLANT DRILL TEAM (PPDT) WEAPONS TRAINING TEAM (WTT) 4-40 SECTION 9 MAINTENANCE AVAILABILITY TRAINING MANPOWER, PERSONNEL AND TRAINING PLAN (MPT) 4-41 CHAPTER 5 INSPECTIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND ASSESSMENTS REQUIRED FOR CERTIFICATION AS INDEPENDENT UNIT READY FOR TASKING (IURFT) SECTION 1 POLICY REGARDING ICAVS AND TRAINING 9

11 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH ICAV DEFINITIONS AND GUIDANCE LIST OF IURFT REQUIREMENTS 5-2 SECTION 2 IURFT INSPECTIONS 5200 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (ALREMP) INSPECTION CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION DIESEL INSPECTION PRE-DEPLOYMENT ELECTRICAL POWER SURVEY INSPECTION (PEPSI) ELECTRONIC KEY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (EKMS) INSPECTION SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION (SCI) SECURITY MANAGEMENT INSPECTION SPECIAL ACCESS PROGRAM (SAP) SECURITY MANAGEMENT INSPECTION SHIPBOARD EXPLOSIVE SAFETY INSPECTION (SESI) SPECIAL SECURITY SPECIALIST ASSISTANT M INSPECTION 5-9 SECTION 3 IURFT CERTIFICATIONS 5300 CATAPULT CERTIFICATION ARRESTING GEAR CERTIFICATION INTEGRATED LAUNCH AND RECOVERY TELEVISION SURVEILLANCE (ILARTS) SYSTEM CERTIFICATION VISUAL LANDING AIDS (VLA) CERTIFICATION IMPROVED FRESNEL LENS OPTICAL LANDING SYSTEM (IFLOLS) CERTIFICATION MANUALLY OPERATED VISUAL LANDING AIDS (MOVLAS) CERTIFICATION

12 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH LANDING SIGNALS OFFICER/HEADS UP DISPLAY (LSO/HUD) CERTIFICATION JET BLAST DEFLECTOR (JBD) CERTIFICATION FLIGHT AND HANGAR DECK AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF) SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION WIND MEASURING AND INDICATING SYSTEM (WMIS) CERTIFICATION FLIGHT DECK/CARRIER AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER (CATCC) CERTIFICATION PRECISION APPROACH AND LANDING SYSTEMS (PALS) CERTIFICATION TACTICAL AIR NAVIGATION (TACAN) SYSTEM CERTIFICATION SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) CERTIFICATION EVOLVED/NATO SEA SPARROW MISSILE SYSTEM (ESSMS/NSSMS) CERTIFICATION TDL OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION METEOROLOGY & OCEANOGRAPHY (METOC) CERTIFICATION NAVIGATION SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION (NAVCERT) AVIATION FUELS SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION HAZARD (RADHAZ) CERTIFICATION POINTING AND FIRING CUT-OUTS (P&FCO) CERTIFICATION MAGAZINE SPRINKER SYSTEM (MSSC) CERTIFICATION OIL POLLUTION ABATEMENT/OILY WATER SEPARATOR CERTIFICATION 5-14 SECTION 4 IURFT ASSESSMENTS 5400 COMBAT SYSTEMS, COMMAND, CONTROL, COMMUNICATIONS, AND COMPUTER READINESS ASSESSMENT (C5RA)

13 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH COMBAT SYSTEMS SHIP QUALIFICATION TRIALS (CSSQT) RELIGIOUS MINISTRY TEAM (RMT) ASSESSMENT ISIC S NAVIGATION ASSESSMENT WEAPONS AND CARGO ELEVATOR ASSESSMENT AIRCRAFT ELEVATOR (ACE) ASSESSMENT VERTICAL PACKAGE CONVEYOR/DUMB WAITER (VPC/DW) ASSESSMENT ANTI-TERRORISM (AT) ASSESSMENT MINE READINESS ASSESSMENT CVN WEAPONS OPERATIONAL READINESS ASSESSMENT (WORA) TORPEDO READINESS ASSESSMENT/TECHNICAL ASSIST VISIT (TRA/TAV) M ASSESSMENT 5-17 SECTION 5 VISITS 5500 WEAPONS SAFETY ASSISTANCE TEAM (WSAT) VISITS CVN AIRCRAFT HANDLING TEAM (AHT) FORCE SAFETY/INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE ASSIST INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE FOLLOW-ON SURVEYS SHIPBOARD SAFETY SURVEY HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT ASSIST M ASSIST AND TRAINING VISITS (3MAT) SUPPLY MANAGEMENT ASSIST (SMA) VISIT CYBER SECURITY INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (CSICP)

14 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH ENGINEERING ASSIST VISITS CVN ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE ASSIST TEAM (CEMAT) VISITS MAGAZINE SPRINKLER SYSTEM VERIFICATION MOBILE ORDNANCE TRAINING TEAM (MOTT) VISIT AVIATION ORDNANCE READINESS REVIEW (AORR) VISIT 5-25 SECTION 6 AVAILABLE TRAINING 5600 GENERAL GUIDANCE M TRAINING TEAM (3MTT) TRAINING CV-TSC ASSIST TRAINING UNDERWAY REPLENISHMENT ATLANTIC FLEET WEAPONS PACKAGING AND UNDERWAY REPLENISHMENT TRAINING ATLANTIC/PACIFIC FLEET MISSILE SENTENCING INSPECTION TRAINING NAVIGATION SEAMANSHIP AND SHIPHANDLING TRAINER (NSST) ANTI-TERRORISM (AT) TRAINING 5-29 CHAPTER 6 BATTLE EFFICIENCY E COMPETITION SECTION 1 BATTLE E GUIDANCE 6100 GENERAL POLICY BATTLE E DISQUALIFIERS AWARD COMPUTATION

15 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH WEARING AND DISPLAY OF AWARDS IMA SUPPORT 6-12 SECTION 2 AIR DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N43/N73) 6200 GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (YELLOW E) CVN DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-17 SECTION 3 AIRCRAFT INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N42) 6300 GENERAL DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-21 SECTION 4 COMBAT SYSTEMS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N6) 6400 GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (GREEN CS) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-25 SECTION 5 DAMAGE CONTROL (TYCOM N72) 6500 GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (RED DC) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-27 SECTION 6 DECK DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) 6600 GENERAL

16 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH AWARD COMPUTATION (WHITE CROSSED ANCHORS WITH BLACK D) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-28 SECTION 7 ENGINEERING AND REACTOR DEPARTMENTS (TYCOM N9) 6700 GENERAL AWARDS COMPUTATION (RED E) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-31 SECTION 8 HEALTH SERVICES DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N01H) 6800 GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (BLUE M) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-33 SECTION 9 NAVIGATION DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) 6900 GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (WHITE SHIP'S WHEEL) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-34 SECTION 10 OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (GREEN E) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION

17 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 SECTION 11 SAFETY DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N45) GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (GREEN SAFETY CROSS) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-40 SECTION 12 SECURITY DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N3D) GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (BLACK S ) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-41 SECTION 13 SUPPLY DEPARTMENT GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (BLUE E ) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-44 SECTION 14 WEAPONS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N4) GENERAL AWARD COMPUTATION (BLACK W) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-48 SECTION 15 CARRIER MAINTENANCE EFFICIENCY AWARD (PURPLE E) (TYCOM N43) GENERAL ANNUAL PURPLE E AWARD COMPUTATION

18 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 3M QUARTERLY MESSAGE REPORT FORMAT (SKED 3.2) DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-61 SECTION 16 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND ENERGY CONSERVATION (EPEC) AWARD (TYCOM N45) GENERAL ANNUAL EPEC AWARD COMPUTATION DISQUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION 6-64 SECTION 17 TIE BREAKER (TYCOM N00) 6-64 CHAPTER 7 AWARDS SECTION 1 ARLEIGH BURKE FLEET TROPHY 7100 GENERAL NOMINATIONS CUSTODY OF THE AWARD 7-3 SECTION 2 JUNIOR OFFICER AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN SHIPHANDLING 7200 GENERAL ELIGIBILITY EVALUATION BOARD EVALUATIONS AWARDS ACTION REPORTS

19 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 SECTION 3 ASSOCIATION OF OLD CROWS (AOC) 7300 GENERAL NOMINATION PROCEDURES SELECTION 7-8 SECTION 4 THE BATTENBERG CUP AWARD 7400 GENERAL NOMINATION SELECTION 7-9 SECTION 5 MARJORIE STERRETT BATTLESHIP FUND AWARD 7500 GENERAL SELECTION EXPENDITURE 7-10 SECTION 6 PROPULSION PLANT WATCH OFFICER (PPWO) OF THE YEAR AWARD 7600 GENERAL NOMINATION SELECTION 7-11 SECTION 7 ENLISTED ENGINEER OF THE QUARTER 7700 GENERAL NOMINATION CRITERIA SELECTION

20 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 SECTION 8 ENLISTED ENGINEER OF THE YEAR 7800 GENERAL NOMINATION CRITERIA SELECTION 7-14 SECTION 9 COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC EXCELLENCE IN INTELLIGENCE AND INFORMATION WARFARE AWARD 7900 GENERAL CRITERIA AWARD SUBMISSION AND FORMAT SELECTION 7-16 CHAPTER 8 FORWARD DEPLOYED NAVAL FORCE (FDNF) CVN TRAINING CYCLE SECTION 1 GENERAL 8100 PURPOSE DISCUSSION 8-1 SECTION 2 PREPARATION FOR TRAINING 8200 GENERAL TRAINING SUPPORT FOR OFRP EVENTS COMMAND ASSESSMENT OF READINESS AND TRAINING (CART) CREW PREPARATION CORE TRAINING (CT) I AND II UNIT LEVEL TRAINING ASSESSMENT - SUSTAINMENT (ULTRA-S) RESPONSIBILITIES

21 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH FLEET SYNTHETIC TRAINING (FST) REACTOR DEPARTMENT TRAINING 8-7 SECTION 3 ASSESSMENT OF FDNF OFRP - FDNF END-OF- MISSION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 8-7 APPENDIX I CONUS TRAINING REQUIREMENTS PREAMBLE I-1 APPENDIX II FNDF TRAINING EQUIREMENTS PREAMBLE II-1 BACK COVER 20

22 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE 2-1 CVN METL DEVELOPMENT PROCESS 2-3 FIGURE 2-2 PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN CV-SHARP ASHORE 2-5 FIGURE 2-3 NOTIONAL TEAM EXAMPLE 2-6 FIGURE 2-4 SUB-EVENT E LEVEL CALCULATION 2-7 FIGURE 2-5 DRRS-N PILLAR 2-8 FIGURE 3-1 NOTIONAL STRIKE GROUP FLEET RESPONSE TRAINING PLAN 3-2 FIGURE 3-2 SCHEMATIC OF TRAINING EVENTS DURING THE OFRP CYCLE 3-3 FIGURE 3-3 LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE EXAMS 3-10 FIGURE 3-4 DOCK TRIALS, FAST CRUISE, AND SEA TRIALS REQUIREMENTS BY DURATION OF MAINTENANCE AVAILABILITY 3-13 FIGURE 3-5 ATG TRAINING SUPPORT PERSONNEL 3-24 FIGURE 3-6 REGIONAL ITCS 3-40 FIGURE 3-7 CATTC TEAM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 3-41 FIGURE 4-1 SAMPLE LONG RANGE TRAINING PLAN 4-5 FIGURE 4-2 SAMPLE SHORT RANGE TRAINING PLAN 4-7 FIGURE 4-3 REALTIONSHIP BETWEEN TRAINING, PQS, AND WTRP 4-32 FIGURE 6-1 BATTLE EFFICIENCY AWARD 6-8 FIGURE 6-2 DEPARTMENTAL "E" EXCELLENCE AWARD - DEPARTMENTS WITHOUT UNIQUE DESIGN 6-8 FIGURE 6-3 DEPARTMENTAL "CS" AWARD COMBAT SYSTEMS. 6-9 FIGURE 6-4 DEPARTMENTAL "M" AWARD MEDICAL 6-9 FIGURE 6-5 DEPARTMENTAL "DC" AWARD DAMAGE CONTROL 6-9 FIGURE 6-6 DEPARTMENTAL "W" AWARD WEAPONS

23 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 FIGURE 6-7 DEPARTMENTAL "S" AWARD 6-10 FIGURE 6-8 DEPARTMENTAL "CROSSED ANCHOR WITH D" AWARD DECK 6-10 FIGURE 6-9 DEPARTMENTAL "SHIP'S WHEEL" EXCELLENCE AWARD NAVIGATION 6-10 FIGURE 6-10 IMA COMPUTATION TABLE 6-13 FIGURE 6-11 IMA EVENTS TABLE 6-14 FIGURE 6-12 AIMD MEASURES 6-20 FIGURE 6-13 AIMD EVENTS 6-19 FIGURE 7-1 ENGINEER OF THE QUARTER NOMINATION SCHEDULE 7-12 FIGURE 8-1 FDNF CARRIER TRAINING READINESS SUSTAINMENT (36-MONTH CYCLE) 8-2 FIGURE I-1 EXAMPLE FOR CONUS EXPERIENCE AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS I-7 FIGURE II-1 EXAMPLE FOR FDNF EXPERIENCE AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS II-2 22

24 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 SUMMARY OF CHANGES 1. Revision D CH 4 of COMNAVAIRFORINST incorporates many minor changes throughout the instruction based on fleet user feedback, updated Fleet Instructions, and adjustments and clarifications to improve the usability of the CVN TRAMAN. A thorough review of the entire instruction is recommended. Specific changes include; a. Revision D CH 4 of the TRAMAN updates all references of FRTP to OFRP. b. Detaches Appendix I and II from COMNAVAIRFORINST to allow for easier updates. APP I and II will reside on the CNAP Sharepoint. c. Added Paragraph 3610 to include information about Mini-Camps. d. Adds Section 5207, Shipboard Explosive Safety Inspection (SESI) and deletes the Conventional Ordnance Safety Review (COSR) and Mid-Deployment Operational Readiness Self-Assessment (MORSA). e. Updates Section 4303 from the GITMO 8 to Shipboard First Aid and Rescue. f. Adds Section 4900 Manpower, Personnel and Training Plan (MPT) g. Adds Section 3503 Combat Operational Efficiency (COE) Exercise. h. Announces the cancelation of CVN ASA check sheets which will be re-created in Training and Assessment Cards (TACs) starting 1 August

25 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 RECOMMENDATION FOR CHANGE POINT OF CONTACT Originating Command: Rank: Name: Telephone: RECOMMENDED CHANGE Chapter/Appendix: Section: Paragraph: Sub-Section: Page: Current Wording: Recommended Wording: Rationale: Submit via CSG to COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANT, Code N7. 24

26 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW 1100 INTRODUCTION The Commander, Naval Air Forces (CNAF) Aircraft Carrier Training Readiness Manual (CVN TRAMAN), supplements and amplifies the training doctrine contained in OPNAVINST (series), Standard Operations Regulations Manual (SORM), and other instructions from higher authority. It is the primary source of policy, direction and requirements for all aspects of Unit Level Training (ULT) in support of the Fleet Training Continuum (FTC). The current Optimized Fleet Training Plan (OFRP) was created to meet the requirements of the FTC. The CVN TRAMAN provides policies for the administration and conduct of an aircraft carrier training program which will achieve the prescribed standards of readiness to perform the ship's combat missions as identified in OPNAVINST C , Required Operational Capability/ Projected Operational Environment (ROC/POE) for Multi-Purpose Aircraft Carriers. Training responsibilities are assigned to every echelon of command, but primary responsibility for accomplishment of training resides with the individual unit Commanding Officer. Numbered Fleet Commander (NFC) Operation Orders (OPORDs) provide general direction for use by subordinate commanders in the execution of their duties RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Type Commanders (TYCOM) shall: a. Establish training readiness standards for aircraft carriers and monitor training readiness of each ship throughout the readiness cycle. b. Ensure all aircraft carrier ULT and assessment events are planned and executed as prescribed by this instruction in accordance with the OFRP cycle. TYCOMs will coordinate with Carrier Strike Group Commanders (CSGs) and NFCs to ensure these events and other operational requirements (e.g. Fleet Replacement Squadron Carrier Qualifications (FRSCQ)) are properly scheduled and reflected in NFC operational schedules. c. Provide training assistance as requested by ship s CSG, and assist the CSG in conducting certifications and inspections to ensure unit level proficiency throughout the OFRP. d. Conduct Battle Efficiency (Battle E ) competition among aircraft Carriers as specified in Chapter Six. e. Conduct a Carrier Training Planning Conference with the ship, CSG and Afloat Training Group (ATG) to brief ULT evolutions from Crew Certification though Final Evaluation Period (FEP). f. Exercise oversight responsibility for training readiness of aircraft carriers in the absence of an assigned CSG. 1-1

27 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 g. Provide notification via Record of Changes posted on Sharepoint upon updates/changes of Training Assessment Cards (TACs) or Appendices I or II. Provide notification via naval message upon update/changes of Training Assessment Cards (TACs) or Appendices I or II. 2. Carrier Strike Group Commanders shall: a. Exercise oversight responsibility for training readiness of aircraft carriers. b. Familiarize the CSG staff with the requirements and readiness measures defined in this manual. c. Schedule training events and services as specified in Appendices I and II (as applicable). Work closely with the TYCOM, ATG Commander, and Commander, CSG 4/15 to maintain a balanced and efficient training plan. d. Ensure individual training requirements contained within the Fleet Training Management Planning System (FLTMPS) are accurate with ship s configuration and related requirements. e. Ensure respective TYCOM N7 is provided a monthly Consolidated Ship s Discrepancy Log (CSDL) as outlined in Chapter 3. f. Ensure CVN crews are provided opportunities to conduct meaningful training and maintain maximum readiness levels consistent with each stage of the OFRP. 3. Commander, Afloat Training Group (ATG) shall: a. Provide Subject Matter Experts to conduct ULT in accordance with COMNAVAIRFOR policy and guidance. b. Coordinate scheduling of the Shipboard Training Team (SBTT) course, and provide the ship s crew with fundamental skills and techniques to self-train. c. Provide assistance to TYCOM/CSG in the conduct of inspections, certifications, assessments and assist visits (ICAVS) (e.g. NSSM/ESSMS certification, navigation check ride, crew certification, etc.), where applicable. d. Participate in the Carrier Training Planning Conference with the ship, CSG and TYCOM to brief upcoming ULT evolutions from Crew Certification through FEP. e. Maintain liaison with TYCOM/CSG throughout the OFRP to maintain continuity of the training plan. f. Provide standardized End-of-Mission Reports to the CVN, CSG and TYCOM, as specified in the reporting formats maintained on the CNAF SharePoint site following each phase of training. Reports will document training shortfalls and recommend corrective actions. 1-2

28 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH 4 4. Aircraft Carrier Commanding Officers shall: a. Comply with the requirements specified in this instruction, particularly the training requirements specified in Appendix I (CONUS)/Appendix II (FDNF) and in FLTMPS. b. Place primary emphasis for CVN training plans and schedules on attainment and maintenance of maximum mission area readiness. 5. Ship s Training Teams: a. Have a clear understanding of training and resource requirements as outlined in Appendices I and II, and Training Assessment Cards (TACs). b. Ensure the material condition of the ship supports a safe training environment. c. Develop tailored training scenarios and schedule of events (SOEs) to support ULT evolutions. d. Conduct pre-drill briefs, as required. e. Provide ATG Training Liaison Officer (TLO) a copy of all required training information, for example: Battle Orders, Watch Team Replacement Plans (WTRPs), Watch bills, training simulation information, training team designations, and other reports (as required). f. Prepare end-of-mission (EOM) reports RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CHANGES Recommendations for changes are strongly encouraged. Submit recommendations to Commander, Naval Air Force Pacific or Atlantic N7 via the chain of command. 1-3

29 CHAPTER 2 TRAINING READINESS REPORTING 2100 CV-SHARP OVERVIEW 1. The Carrier Sierra Hotel Aviation Readiness Program (CV- SHARP) is the CVN training readiness management tool that supports the development and sustainment of the CVN s training readiness. The system is based on team training Sub-Event completions logged in CV- SHARP and then rolled up to a unit level training readiness depiction. This functionality provides the CO with detailed information on the depth and sustainability of the crew s training readiness in terms of both watch teams and individual Sailors. 2. CV-SHARP also serves as the sole authoritative source to populate the Defense Readiness Reporting System (DRRS-N) Training T-Pillar Readiness data. 3. Details of team types/number of required teams are dictated by TYCOM-designated subject matter experts (SMEs) GUIDANCE 1. The primary benefit of CV-SHARP is the ability to track CVN training based on individual and team training readiness; indicating the depth of the unit s training health. The program is intended as the primary onboard tool for CVN training and readiness management. 2. Detailed program information and training tools will be provided by the Program Manager and the contractor s Customer Support Representatives. The Software User s Manual (SUM) will contain additional details REFERENCE 1. Supplemental guidance for CV-SHARP reporting and usage by Commander, Naval Air Forces, Pacific COMNAVAIRPAC)/Commander, Naval Air Forces, Atlantic (COMNAVAIRLANT) Units, COMNAVAIRFOR INSTRUCTION (series). 2. Minimum quantity of required teams in CV-SHARP is dictated by TYCOM designated area Subject Matter Experts (SME s) ACTION CO s shall: 1. Implement CV-SHARP as the primary tool for CVN training readiness management. 2. Ensure accurate and timely logging of completed Sub-Events. 2-1

30 3. Ensure departmental CV-SHARP representatives within their command are designated and fully conversant with CV-SHARP functionality. 4. Provide feedback to TYCOM on program functionality and use DRRS-N DRRS-N is the US Navy s mission essential task / capability- based readiness reporting system and is the primary unit level readiness reporting tool. Training Sub-Events captured within CV- SHARP are sent to DRRS-N for roll-up into Mission Essential Task (MET)-based training readiness in the Training Pillar. This provides a near real-time depiction of the carrier s readiness to conduct its warfighting mission REFERENCE 1. The Defense Readiness Reporting System-Navy (DRRS-N) Reporting Manual, NTRP (series), establishes DRRS-N readiness reporting procedures. 2. Detailed program information is available in the Software User Manual (SUM) ACTION DRRS-N instruction tasks COs to: 1. Ensure accurate and timely update of DRRS-N assessments. 2. Implement DRRS-N reporting and ensure appropriate personnel within their command are fully trained and comply with DRRS-N reporting requirements. 3. Provide feedback to TYCOM and Fleet Commander on unit NMETLs CVN MISSION ESSENTIAL TASK LIST (METL) 1. The CVN METL is the TYCOM s common baseline for tasks, with associated conditions and standards that are used in planning, executing, assessing and evaluating Fleet training and capabilities. It consists of a series of Mission Essential Tasks (METs) deemed critical by the TYCOM for mission accomplishment. Each MET is constructed by mission analysis of the ROC/POE, OPLANs, CONPLANs or Mission Orders to establish the essential tasks and any supporting tasks along with the conditions and standards under which the tasks are required to be performed in order to achieve the mission. Detailed guidance for the construction of METs is set out in OPNAVINST series (Universal Naval Task List) Chapter 2. The common baseline of METs is used for assessing operational performance and determining associated resources and entitlements. 2. COMNAVAIRFOR (N7) will conduct an annual review of the CVN METL. To support this process each carrier will conduct a review of the current CVN METL during the OFRP against the current OPLANs, CONPLANs and Mission Orders. The CART I report, made prior to return to homeport from deployment, shall verify the completed review along with any recommended changes. Negative reports are required. CART I message template can be found on the CNAF N7 SharePoint portal. 2-2

31 3. An overview of the CVN METL Development Process is shown in Figure 2-1. NMETLs result from mission analysis NMETLs document mission capability requirements as tasks executed under relevant conditions to a set standard Derived from analysis of NMET requirements Lays out a progressive and synchronized training plan to qualification, proficiency, and certification based on NMETs Training readiness determined Track history, Trends, Lessons Learned Right Standards, right mix of Live vs. Synthetic DOTMLPF-P Issues Training is conducted Performance and experience data collected Figure 2-1 CVN NMETL Deve1opment Process 2-3

32 2300 RELATIONSHIP OF DRRS-N, CVN METL AND CV-SHARP 1. CNAF N7 manages DRRS-N T-Pillar, CVN METL and CV-SHARP. Although closely linked, each serves a unique role in carrier training and readiness and has its own data set and rules. Further information can be found at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. 2. DRRS-N measures and reports the readiness of Navy forces to accomplish assigned missions through the construct of a METL. The CVN METL defines capabilities the CVN will need to achieve mission success covering all the PESTO resources (Personnel, Equipment, Supply, Training, and Ordnance). 3. T-Pillar data, in fulfillment of CVN METL requirements, populates DRRS-N and reflects the ship s overall training readiness. 4. CV-SHARP is the CVN interface that captures and provides Sub-Event completion information upline to DRRS-N via T-Pillar population. This data is captured in capabilitiesbased calculation in terms of Performance (P) and Experience (E) factors accomplished through sub-events. 5. CV-SHARP also includes other training requirements of interest to the Commanding Officer, above and beyond DRRS-N reporting, to assist in proper resourcing levels, entitlement determinations, and overall readiness of the crew TRAINING SCORE METHODOLOGY 1. Performance Score: The Sub-Event Performance score (P Score) is the percent grade received on the last occasion the unit conducted the Sub-Event for a performance evaluation. Performance scores are tied to the unit, not the individuals executing the graded Sub-Event. Each Performance Score has a periodicity, defined in Appendix I and II. Sub-Event P Score requirements for each phase are also defined in Appendix I and II. If a P Score is required for a particular Sub-Event during a Phase, it must be evaluated during that Phase, even if the most recent P Score has not yet expired. P Scores are entered into the ship s CV-SHARP Afloat database and transmitted to Ashore. 2. In CV-SHARP Ashore, the raw grade received by the ship is then modified to yield the DRRS-N Performance Score, which is the P Score that will be forwarded to DRRS-N. A score of % equates to a DRRS-N P score of 100%. A score of % equates to a DRRS-N score of 90%. The DRRS-N score for any grade below 80% is simply the actual score. The TYCOM has the discretion to override DRRS-N scores in CV-SHARP Ashore. 2-4

33 P Score values are recorded by the ship P Score values based on New P Score Calc OVERRIDE: N7 can enter any score here to replace the calculated score and use this to report to DRRS-N The number that is being reported to DRRS-N is displayed here (Calculated or Manual Override) Override Date is entered upon a new score and clicking on SAVE button Selecting certain Sub- Events to be edited/updated (as override) to the values entered in the Edit Selected to field Figure 2-2 Performance Assessment in CV-SHARP Ashore 3. Experience Score: The Sub-Event Experience score (E Score) can be calculated in CV- SHARP Ashore via two methodologies. The legacy calculator method is in use now, with plans to transition to the new calculator in the future. 4. Legacy Calculator: The legacy calculator method is based on a statistical sampling of the data. Each Sub-Event has a single Primary Team Type, though most Sub-Events are executed by multiple Team Types. Ships are required to build and maintain the required number of teams for E. CV-SHARP s assumption is that if the Primary Team Type did the Sub-Event, all the other Team Types also completed it. Additionally, it assumes that when the Primary Team Type logs it, all the required teams for E did the Sub-Event. CV-SHARP then uses that Sub-Event Completion date in conjunction with the Learn/Maintain/Degrade periodicities listed in Appendix I and II to calculate the Sub-Event E level. Experience scores passed to DRRS-N are not tied to the individual Sailors executing the Sub-Event. 5. Example: MOB-A 2027 (Recover Man Overboard-Helo) is required to be executed for Experience by 2 ASTAC teams, 1 Flight Deck team, 1 Pri-Fly team, and 2 Tactical Operations Plot (TOP) teams. The Primary Team Type is Pri-Fly. CV-SHARP assumes the 2 ASTAC teams, 1 Flight Deck team and 2 Tactical Operations Plot (TOP) teams also completed the Sub- Event every time the Primary Team Type logs. Every time the Pri-Fly team logs the Sub-Event, the ship s MOB-A 2027 E Level will increase by 1 (assuming it was completed within the 60 day Learn Interval). The E Level passed to DRRS-N is only based on Primary Team Type logged Experience. 2-5

34 6. New Calculator: New Calculator results may be viewed in the Reports From Ashore section of CV-SHARP Afloat in the T Score Summary report. The new calculator is based on notional teams. CV-SHARP will build notional teams from the most experienced individuals on the crew, not just the current watch team members. The program will build the required number of teams for Experience. In the example in Figure 2-3, CV-SHARP is building the Bridge Officers notional team for Sub-Event MOB-N1301(Plan Navigation). The required number of teams for E is 3, so even if the ship has 4 watch teams, CV-SHARP will only build 3 notional teams. If the most experienced crew member is no longer on the actual watch team, they are still eligible for use in the notional team. 7. The program optimizes the lowest notional team score. Rather than place all the highest E levels on the first notional team, with the lowest scores on the last; the program pairs the lower E scores in one role with higher E levels in another. This gives the lowest scoring notional team the best E level possible. Figure 2-3 Notional Team Example 2-6

35 8. CV-SHARP will build the required number of notional teams for each Team Type required to execute the Sub-Event. It will then average the lowest notional team scores from each Team Type to calculate the Sub-Event E. Figure 2-4 is an example for MOB-N 1301 Figure 2-4 Sub-Event E Level Calculation 9. Differences: Unlike the legacy calculation method, the new calculator s Experience scoring is impacted by all Team Types executing the Sub-Event, not just the Primary Team Type. 10. With the new calculator, if 3 Teams are required for E, then all 3 Teams must log the Sub- Event within the Learn Interval in order to increase the overall Team Experience level by 1. The legacy calculator would increase E by 1 if only one of the 3 required Teams logged the Sub- Event within the Learn Interval. The new calculator derives Experience scoring from the individual Sailors executing the events. Therefore, unlike the legacy calculator method, crew turnover will degrade reported Experience levels. If an experienced Sailor leaves the ship, a less experienced Sailor will be added to notional team in his place, dragging down the average score. 2-7

36 Training Score: CV SHARP Ashore uses logged training Sub-Event data to calculate Experience and Performance levels for Sub-Events and Mission Essential Tasks (METs). This data is passed to the DRRS-N T Pillar, where the Experience score is multiplied times the Performance score to yield the Training readiness score (T Score) for each MET. P*E=T. Each MET has the relevant training Sub-Events mapped to it. The MET T Score is calculated from the average T scores of the Sub-Events mapped to that MET. The T Scores for each MET are then averaged to yield the T Scores for each warfare capability area (AW, AMW etc.). Figure 2-5 DRRS-N T-Pillar 2-8

37 CHAPTER 3 TRAINING CYCLE 3100 OPTIMIZED FLEET RESPONSE PLAN (OFRP) In accordance with the Fleet Training Continuum (FTC), the OFRP was designed to provide Navy Component Commanders (NCCs), Numbered Fleet Commanders (NFCs), and Type Commanders (TYCOMs) with guidance to successfully execute Fleet training. Notional FTC requirements are illustrated in Figure 3-1. The OFRP is a flexible and scalable approach to training, which is managed by TYCOMs during the Maintenance and Basic Unit Level Training Phases for CONUS-based units. For Forward Deployed Naval Force (FDNF), C7F, in conjunction with the TYCOM, manages the training cycle. The OFRP aligns Navy capabilities and missions, in support of Combatant Commander and Navy requirements. OFRP requirements are defined through Fleet training instructions. Required CVN training events are set forth in the Training and Readiness Matrix (Appendix I and II) of this instruction. The NMET conditions and standards required to be achieved for each training event are specified in CVN Training and Assessment Cards(TACs). TACs do not supersede any instruction by a higher authority but provide a TYCOM compendium of best practices set against NMETL conditions and a standard for the conduct and reporting of CVN training. TACs are available on the TYCOM SharePoint site OFRP PHASES (CONUS-BASED) A notional CONUS-based OFRP for CSG and CVN consists of four phases: Maintenance, Basic Unit Level Training, Integrated Training and Sustainment, which can continue through one or more deployments. This results in defined progressive levels of employable capability for Naval Forces. Figure 3-2 (Training Events During the OFRP Cycle) illustrates a phase-based training accomplishment notional standard. To gain maximum benefit from limited training time and resources, a ship must enter each training cycle with a clear understanding of specific training required and a detailed plan to accomplish the required training FDNF TRAINING The OFRP ensures naval capabilities are aligned with mission essential tasks and potential operational tasking. By nature of location, the FDNF CVN has different training opportunities available compared to CONUS units. Forward deployed OPTEMPO affords opportunities to maintain tactical proficiency through dedicated training events in conjunction with regional and exercise commitments. Therefore, the FDNF carrier remains within the Sustainment Phase and complies with the requirements of this phase as specified in Appendix II in support of the overarching Commander, SEVENTH FLEET Training Plan. FDNF training is discussed in detail in Chapter

38 3-2 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH4

39 Figure 3-2 Schematic of Training Events during the OFRP Cycle 3-3

40 3103 MAINTENANCE PHASE 1. During the Maintenance Phase, units will focus on ensuring they are manned with personnel with the appropriate qualifications and minimum required schools. Additionally, units shall ensure team trainers are completed, and any shortfalls in personnel, equipment, supply, training and ordnance are identified for resolution and/or mitigation. 2. During the Maintenance Phase, the ship must ensure the In Port Emergency Team (IET) is properly constituted and trained to respond to emergencies and the interfaces with shore authorities and emergency services are fully understood and practiced. 3. In accordance with CNAFINST (series), during the early part of the Maintenance Phase, training is focused on the individual. Crew members should be provided the tools and training necessary to succeed in a complex maintenance environment (period identified in the T&R matrix as In Port ). During the latter part of the maintenance availability, focus shifts to operational and team training (identified in the T&R matrix as Crew Prep ). Maintenance Phase training requirements are further defined in sub-section 3200 of this chapter BASIC PHASE 1. The Maintenance Phase is followed by a period of ULT. This ensures the CVN will achieve the level of readiness required for certification as ready to conduct follow-on training and additional certifications as required. The concept is to complete major prerequisites for a deployment (manning, maintenance and training) so additional tailored training can be completed quickly should the carrier be tasked to respond to a crisis or contingency operation. In accordance with the OFRP, the length of the carrier s Basic Phase is determined by the length of the preceding maintenance availability. The CONUS CVN T&R matrix (Appendix I to this instruction) provides details of minimum training (Experience) and assessment (Performance) requirements. 2. The Basic Phase focuses on completion of TYCOM ULT requirements. Requirements include team training (onboard and ashore), unit level exercises (in port and at sea), unit inspections, certifications, assessments and qualifications. Successful completion of Basic Phase ensures units are proficient in all required NMETL capabilities, meet TYCOM certification criteria, and are ready for more complex integrated training events. a. Command Assessment of Readiness and Training (CART). This is a two-part event intended to help the ship meet ULT objectives described above. CART I and II requirements are further defined in sub-section 3201 and 3403 of this chapter. b. Unit Level Training (ULT). A nominal day period between the end of CART and the beginning of TSTA when the ship s training team will build the experience of watchstanders and certain Basic Phase performance assessments are conducted. c. Tailored Ship's Training Availability (TSTA). Is divided into a series of training availability periods (TSTA In Port, TSTA I/II/III). Each TSTA has specific training events designed to incrementally enhance the ship's operating proficiency and gradually integrate the air wing. TSTA requirements are further defined in sub-section 3405 of this chapter. 3-4

41 d. Final Evaluation Period (FEP). Final element of the Basic Phase. During FEP, the ship shall demonstrate readiness to proceed to the Integrated Phase. FEP requirements are further defined in sub-section 3406 of this chapter INTEGRATED PHASE 1. The Integrated Phase of training is intended to combine individual unit warfare skill sets into a single cohesive strike group capable of operating within a challenging, multi-warfare joint multinational and interagency environment. Training is tailored to the strengths and weaknesses of individual ships and air wings. The Integrated Phase is further defined in sub- section 3500 of this chapter. 2. Major Combat Operations. MCO is the certification a CSG receives upon successful completion of all required certification events and signals the end of Integrated Phase. This certification is attained when a group and its associated staff and units is trained, assessed and certified to its full capability for major combat operations. MCO requirements are further defined in COMPACFLT/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 3501 (series) SUSTAINMENT PHASE 1. The Sustainment Phase follows the Integrated Phase, and continues until commencement of the Maintenance Phase. Sustainment consists of a variety of training evolutions designed to maintain a CSG's readiness during and following deployment. 2. Sustainment training, in port and at sea, allows forces to demonstrate proficiency in operating as part of a joint or coalition combined force and ensures proficiency is maintained in all NMETs in order to maintain MCO status. The extent of the sustainment training will vary depending on the unit s required length of time in an MCO Ready status, as well as the anticipated tasking. During sustainment, units/groups maintain an MCO Ready status until the commencement of the Maintenance Phase, unless otherwise directed by CTF 80/C3F. Unit/group integrity during this period is vital to ensure integrated proficiency is maintained. One or more post-deployment Sustainment Training Exercises (SUSTEX) and Unit Level Training Assessment - Sustainment (ULTRA-S) may be scheduled to maintain readiness throughout Sustainment Phase. 3. (ULTRA-S). The purpose of ULTRA-S is to ensure the CVN is ready for a potential second deployment within the same OFRP cycle. It provides the CSG staff with a mid-cycle opportunity to observe assess and evaluate shipboard watch standing, warfighting and survival proficiencies while sustaining requisite readiness levels. ULTRA-S requirements are defined in sub-section 3502 of this chapter. 4. CTF 80/C3F, supported Commander, CSG 4/15 and TYCOMS, shall schedule and support training events to maintain required readiness levels. Strike Group Commanders are responsible to report readiness levels achieved in sustainment training events to the NFCs, with INFO copies to the TYCOM and CSG 4/

42 3200 TRAINING DURING MAINTENANCE PERIODS 1. Shipboard operations during new construction, Complex Overhauls(COH), Refueling Complex Overhaul (RCOH), Selected Restricted Availabilities (SRA)/Planned Incremental Availability (PIA), Docking Planned Incremental Availabilities (DPIA), Docking Selected Restrictive Availabilities (DSRA), Extended Docking Selected Availabilities (EDSRA), Incremental Selected Restricted Availabilities (ISRA) or Post-Shakedown Availabilities (PSA), differ markedly from those of ships operating in a readiness cycle. Specialized skills and procedures, which have limited use and application during normal operations, are critical to safety and productivity during an extensive maintenance period. Conversely, some skills and routines essential to normal underway operations are relatively unused until the final stages of a shipyard period. Consequently, a specially adapted training plan must be developed each time a ship enters one of these maintenance periods. 2. A ship s maintenance period training plan must be prepared and implemented well in advance of the scheduled start date of the maintenance availability period. It consists of two phases: a. Development of skills to ensure safe, efficient and productive maintenance period. b. Development of knowledge and skills necessary to safely take the ship back to sea. 3. Dock Trials, Fast Cruise and Crew Certification provide the means to verify the crew is prepared to take the ship to sea. The Naval Supervising Activity (NSA) certification of work during Sea Trials marks the completion of the maintenance period COMMAND ASSESSMENT OF READINESS AND TRAINING I (CART I) 1. Operating aircraft carriers typically complete a standard OFRP. CART is a two-part event intended to assist the ship. CART ensures maximum benefit is derived from limited training assets during the OFRP. 2. CART I is an internal ship event normally conducted during the return home from deployment. The ship looks ahead to the next deployment and determines who will fill critical billets. The ship then constructs a comprehensive Watch Team Replacement Plan (WTRP) depicting how personnel will be trained to fill each billet. Requests for school quotas should be transmitted to quota control authorities with sufficient lead time to afford maintenance availability. It is also required that each Carrier captures lessons from the Sustainment Phase by conducting a review of the NMETL as described in Chapter 2 of this instruction. Carriers in RCOH will conduct a second CART I event to update the WTRP and training requirements as outlined above. The second CART I event will be scheduled 12 months prior to the scheduled end of RCOH and Fast Cruise to validate findings from the original CART I. This second CART I will ensure that new or modified equipment/systems installed or upgraded during the overhaul have been properly captured in the areas of schools, NECs and Maintenance Phase training plans. WTRP shortfalls identified during CART I shall be documented on the Consolidated Ship s Discrepancy Log (CSDL). The ship will provide mid-month CSDL updates to CNAL/CNAP N7 via the CSG throughout the Maintenance Period. 3-6

43 3202 PREPARATION FOR THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD 1. CNAFINST (series) assists ship s force personnel to successfully prepare for and execute maintenance availabilities, and provides standardized references for CVNs to plan and transition in and out of PIA/DPIA periods. 2. The first phase of training for a maintenance period focuses on maintenance period specific subjects. Training on the subjects below shall be complete when the maintenance availability starts. Training on maintenance topics should continue early in the maintenance availability, and then taper off as Sea Trials approach. Training on maintenance topics should still be sufficient to ensure newly reporting personnel can function safely and effectively in the shipyard. a. Basic Shipyard safety procedures such as: dry dock and crane operations, confined space entry, pollution abatement and general housekeeping. b. Shipyard organization and protocols for interface between shipyard and ship's force personnel. c. Shipyard and maintenance provider work procedures and related documentation, including planning, work authorization documents and discrepancy reports. d. Ship s Force Maintenance and Material Management procedures for placing equipment in an inactive status. e. Procedures for planning, executing and documenting ship's force work packages. f. Skills and knowledge required to support shipyard activities, such as fire watch, habitability projects, quality assurance, electrical tag-out, Foreign Material Exclusion procedures (FME) and maintenance period safety precautions and procedures. g. Skills and experience in firefighting and damage control to ensure emergencies are dealt with effectively (this may include a future TYCOM certification of the IET). 3. Operational training shall continue during the maintenance period, building in intensity as completion approaches. The goal is to ensure a qualified crew ready to man underway watch stations and support shipboard systems testing. Emphasis on operational training should not distract the crew from ensuring the highest quality ship s force and depot-level work. The bulk of formal school requirements should be completed during the maintenance availability and before completion of Crew Certification. Coverage of operational topics is necessary during early parts of the maintenance period focusing on Crew Certification, advancement, and professional development. Applicable Personnel Qualification Standards (PQS) shall be used whenever possible to qualify personnel for at-sea watch stations. When a shortfall for atsea/underway watch personnel qualification is noted, Job Qualification Requirements (JQR) may be developed by the CVN to fulfill immediate qualification requirements. In accordance with OPNAVINST (series), the TYCOM shall determine JQR fleet-wide applicability. If Fleet-wide applicability is determined, the JQR shall be forwarded to the appropriate Learning Center Model Manager for incorporation into the PQS program. 3-7

44 4. A shipboard training program which includes both cross-deck and synthetic training will help ensure the crew is ready to achieve certifications and operate the ship safely during the first underway period. 5. A thorough evaluation of the WTRP during CART I will provide a solid foundation for planning and conducting operational training PREPARATION FOR BASIC PHASE TRAINING 1. As a carrier nears the end of the CONUS Maintenance Phase, focus will shift to preparation for Basic Phase ULT; this period of time is described as Crew Prep. Following maintenance, the Crew Prep phase focuses on completion of TYCOM requirements indicated in the Crew Prep column of the Maintenance Phase in Appendix I: a. Individual and Team Training (onboard and ashore) b. Unit Level Exercises (in port and at sea) 2. Successful completion of the Basic Phase ensures units are proficient in all required NMETL capabilities, meet TYCOM certification criteria, and are ready for more complex integrated training events. 3. To gain maximum benefit from limited training time and resources, a ship must enter each training cycle with a clear understanding of what specific training is required and a detailed plan for accomplishing the required training LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE (LOK) EXAMS 1. LOK exams are a tool to assist trainers and training teams in determining whether watch standers possess the minimum competencies required to commence training. Due to some LOKs requiring the entire crew s participation, Training Officers must implement testing plans with ample time for completion. 2. Watch standers shall take required LOK exams during specified intervals, based on preparation for a specific training event in the CVN OFRP. Results will be included as a criterion in the ship s Ready to Train message. Initial testing shall be used as a baseline to determine the focus of future training events. Remedial testing shall be used to ensure the ship meets minimum criteria prior to completing Basic Phase training. a. Crew Certification Phase III. Prior to commencement of Crew Certification Phase III, the ship shall complete the LOK exams listed below. In order to promulgate the Ready to Train message and proceed to Crew Certification Phase III, the listed exams must have been administered, and, if necessary, remediated, until at least 80 percent of all required examinees have attained a minimum passing score (in accordance with Figure 3-3). (1) Basic Damage Control (entire crew) (2) Basic First Aid (entire crew) (3) Navigation Rules of the Road (5) 3-8

45 (4) General Deck Seamanship (5) (5) Lookout (12) (6) Rescue Swimmer (2) (7) Quartermaster of the Watch (12) b. CART II. All other LOK exams shall be completed prior to CART II. Note there is no requirement at this stage of training for a specific percentage of the required examinees to pass the respective exams. The purpose is to complete all exams and report the results (via the Ready-to-Train message) to provide ATG areas which may require additional training. Additionally, the results of the LOK exams highlight the effectiveness of the ship s PQS program, and provide an overview of the ship s readiness to train in all areas with at least minimally qualified personnel. c. FEP. Prior to the end of FEP, all LOK exams shall have been administered, and, if necessary, remediated, until at least 80 percent of all required examinees have attained a minimum passing score (in accordance with Figures 3-4 and 3-5 below). NOTE 1: LOK exams will not be re-administered during FEP to those crew members who have previously attained a passing score. NOTE 2: Personnel assigned to the FDNF CVN are only required to pass the Damage Control and Medical examinations once every 36 months. Personnel shall be tested during the first year in which they have been onboard for more than six months. 3. LOK procedures. LOK and Perception Database procedures are available on ATG s website at: 4. Feedback. Feedback and updates to LOK exams will be completed by the Subject Matter Expert (SME) and Centers for Excellence (CNE). The CVN Training Officer should periodically check for updates to the practice program. Feedback from the Fleet is essential to ensure accuracy and relevancy of the exams. This is accomplished by accessing the LOK website and submitting feedback via the feedback form. 3-9

46 Figure 3-3 Level of Knowledge Exams Examinees and Minimum Passing Criteria 3-10

47 3-11 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH4

48 3302 POST-MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS (ALL OFRP PHASES) 1. This section provides policies for the conduct of CVN Dock Trials, Crew Certification, Fast Cruise and Sea Trials. 2. There are four publications that address these final steps of maintenance availability: a. OPNAV INSTRUCTION G, Procedures for Tests and Trials of Navy Nuclear Powered Ships Under Construction, Modernization, Conversion, Refueling and Overhaul b. OPNAVINST C9210.2, Engineering Department Manual for Naval Nuclear Propulsion Plants c. COMUSFLTFORCOMINST Rev. B, Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual d. COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPACINST (series), Aircraft Carrier Training Readiness Manual 3. Each describes the sequence differently. The following paragraphs, coordinated with NAVSEA and Naval Reactors, seek to eliminate ambiguity by assembling and summarizing the various technical requirements and clearly outlining Command expectations for aircraft carriers. 4. For the purposes of this instruction, a day is defined as a calendar day, not as an arbitrary 24-hour period. Thus, it incorporates the normal working shifts of shipyard and support activities. This is also called a work day in other references. 5. Figure 3-4 below contains a summary of requirements and guidance regarding the sequencing of dock trials, fast cruise, and sea trials. Source documents should be referenced to ensure all applicable requirements, such as evolutions to be performed and content of messages, are satisfied. Source documents are denoted as applicable. 3-12

49 Availability/ Upkeep/ Non-operation Dock Trials Fast Cruise Messages required Pause (Note3) Sea Trials Messages required 9 months or longer in duration Yes Ref (a) 5 days, with a repair day in the middle (2-1-2) Ref (a) 1. NSA (Work comp) 2. Ship req permission 3. TYCOM authorizes 4. Ship completion of Fast Cruise (Note 2) Ref (a) 1 day Ref (a) As required to complete the Project-generated, TYCOM approved agenda Refs (a) and (c) 1. Ship req 2. TYCOM auth 3. Daily SITREP Refs (a) and (c) 4 to 9 months in duration; FDNF SRAs Yes Ref (a) 2 days Ref (a); augmented by ref (c) 1. NSA (Work comp) 2. Ship req permission 3. TYCOM authorizes 4. Ship completion of Fast Cruise (Note 2) Ref (a) 1 day As required to complete the Project-generated TYCOM approved agenda Refs (a) and (c) 1. Ship req 2. TYCOM auth 3. Daily SITREP Refs (a) and (c) >60 days but less than 4 months in duration Per AWP Ref (c) 1 day Ref (a); augmented by ref (c) (Note 1) No 12 hours No No 3-13

50 Note 1: The length of the fast cruise for a CIA or extended upkeep period is at the Commanding Officer s discretion and should be coordinated with the Type Commander. The extent of the training for the Fast Cruise should be based on crew readiness and tied to the duration of the CIA/upkeep period plus any adjoining in-port periods. Note 2: Completion of Fast Cruise message may be combined with ship s request to commence Sea Trials. Note 3: The pause between the end of Fast Cruise and the start of Sea Trials should be sufficient to allow the crew to rest and reset from simulation mode and complete the pre-underway checklist, but not so long the rhythm established during Fast Cruise is lost. Generally a one day pause following the completion of Fast Cruise should be scheduled to meet this requirement. Should material issues prevent proceeding to Sea Trials within a day after completion of Fast Cruise, Commanding Officers will engage the TYCOM (N43/N9/N7) to realign schedule expectations. Delays in excess of 72 hours may result in the Type Commander (TYCOM) directing an additional Fast Cruise Figure 3-4 Dock Trials, Fast Cruise, and Sea Trials Requirements by Duration of Maintenance Availability. 3-14

51 6. In planning the sequence, it helps to work backwards. For example, begin with the CNO end date, go back the number of days necessary to complete your Sea Trials agenda, factor in your pause, plot out your Fast Cruise, etc. Example: The CNO end date for a six-month PIA is 22 Oct. The proposed sea trials agenda (based upon the work package) requires three days. Recent engine repairs dictate two-day dock trials. Nominal Availability Completion Schedule: Dock Trials commence Dock Trials complete Fast Cruise commences Fast Cruise completes One day pause Underway for Sea Trials Avail completes 15 Oct 16 Oct 17 Oct 18 Oct 19 Oct 20 Oct 22 Oct 7. It is important all stakeholders understand each other s perception of, and intentions for deviations from a nominal availability completion schedule early in the planning process. The Fast Cruise and Sea Trials sequence should be treated like operational commitments and the timing may not always be convenient (e.g., occur during holidays). Do not wait until late in the availability to plot this sequence. A clearly understood sequence upfront aligns the Project Team and technical community for success. 8. Safety. Post-maintenance trials following extended shipyard availabilities must be undertaken with the knowledge the crew lacks recent experience operating as a unit and the ship's structure and fittings are unproven. All tests and procedures must be conducted carefully and methodically. Trials and tests that are inherently hazardous should not be conducted unless qualified non-ship's company observers are present. 9. Prerequisites of the first underway period are: a. Satisfactory ship's material condition as shown by the successful completion of alongside tests. b. Ship's Force Dock Trials and a satisfactory state of training as demonstrated by the successful completion of Crew Certification Inspection and Fast Cruise. c. Per OPNAVINST series, deficiencies in either material condition or state of training that affect safe operations must be corrected prior to getting underway for Sea Trials. Subsequent to delivery or completion of propulsion plant post-maintenance Sea Trials, the CO may authorize critical operation of the propulsion system in support of tasks assigned the ship. However, as long as the ship remains in the shipyard, the CO shall notify the Shipyard Commander or the Supervisor of Shipbuilding, as appropriate, in advance of any operation of the ship's propulsion system. This notification should include the nature and duration of such operations. 3-15

52 10. As discussed above in paragraph 5 and in Figure 3-6, requirements for Fast Cruise, Dock Trials, and Sea Trials depend upon the length of the availability, the extent of the work accomplished, and the state of crew training. Specific Crew Certification requirements are provided in sub-section 3304 of this chapter CARRIER TRAINING PLANNING CONFERENCE (CTPC) Prior to the start of SBTT, the TYCOM will lead a CTPC that includes participants from the CVN, CSG and ATG. Ideally, it will be held with participants attending the CTPC in person at the TYCOM, or by VTC/TELECON for CVN s that are not co-located with the TYCOM. During the conference, the TYCOM will go through the training requirements in the Maintenance and Basic Phases (SBTT to TSTA/FEP), to include the scheduled dates for each event, number of ATG evaluators for each event, expectations from the ship for each event, required sub-events/drills for each event, LOK exam requirements, required messages, completion criteria, SOE guidance, Lessons Learned, Best-Practices and End of Mission reporting requirements SHIP BOARD TRAINING TEAM (SBTT) 1. The Shipboard Training Team (SBTT) Course of Instruction (COI) is scheduled and conducted with ATG and TYCOM prior to Crew Certification. The purpose of SBTT is to train the shipboard Training Teams in writing and executing drill packages, safety walk-throughs and TAC familiarization in order to train their own watchstanders and training teams outside of scheduled formal training events. Ideally, SBTT should be scheduled approximately a month prior to Crew Certification Phase II. SBTT should also incorporate TYCOM N75 CV-SHARP training. 2. During SBTT, ATG will conduct a Material Condition for Training Survey. This survey is informative in nature and will focus on DC equipment, training aids and spaces that will be used in upcoming Basic Phase drills CREW CERTIFICATION 1. Crew Certification is a mandatory assessment of the crew s ability to take the ship to sea and deal with emergencies. The Crew Certification process is orchestrated by the CSG, supported by the TYCOM and ATG, in order to ensure the crew is qualified in the basic underway functional areas required to proceed to sea safely (Navigation, Seamanship, Safety and Damage Control) following a maintenance period or new construction. It is also intended to administratively pulse the remaining warfare areas in preparation for follow-on training (not part of the Crew Certification assessment). During Crew Certification, ATG will provide the required instruction to ensure the ship s Integrated Training Team (ITT) is capable of assessing risk, and implementing controls to reduce risk associated with training. Interventions by the Ship s Training Teams during Crew Cert evolutions are acceptable and appropriate. 2. CSG and ATG representatives are tasked with confirming the ship has: a. Appropriate administrative programs in place b. Required instructions and bills in force c. Up-to-date and effective PMS program 3-16

53 d. Meaningful training and PQS programs in place 3. Phase I will normally be conducted approximately four months prior to Fast Cruise. This oneday assist visit shall primarily review the ship's training plans and schedule, and will include a review of status of implementation, or update of support areas such as PQS, technical documentation and logistic support. PMS implementation shall be checked on a separate schedule by the COMNAVAIRFOR 3M Team. Detailed areas to be checked include General Ship Training, Damage Control, Engineering (non- propulsion), Medical, Communications, Navigation, Air, Deck, Operations, Supply, Weapons, and Safety Departments. Reactor Department will comply with Naval Reactor, JFMM, and associated CNAF N9 directives. 4. Phase II shall normally be conducted approximately two to three months prior to Fast Cruise. This one-day inspection should be accomplished at a suitable place (preferably shipboard). It consists of: a. A review of past training conducted and future training planned. b. Examination of PQS qualified watch standers with emphasis on knowledge of emergency/casualty bills and general ship operational procedures. c. Identification of personnel who will complete required LOK exams prior to Crew Certification Phase III in accordance with Figures 3-4 and 3-5 above. d. An audit of the ship's SORM, administrative, operational and emergency bills and Watch Quarter and Station Bills. e. TYCOM Aircraft Handling Teams will coordinate with the ship and the CSG staff to evaluate Air Department s Flight Deck Certification Checklist and associated procedures. 5. Phase III shall be conducted onboard the carrier just prior to Fast Cruise, but no earlier than three weeks prior. There will normally be a 48-hour period between the end of Crew Cert Phase III and the beginning of Fast Cruise. The CSG shall submit a waiver request to the TYCOM if, due to operational constraints, they are required to deviate from the overall scheduling or sequencing of these events. Phase III shall specifically evaluate the crew's state of training during simulated underway operations, emphasizing emergency drills. This two-day inspection will be orchestrated by the CSG staff (utilizing ATG as the executive agent for training, and other ships in the group and/or other commands in the area as required or requested). 6. When conducting Crew Cert Phase III emergency drills, ATG will only be assessing the watch standers per the prescribed TACs. 7. Roles and Responsibilities: a. COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT assigns the CSG staff to act as the Force Commander's representative to orchestrate and validate Crew Certification requirements. b. COMNAVAIRLANT will act as certifying agent for ships going through new construction or extended maintenance in East Coast shipyards that do not have a permanent CSG assigned. 3-17

54 c. COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT N43 will designate a representative from the staff to observe all Sea Trials following new construction and shipyard availabilities. The representative will evaluate the material condition of the ship and assist ship's force in matters pertaining to the availability or preparation for future maintenance or Post-Shakedown Availabilities. d. COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT N43 and N9 will review and approve the schedule and sequence of Fast Cruise and Sea Trials from an operational standpoint at the same time the ship is required to set up the Schedule of Events (SOE). e. COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT N43 will arrange for personnel embarkation during postmaintenance trials for personnel assigned by COMNAVSEASYSCOM. f. COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT N6 will assist Carrier CSOs and Information Warfare Officers with training and installs for ADP and Cyber Security. g. COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT N9 will schedule a Post-Overhaul Reactor Safeguards Examination (PORSE) prior to initial critical operations in an overhaul without refueling or availability greater than six months. h. COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT Aviation Handling Team (N73) is responsible for CVN Flight Deck Certification (COMNAVAIRFORINST (series)). i. The CSG staff is responsible for orchestrating Crew Certification requirements including the transmission of required end-of-mission reports. j. ATG acts as the executive agent for the CSG in assessing and training during Crew Certification. k. The CO will provide a Ready-to-Train letter (available at CNAF N7 SharePoint site) to the CSG and ATG TLO verifying the completions of required self-assessment TACs and LOK exams (available via ATG Toolbox)required for Crew Certification. A signed copy of the CO s Battle Orders and CART I CSDL will also be provided for review. 8. Crew Certification requirements: a. Maintenance Availabilities four months duration or less. (1) Crew Certification and/or Sea Trials are not required. b. Maintenance Availabilities greater than four months but less than two years in duration (PIA/DPIA). (1) Crew Certification Phase II and III requirements apply. (2) The CSG staff shall submit a formal request to COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT, copying the repair activity. Upon receipt of such request, the repair activity is requested to advise COMNAVAIRPAC/LANT what effects Crew Certification will impose upon the availability schedule. 3-18

55 (3). Crew Certification shall be conducted using guidance outlined in TACs and checklists CL1, CL2, and CL3 which are available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. c. Construction, overhauls, and maintenance availabilities greater than two years. (1). A three-part Crew Certification: Phase I, Phase II and Phase III, is required. Crew Certification shall be conducted using guidance outlined in the TACs and checklist CL1, CL2, and CL3 which are available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. d. The time devoted to Crew Certification, Fast Cruise and Sea Trials should normally not be truncated. Schedules proposing shorter periods of time should provide substantiating information on which the decision to schedule a reduced period was based. Waivers will be entertained by the TYCOM, by exception, with substantiated operational necessity criterion. e. The procedures for conducting Crew Certification inspections are minimum requirements and should not be construed as restrictive. A final Crew Certification SOE shall be approved by the TYCOM prior to commencement of the event. Any changes or late add-on events require TYCOM concurrence. Additional preparation materials (sample tests and TACs) can be found on the CNAF website and the ATG Test Bank: 9. Discrepancies. Discrepancies identified during each phase of Crew Certification will be documented on the ship s CSDL. For Crew Certification only, the definitions below apply. Restrictive/Major/Minor definitions for all other OFRP events are provided in Section 7 of this chapter, titled REPORTING. a. Restrictive Those discrepancies that would preclude safe operation of the ship and must be corrected prior to Fast Cruise. Restricted discrepancies can only be cleared by the CSG. b. Major Those discrepancies that could hinder proper operation of the ship and must be corrected prior to getting underway. Major discrepancies can only be cleared by the CSG. c. Minor - Those discrepancies that do not affect proper operation of the ship. CVN can continue with training continuum. Minor discrepancies shall be corrected as soon as practical. Minor discrepancies can be cleared by CSG or CVN CO. 10. Reports. Minimum Crew Certification reports are: a. Upon completion of Phase I and II, the ATG TLO shall make a report to the CVN CO and CSG Commander. A Crew Certification Phase I/II Completion Message shall be prepared by the CSG and forwarded to CNAF Code N7. A sample Crew Cert Completion message is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. b. Upon completion of Crew Certification Phase III, the ATG TLO shall prepare a written report for the CVN CO, CSG Commander and TYCOM CNAF Code N7. A Crew Certification Phase III Completion message shall be prepared by the CSG and forwarded to CNAF Code N7. Discrepancies will be listed by category (Restrictive, Major, Minor) as described above. The carrier will be tasked to provide a plan to correct discrepancies. Discrepancies identified during each phase of Crew Cert will be documented on the ship s CSDL. 3-19

56 3306 FAST CRUISE 1. The overall objectives of Fast Cruise are to train the crew and determine their ability to take the ship to sea safely, following a period of maintenance or non-operations. Prior to commencing Fast Cruise, all equipment required to support normal at-sea operations should be online in its normal configuration to the greatest extent possible. In addition to the normal underway routine, equipment should be operated to check for proper operation and to determine the state of training of the crew. Fast Cruise shall, as far as is practicable, simulate at-sea operational conditions. It will be conducted by ship's force unhampered by construction or repair work or by the movement of shipyard personnel through the ship. No trials, tests or other work should be performed on the ship during this period. The Fast Cruise must be completed one to three days prior to Sea Trials. 2. Specific guidance for conducting Fast Cruises, including requesting and reporting procedures, is included in the Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual (JFMM), CFFCINST volume 2 sections and (applies to ships in a CNO scheduled availability). Additional requirements for CVNs are included in OPNAVINST (series) and the Engineering Department Manual for Nuclear Powered Ships (EDM). 3. Duration. a. A five-day Fast Cruise is required for ships completing construction, conversion, or RCOH per OPNAVINST (series). A five day Fast Cruise period is also required for CVNs completing availabilities lasting greater than nine months. This should consist of two days of operation, a one day shutdown to allow the shipyard and/or contractors to correct deficiencies, and two more days of operation. The Fast Cruise should end at least one day prior to initial Sea Trials. b. Ships completing an availability lasting four months or greater but less than nine months shall schedule a Fast Cruise commensurate with the length of the maintenance availability (i.e. Planned Incremental Availability (PIA), Planned Incremental Availability with Dry-docking (DPIA) or Selected Restricted Availability (SRA). Completion of Fast Cruise will be at the CVN CO's discretion, but shall adhere to the following: (1). For CNO Availabilities (PIA, DPIA, SRA), refer to Figure 3-4 of this chapter. (2). It will last for at least two days, which include two working days and an overnight. (3). It may be divided into sections, but should be completed within a five-day period. (4). It should not end more than three days or less than one day prior to Sea Trials. c. Ships completing a maintenance upkeep or non-operational period exceeding 60 days but less than 4 months shall schedule a Fast Cruise commensurate with the length of the maintenance upkeep or non-operational period. The Fast Cruise should last at least one work day and end not less than 12 hours prior to the scheduled underway time. In accordance with the Engineering Department Manual (EDM), prior to the commencement of Fast Cruise, all required propulsion plant equipment will be lit off to reflect an at sea posture. 3-20

57 4. The general evolutions and drills listed below should be conducted for Fast Cruises of any duration. The ship shall be on ship s electrical power. Additional drills and operations are at the discretion of the CO. Documentation available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site provides recommended ship-wide and department-specific evolutions to be completed prior to and during Fast Cruise. Every effort should be made to conduct as many of these items as time allows. The ship should be operated as if underway, simulating the various evolutions required for safe operation of the ship. Each underway section should be exercised in the evolutions that are normally performed on a watch section basis. During each evolution, operationally test all communication systems to ensure each is in proper working order and, where duplicate systems exist, a priority system is designated. a. Minimum Fast Cruise requirements: (1) Station the Special Sea and Anchor Detail (2) Station the normal underway watch (section watches) (3) Simulate getting underway and returning to port (4) Walk through all major Sea Trial evolutions (5) Exercise the Reduced Visibility Bill (6) Simulate boat transfer at sea (7) Spot-check storage and availability of spare parts and tools (8) Verify adequacy of stores and provisions (9) Simulate transit, performing all evolutions and operating equipment, as required (10) Conduct the following emergency drills for each section: (a) Loss of steering (b) Loss of electrical power to navigational radar and communications equipment (11) Conduct man overboard (boat recovery) (12) Exercise the crew at General Quarters (13) Exercise the crew at abandon ship (14) Conduct communications drills with bridge, radio and other controlling stations (15) Simulate an anchoring evolution, exercising the deck and auxiliaries equipment to the maximum extent practicable (16) If the ship intends to operate helicopters during Sea Trials, the TYCOM Aircraft handling Team (N73) shall assess Air Department in the performance of a MOB-A 1031 Aircraft Crash & Fire Flight Deck (Phase I) and a MOB-A 1034 Aircraft Fire Hangar Bay. 3-21

58 b. The EDM delineates the minimum propulsion plant Fast Cruise requirements following an availability greater than nine months. The EDM also specifies that, for all other availabilities, the CO should determine which items will be accomplished. For all Fast Cruise periods, ships will submit their proposed propulsion plant drill and evolution package to the local TYCOM s representative for review and concurrence. Every effort should be made to include as many of the casualty drills and evolutions delineated by the EDM commensurate with the length of time scheduled for the Fast Cruise. For Fast Cruises of two-day duration or less, it may not be feasible to conduct major propulsion plant drills on every watch section, so consideration should be given to planning drill sets that allow for a thorough evaluation of each watch section. All casualty assistance teams should be exercised during the Fast Cruise. c. While no trials, tests or other work should be performed on the ship during the Fast Cruise period, history has shown that situations may arise which require repair of critical equipment by shipyard personnel during this time. To ensure minimal impact on Fast Cruise, each case shall be discussed with the Project Supervisor (if in an availability), TYCOM representative(s) and Naval Reactors Regional Representative (for propulsion-related equipment). Repair by entities other than ship s force during a Fast Cruise should be a rare exception, reserved for situations where delay in doing so would cause adverse operational impact. d. Additional guidance for conducting an effective Fast Cruise is provided in the Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual (JFMM) and at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site SEA TRIALS 1. Sea Trials shall be conducted upon completion of all availabilities. Primary emphasis during this (nominal) five-day underway period is testing equipment and certifying systems and capabilities in accordance with the direction provided in the JFMM. 2. Training in basic underway functional areas should also be conducted, especially in the areas of navigation, CDC surface operations, deck seamanship, flight deck emergency operations and damage control. Training should not disrupt the primary purpose of Sea Trials described above SHAKEDOWN TRAINING 1. Shakedown training is conducted for ships completing new construction, or overhauls of greater than nine months duration. Shakedown training is only conducted if significant at sea operations or transits are scheduled between completion of construction/overhaul and commencement of the Post Shakedown Availability (PSA). This includes post-maintenance carriers scheduled for home port transit prior to completing Basic Phase ULT. 2. The purpose of shakedown training is to ensure the crew is capable of safely performing routine at sea operations, including flight operations. Primary emphasis shall be on engineering casualty control, seamanship, navigation, damage control, flight deck emergency operations, communications and safety-related exercises. 3. The TYCOM will coordinate with the CSG staff and ATG to determine shakedown training requirements and schedule appropriate training periods. They will normally be one to two weeks in length. Shakedown training will be individually tailored based on the ship's requirements and expected tasking during their operations or transit period. At a minimum, shakedown training 3-22

59 should include shakedown exercises identified in the FDC column of Appendix I, unless specifically waived by the CSG Commander. Shakedown training is not required for ships commencing a ULT Phase after overhaul, since they will receive normal ULT as described in this chapter BASIC PHASE TRAINING Basic Phase training begins the day after the Maintenance Phase ends (Sea Trials) and concludes when the carrier is considered an Independent Unit Ready For Tasking / certified ready to commence Integrated Training. The intent of Basic Phase training is to provide the TYCOM, CSG and unit with a continuous and uninterrupted block of time to complete Basic Phase ULT requirements such as watch station/team training, schoolhouse training, and unit level sub-events outlined in Appendix I. For extended maintenance or non-operational periods during the Basic Phase, review Table 3-5 and Sub-Sections 3302, 3304 and 3306 for Fast Cruise Dock Trials, and Sea Trials requirements TRAINING SUPPORT FOR OFRP EVENTS 1. ATG provides SMEs to support carrier ULT events in the Basic Phase. The CSG staff shall request support from ATG via naval message at the beginning of the OFRP, prior to Ship Board Training Team (SBTT) course. A sample Training Support Request message is provided at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. The Figure 3-5 below lists the training support personnel the carrier should request, by mission area. CNAL CVN AT/FP training will be supported by CNAL N34 representatives. CNAP AT/FP training will be supported by CNAP N3D representatives. 2. Sub-Events required to be evaluated outside of the Basic Phase and in the Integrated Phase (C2X) are the responsibility of the ISIC/CSG to evaluate. With prior coordination, CCSG 15 / 4 may grade the Sub-Events during C2X if feasible. 3-23

60 Table 3-5 ATG MOU 3-24

61 3-25 COMNAVAIRFORINST D CH4

62 3402 FLIGHT DECK/CATCC CERTIFICATION PHASE I, II and III Flight Deck/CATCC Certification is the means by which CNAF N73 and N74 evaluate the CVN s ability to conduct routine day/night aircraft launch and recovery operations in a safe manner. Flight Deck and CATCC Certifications are conducted in accordance with CNAP/CNALINST (series). The Aircraft Handling Team report will be utilized by the Air Department as a CART II checklist COMMAND ASSESSMENT OF READINESS AND TRAINING II (CART II) 1. The purpose of CART II is to assess the training needs of the ship and develop a training plan for the subsequent Basic Phase training period. In order to reach trained strength, it is imperative to develop both skills (through teaching) and experience (through repetition). Therefore the outcome of CART will be a clear understanding of specific training requirements with a detailed plan for accomplishing and achieving requisite experience. At the conclusion of CART II, representatives from the TYCOM, ATG, Strike Group Commander, and Air Wing Commander will develop a detailed, tailored schedule for completing the Unit Level phase of the training. CART II should be preferably scheduled the first five-day in port period following Flight Deck Certification. 2. The CVN CO will provide a Ready-to-Train letter to the ATG TLO verifying completion/status of required self-assessment TACs, LOK exams, and Watch Team Replacement Plans (WRTP) required to conduct CART II. Additionally, this letter will specify all weapons systems, including minor caliber guns, are configured to support CART II. CIWS firing keys will be removed or key custody procedures in place and ESSM/NSSM/RAM, if loaded, will have the safe/operate plugs removed. The CVN CO shall also provide a signed copy of the CO S Battle Orders and the ship s most recent CSDL. The CO s Ready-to-Train letter and Battle Orders will be submitted not later than seven days prior to commencement of the training event. An example is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. 3. CART II consists of three elements, conducted over a five day period: a. Days One-Two. ATG personnel, using Training and Assessment Cards (TACs), conduct a thorough review of the ship s material and administrative readiness to conduct training. This shall include an assessment of the ship's ongoing training and PQS programs and WTRP. Individual team drill continues in preparation for the Unit Level phase of training. b. Days Three-Four. Training and evaluations of the ship's training teams (ADTT, DCTT, CSTT, etc.) are conducted by ATG personnel. Training battle problems will include Condition I and III scenarios designed to measure proficiency of the ship's training teams. It is recognized operable equipment and material conditions will be affected by the conduct of these scenarios. The primary concern is to evaluate the ability of the ship's training teams to plan, conduct and evaluate to the maximum extent possible. c. Day Five. A scheduling session is conducted at the completion of CART II. Representatives from the ship, ATG, CSG staff, TYCOM and Air Wing Commander review and approve a plan for Basic Phase ULT, based on the ship s training manual (previously developed by the ship). All major events should be included in the plan, especially those requiring outside 3-26

63 services. Sample schedules for conducting CART II are provided at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site TAILORED SHIP'S TRAINING AVAILABILITY (TSTA) 1. TSTA is a multi-phase event conducted under TYCOM and CSG supervision by ATG. The specific focus of each TSTA is described in detail below. The purpose of TSTA is not merely to give the crew a solid foundation of unit level operating proficiency, but also to develop or enhance the ship's ability to self-train following completion of the unit phase. 2. In addition to working with and through the ship's training teams to conduct exercises, ATG will include an assessment of the ship's ongoing training and PQS programs as part of each TSTA. a. By the start of TSTA, the ship should have PQS qualified Condition I and III watch teams. b. The air wing will embark to conduct carrier qualifications, receive training in shipboard damage control and survival, and to help the ship complete training exercises that require air services. c. Although training is focused at the unit level, the ship and air wing integration effort begins during this period and each at sea period should be utilized to build proficiency in flight deck operations, basic Case I, II and III procedures and search and rescue operations, including rescue planning coordination and mishap reporting procedures. The ultimate goal is a smooth transition to the Integrated Phase. 3. TSTA In Port. This five-day in port period is primarily utilized to resolve CART II discrepancies and to prepare for TSTA (underway). Also, classroom training can be requested from the CVN TLO or any ATG Warfare Team Leader. After CART II the ship should have 30 to 90 days to conduct deficiency rectification and build watchstander experience prior to the commencement of TSTA. 4. Fleet Synthetic Trainer Unit Level (FST-U). Mandatory unit level event that utilizes the Navy Continuous Training Environment(NCTE) for event distribution. FST-U is a scenariobased, objective-driven, three to five day event normally conducted during TSTA In Port, scheduled by CSG staff and directly supported by ATG, CSCS and other agencies as required. FST-U scenarios shall meet the objectives listed in APP B of the Fleet Synthetic Training Program COMUSFLTFORCOM/COMPACFLTINST (series). Primary objective is to improve tactical proficiency by developing basic communications/link skills and completing unit level TYCOM combat systems training requirements tailored to individual CO/CSG objectives. Additional information concerning FST-U can be found in section TSTA/FEP. The TSTA period will be conducted as a 25-day underway block, with the air wing embarked throughout. The following breakdown provides emphasis points during this underway period: a. TSTA I. Emphasis during this nominal eight day underway period is on navigation, seamanship, engineering, damage control, and other training. Basic flight deck operations 3-27

64 consist of drills and limited air wing carrier qualifications. Combat Systems training is focused on shipboard training areas where support from the air wing is not required. b. TSTA II. Emphasis during this nominal eight day underway period is on flight deck operations, increased emphasis on Combat Systems, Engineering and Damage Control Condition I and III tactical and casualty control scenario execution, while maximizing use of air wing support. The Evolved/NATO Sea Sparrow Missile System (ESSM/NSSM) Certification should be completed by TSTA Phase II. By the end of this phase, each of the ship's training teams should be capable of planning, conducting, evaluating and critiquing exercises within its functional area. c. TSTA III. Nominal seven day period with three purposes: (1) Train the crew on complex unit phase exercises (2) Prepare for a Final Evaluation Problem (FEP) (3) Continued air wing integration with increased complexity of integration drills. d. Simulation and scenario-based training. During the Basic Phase, the ship will demonstrate proficiency by conducting complex scenarios utilizing embedded trainers (BFTT and BEWT). BFTT shall be utilized to complete Condition III and Condition I Combat Systems driven scenarios. The Ship s CSTT shall refer to the ATG Complexity Matrix to determine required complexity for Condition III and Condition I scenarios. BFTT will be the primary device utilized for all Combat Systems in port training events. BFTT requirements are further defined in sub-section 3606 of this chapter FINAL EVALUATION PROBLEM (FEP) 1. Overview. FEP is a nominal two-day graded event at the conclusion of the TSTA portion of the underway period. FEP is the culmination of Basic Phase ULT and evaluates the ship s within the lifelines ability to conduct combat missions, support functions and survive complex casualty control situations. It provides ATG the opportunity to evaluate ship readiness and its ability to sustain readiness through self- training. ATG will observe and assess aggregate shipboard watch standing, warfighting and ship survival proficiencies, and the ship s resident capacity to sustain and build upon those proficiencies. Ships completing FEP will have demonstrated the minimum required skills to proceed to the Integrated Phase. The CSG will recommend to the TYCOM the carrier be considered ready to commence Integrated Phase training. 2. FEP Key Elements. a. Conducted in two Phases: (1) Phase I consists of the ship operating in a hostile environment. The ship is expected to conduct limited or no flight ops, and will be evaluated on its ability to successfully overcome all threats. Based on how the scenario evolves, the ship may be required to go to General Quarters; however, careful attention must be given to planning and performing those events required to be executed in a non-gq environment. The aim of FEP Phase I is to test the watch standers' ability 3-28

65 to react effectively to threats in order to successfully overcome damage and hostile action. For successful completion of FEP Phase I, the scenario presented by the ship's ITT must test all the watch teams in all the Primary Mission Areas. The watch teams must demonstrate the ability to conduct timely and appropriate responses in order to prevail against all likely aggressors and achieve the mission. (2) Phase II consists of the ship operating in a hostile environment. An escalating series of events will require the ship to go to General Quarters. The scenario will incorporate an overwhelming series of threats. The aim of FEP Phase II is to test the command and control of the ship to prioritize actions in the face of overwhelming adversity. For successful completion of FEP Phase II, the scenario presented by the ship's ITT must test the ship's command and control, in all the Primary Mission Areas when faced with progressively demanding incidents that are ultimately overwhelming. The ship's command and control teams must demonstrate the ability to relieve vital stations, assess damage reports and respond by directing the efforts of the watch standers to conduct vital actions in order to ensure that the overall mission is not compromised and where possible recover warfighting capability. b. Ship s ITT will develop and conduct FEP with CSG guidance and ATG-assist. c. Safety is paramount. Imposed artificialities and simulations are necessary and must be understood by ship s personnel. d. The tailored scenario will include warfighting skills and tactical decision making abilities required during fleet operations, but will focus on single-ship operations tailored to ship-specific systems. FEP will culminate in a Total Ship Survivability Exercise (TSSE) that will evaluate the ship s ability to survive/recover from significant battle damage. e. Casualty control exercises will be incorporated to ensure watch teams can reconfigure equipment in a simulated hostile and/or restricted maneuvering environment and operate the ship with material degradation. f. Watch teams presented must be on a command-approved watch bill. Transitions between Conditions of Readiness are at the CVN CO s discretion. g. The ship's training teams will demonstrate their ability to plan and execute integrated shipwide training and for follow-on training. h. The ship s material condition must support safe conduct and watch standers need to be aware of all equipment limitations. i. ATG will evaluate all events and assign grades in accordance with the relevant TACs to those events in Appendix I of this instruction. This score will form part of the overall Basic Phase grade. 3. Responsibilities for conduct of FEP. a. TYCOM: (1) Monitor FEP completion. 3-29

66 (2) Coordinate TYCOM/CSG/ATG/CVN Carrier Training Planning Conference prior to commencement of ULT. b. CSG: (1) The CSG staff will be the Senior Observer. The Senior Observer will resolve questions concerning the conduct of the evaluation. (2) Assist ship in procuring required services and coordinate aircraft/vehicles/boats embarkation. (3) Review schedule of events (SOE) presented by the CVN. (4) Submit training support requirements message following scheduling conference. c. ATG: (1) Develop and deliver background information required for the ship/csg to construct TSTA/FEP scenarios. This package will include geo-political, Electronic Order of Battle (EOB), Naval Order of Battle (NOB), required services, etc. To provide realism and complement the scenario, ATG will assist ship s CSTT to coordinate intelligence data including source, time sensitive data, and exercise messages. (2) Provide personnel for the TSTA/FEP Team and coordinate scenario/soe tailoring with the ship s ITT. The senior ATG representative will report directly to the Senior Observer. (3) Monitor ITT conduct of TSTA/FEP. Ship manning constraints and/or scenario complexity may necessitate active ATG participation in FEP. CSG and ATG coordinate degree of participation. (4) ATG CVN TLO or designated representative will provide the CSG, TYCOM and CVN CO an objective assessment by mission area of crew performance upon completion of each phase. Sample end-of-mission reports are provided at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. d. CVN CO: (1) Ensure ITT develops and executes a TSTA/FEP scenario/soe. The ITT will use the TSTA/FEP background information provided by ATG, as a guideline, ensuring all scenarios meet required CSG/ATG objectives and safety requirements. (2) Provide a Ready-to-Train Letter to the ATG TLO at the in-brief and in the event of any weapons posture change. This letter will specify all weapons systems, including minor caliber guns, are configured to support TSTA/FEP. CIWS firing keys will be removed or key custody procedures in place and if ESSM/NSSM/RAM loaded, the safe/operate plugs are removed. (3) At a minimum, provide a copy of the following (as applicable) to the Senior ATG Representative at the in-brief: CO s Battle Orders, current copy of the ship s Eight O clock Reports, Condition I/II/III Watch Bills, training team designations and a list of the ship s standard simulations. (4) Obtain OPAREA clearance and request required services to support TSTA/FEP. 3-30

67 (5) Conduct Pre-TSTA/FEP briefings as required. 4. Standardization. ATG is the TYCOM/CSG executive agent for FEP procedural and standardization issues. ATG will advise CSG staff of procedural and standardization issues to ensure TYCOM requirements are met BASIC PHASE COMPLETION The ship s Basic Phase completion will reference all graded sub- events listed in the Basic Phase column in Appendix I along with all required ICAVs. These sub-events are completed during: Flight Deck/CATCC Certification, CART II, TSTA In Port, TSTA I/II/III, and FEP. A ship is deemed to have completed Basic Phase when sufficient training has been conducted to achieve the minimum Experience levels mandated in Appendix I to this instruction and a Performance grade has been submitted for all sub-events requiring a P score during Basic Phase. Experience levels will fluctuate daily according to the learn/maintain/degrade periodicities, underway training opportunities and personnel turnover. However, on average, a ship should maintain a steady upward progression until attaining Sustainment Phase Experience requirements. 3-31

68 Section 5 INTEGRATED AND SUSTAINMENT TRAINING 3500 INTEGRATED TRAINING EVENTS 1. The goal of the Integrated Phase is to bring together the individual units to afford strike group level integrated training and operations in a challenging operational environment. It provides an opportunity for units and staffs to complete CSG Commander staff planning and Warfare Commanders courses, conduct multi-unit in port and at sea training and build on individual skill proficiencies attained during Basic Phase. During this phase, CSG decision makers and watch standers build the foundation for performing their anticipated deployed mission. 2. Force Protection Exercise (FPEX). Consists of a four-day in port SOE-driven exercise to certify the strike group in AT/FP prior to deployment. The exercise is scenario driven; increasing in complexity with detailed geo-political injects that result in the increase of force protection conditions from Alpha through Delta. It is designed to stress the CSG ability to detect, deter and deny terrorist activities. 3. FST-Warfare Commander (FST-WC). A mandatory Integrated Phase event that utilizes the NTCE. FST-WC is a two to three day test and a two to three day exercise event, conducted in consecutive weeks, which focuses on execution of ASW, SUW, Strike and AD/TBMD tactics, techniques and procedures (TTP) while validating OPTASK SUPPS and Pre-Planned Responses (PPRs). FST-WCs are single/dual/multi-warfare focused, scripted scenarios. This event may be a designated a JNTC/Coalition event. This is a self-assessed event with designated training teams from staffs and ships critiquing watch execution and evaluating OPTASKS and PPRs. Training audience includes warfare commanders and all CSG assigned units. FST WC provides the opportunity to establish communications/link connectivity as well as develop a Common Operating Picture (COP), all while tactically executing a common mission in a less complex scenario than a FST-GC. 4. FST-Group Commander (FST-GC). A mandatory Integrated Phase event that utilizes the NCTE. FST-GC is a five-day test and a three to five day exercise, conducted in consecutive weeks, onboard fleet units using a tailored battle problem distributed from the TTG/FDNF battle lab. Primary focus of training is the CSG staff, Warfare NMET/JTT-based training objectives, concentrating on the execution of plans, tactics and procedures through scenario execution. TTGs mentor CSG staff improving readiness for Integrated Phase underway operations. Training audience includes CSG Warfare Commanders, CAG, staffs, and all CSG assigned units. FST-GC builds on the group commander training scenario which leads into the COMPTUEX scenario; providing the opportunity to establish the battle rhythm, C4I connectivity, develop the COP and practice TADIL coordination, while tactically executing a common mission/scenario. This event may be designated a JNTC/Coalition event. 5. Composite Training Unit Exercise (COMPTUEX). An 18-day SOE- driven exercise and a three-day Final Battle Problem (FBP). It is conducted and directed by the Carrier Strike Group 4/15 (CSG 4/15) Commander, and is focused on developing the carrier/air wing team into a cohesive unit and, if additional assets are available, integrating these units into the deploying CSG. In addition, the carrier/air wing team and available CSG units will develop basic warfighting proficiencies, and coordinate CSG operations that will be required during the sustainment phase of training. The deploying CSG Commander closely monitors the progress of 3-32

69 the carrier and air wing team. Integration of the deploying CSG Commander s staff with the CSG 4/15 Commander s staff occurs at the outset of COMPTUEX. a. FBP. The culmination of COMPTUEX is a three-day exercise monitored and assessed by CSG 4/15. It is designed to stress the CSG staff, carrier/air wing and CSG units across all warfare areas. When proficiency is demonstrated, the CSG 4/15 Commander will submit a recommendation to the NFC on the CSG s readiness for the next phase of training. 6. Combat Operations Efficiency (COE) / Blue Water Certification a. COE is conducted by COMCARSTKGRU FIFTEEN/FOUR during COMPTUEX for CONUS CVN s and every 2 years for the FDNF CVN. COE is conducted in accordance with COMCARSTKGRU FIFTEEN / COMCARSTKGRU FOUR INSTRUCTION (series). COE determines when the CVN/CVW team is certified to operate in a no-divert field environment. COE is evaluated by COMCARSTKGRU FIFTEEN/FOUR as well as the CNAP/CNAL Handling, CATCC and LSO teams. Satisfactory completion is a requirement for COMPTUEX. b. During COE, the CVN will conduct the following Sub-Events: MOB-A 1018 MOB-A 1041 MOB-A 1042 MOB-A 1061 MOB-A 1062 MOB-A 1063 MOB-A 1071 MOB-A 2031 MOB-A 2035 MOB-A 2036 MOB-A 2037 Air Traffic Control - Flight Operations CDP Change - Day CDP Change - Night Rig MOVLAS - Station 1 - Day Rig MOVLAS - Station 2 - Day Rig MOVLAS - Station 3 - Day Rig Barricade - Day Aircraft Crash & Fire - Flight Deck (Phase III) Rig MOVLAS - Station 1 - Night Rig MOVLAS - Station 2 - Night Rig MOVLAS - Station 3 Night c. Coordinate with COMCARSTKGRU FIFTEEN/FOUR for the specific SOE. 7. Joint Task Force Exercise (JTFEX). The final phase of Integrated Training is participation in a JTFEX at sea. During this exercise the entire CSG will be assessed in its overall performance for major combat operations. 8. FST-Joint (FST-J). This applies to any FST event that rises to the criteria specified for a JFCOM J7/JNTC event and is designated as a joint event by JNTC/JWFC. FST-J is normally three to five days and may satisfy WC/GC/S/F criteria based on achieved NMETS/JMETS objectives. FST-J may be used for operational level (JFMCC, JTF-HQ) training when appropriate or required. This exercise is eligible for Coalition participation. 9. Deployment Certification. The culmination of training attained when a group, and its associated staff and units, are trained, assessed and certified to its required capability for major combat operations. Requirements are further defined in 3-33

70 COMPACFLT/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 3501 (series) and USFF/CPF ZFEB2014 Naval message. 10. Preparations for Overseas Movement (POM). Once a group has achieved deployable status, the group will normally return to port for a period of POM and Deploying Group System Integration Testing (DGSIT) prior to deployment. 11. For extended maintenance or non-operational periods during the Integrated Phase, review Table 3-5 and Section 3 of Chapter 3 for Fast Cruise, Dock Trials, and Sea Trials requirements SUSTAINMENT TRAINING EVENTS 1. Sustainment Phase training is designed to exercise units and staffs in multi-mission planning and execution, to include effective interoperability in a wartime environment. Once a unit or a group attains the required readiness levels to be available for forward deployed operations, key proficiencies required to carry out anticipated tasks must be maintained through tailored Predeployment sustainment training approved by the NFCs. Post-deployment sustainment Training, also approved by the NFCs, may be required to maintain MCO-Ready status. Sustainment training, in port and at sea, will ensure forces maintain proficiency in all mission essential tasks in order to minimize operational risk. The extent of the sustainment training will vary depending on the unit s length of time in a surge readiness status, as well as the anticipated tasking. a. FST-Sustainment (FST-S). A sustainment phase event to be completed within 90 days of deployment certification. FST-S consists of a five-day test and a three to five day exercise. It is conducted in consecutive weeks aboard Fleet units and selected shore sites using a tailored battle problem distributed from the TTG/FDNF Battle Lab. The primary training audience is CSG staffs and assigned units. NMET-based training objectives concentrate on execution of plans, tactics and procedures through scenario execution and the ability of the training audience to execute planned missions in a maritime or joint environment. FST-S provides the opportunity to establish battle rhythm, communications connectivity, develop the COP, and practice link coordination while tactically executing a common mission/scenario. This event may be designated a JNTC/Coalition event and is scalable between a WC-level or higher event depending on proficiency requirements. b. FST-Force (FST-F). An integrated/sustainment phase Force-level training event. FST-F is a two week test and three to five day training event. It is conducted during consecutive weeks onboard Fleet units and applicable shore sites using a tailored battle problem distributed from the TTG/FDNF Battle Lab. The primary training audience is the JFMCC, JFACC, TASWC, CSG staffs and assigned units. FST-F provides the opportunity to train multiple strike groups in Force level operations, establish battle rhythm, communications connectivity, development of the COP and practice link coordination while tactically executing a common mission/scenario. Participation in a FST-F can satisfy the WC/GC requirement. This event may be designated a JNTC/Coalition event. c. Sustainment Exercise (SUSTEX). During the Sustainment Phase, a SUSTEX may be required in order to sustain core skills, maintain Combat Operations Efficiency (COE) certification, demonstrate the ability to operate as part of a joint, multinational, and interagency force, and ensure proficiency is maintained in all NMETs. Strike Group Commanders are 3-34

71 responsible for conducting sustainment training events in order to maintain group/unit certifications and readiness levels attained during the final employment certification UNIT LEVEL TRAINING ASSESSMENT - SUSTAINMENT (ULTRA-S) 1. As required during each 36-month CONUS OFRP cycle (normally after each major deployment), the CVN will schedule an assessment of its ULT proficiency. During ULTRA-S, the ship will renew the performance assessments of those training events that are required to be maintained in accordance with Appendix I Sustainment column. Its purpose is to ensure the CVN maintains its OFRP readiness during the Sustainment Phase. Depending on the ship s schedule, ULTRA-S may be conducted concurrently or separately from any required SUSTEX. 2. ULTRA-S also provides the CSG staff a mid-cycle opportunity to observe, assess and evaluate shipboard watch standing, war fighting and survival proficiencies while sustaining requisite readiness levels. Damage Control, Medical and Deck readiness are the main focus areas were specific ULTRA-S training and assessment is required during the Sustainment. 3. The CSG, assisted by ATG, will conduct an ULTRA-S to determine the ship s ability to selftrain and maintain proficiency in all applicable primary mission areas. ULTRA-S will be a three to five day event consisting of a review of the ship s material and administrative readiness to conduct training and their ability to self-train, conduct combat missions, support, and survive combat casualty control situations during the remainder of the Sustainment Phase. 4. The content of the evolutions during ULTRA-S are at the discretion of the CSG staff but must be sufficient to maintain Sustainment Phase training experience and performance requirements in Appendix I. If Sustainment Phase periodicity is broken for any reason, then mandated Basic and Integrated Phase training evolutions for that event are expected to be completed before the CVN re-deploys. 5. For extended maintenance or non-operational periods during the Sustainment Phase, review Table 3-4 and Sub-Sections 3302, 3304 and 3306 for Fast Cruise Dock Trials, and Sea Trials requirements. Section 6 OTHER TYPES OF TRAINING 3600 LIMITED TEAM TRAINING (LTT) 1. Throughout Basic Phase, team trainers and in port training devices play a key role in developing the ship's operating proficiency. Maximizing use of shipboard training devices saves operating funds and gives the crew a head start in preparing for strike group operations. In port periods throughout Basic Phase should be used to qualify team members. These periods should also be used to refine and develop drill guides and scenarios. 2. LTTs are intended to assist the carrier in correcting training shortfalls by addressing specific deficiencies in warfare area proficiencies as well as the carrier s ability to maintain personnel, management, and material readiness. Successful assessments are a function of carrier s capabilities and preparedness, which can be enhanced by LTTs. LTTs are not to be used solely to prepare for or enhance near-term assessment results. 3-35

72 3. LTT support will be limited to Fleet Concentration Areas (FCA) for training supporting nearterm operational tasking. LTT requests for locations outside FCA will be supported provided ATG resources (personnel and TADTAR) are available. ATG manpower resources are limited and cannot guarantee filling every request. 4. Ships may request and schedule LTTs within six months of desired training dates. If long range scheduling conflicts arise, LTTs may be cancelled for higher priority events. ATG will work with the carrier and CSG to reschedule. 5. Training objectives must be clearly stated. The servicing ATG will use the ship-provided training objectives to establish the ATG Training Team with the appropriate skill set. ATG will develop the training SOE with the ship to ensure effective use of resources. To ensure requested training can be fully supported, the following guidance is provided: a. LTT requests must be sent to servicing ATG via Naval message. INFO copies shall be provided to homeport ATG, CSG and TYCOM N7. b. LTT requests must specify desired warfare training area. Request should include training objectives, specific dates requested, PRI and SEC desired dates/times, identify U/W and in port days, locations, and method of pick-up and drop-off of SME. This will ensure ATG allocates proper manning based on current schedule and future training requirements. A sample message can be found at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site ANTI-TERRORISM/FORCE PROTECTION (AT/FP) TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION. During the AT/FP Certification process, the ship and the CSG review AT/FP readiness and tailor the ship s OFRP to ensure continuous proficiency in the AT/FP warfare area. Details of the phased AT/FP training and certification process are available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site 3602 FLEET REPLACEMENT SQUADRON (FRS) CARRIER QUALIFICATION (CQ)/ TRAINING COMMAND (TRACOM) CQ. The carrier may be tasked to support FRS and/or TRACOM CQ periods following Flight Deck Certification. FRS CQ/TRACOM CQ is normally seven days underway, and may be scheduled at any time in the OFRP following completion of Flight Deck Certification. Ship s engineering training (or other needed training) is normally emphasized in non-flying hours during this underway period SYNTHETIC TRAINING (FST AND NON-FST) 1. Battle Force Tactical Training System (BFTT) a. BFTT is designed to provide training capabilities for unit and embarked staff personnel to achieve and maintain combat readiness. b. BFTT is a highly flexible system essential to the ship s ULT, FST and Strike Group training. It supports joint/allied exercise interoperability and provides the ITT, CVN CO, ATG and CSG with the ability to conduct coordinated, realistic, high stress Combat System training for developing war fighting proficiency and maintaining combat readiness. It is capable of 3-36

73 placing watch teams within a tactical, realistic or close to realistic environment capable of expanding tactical decision making and coordination of ships weapons, organic assets, and nonorganic assets. c. BFTT use in conducting training scenarios is mandatory. Required utilization is ten hours per month. Current authorized scenarios used for reporting will be provided by ATG. CSO, CDCO, and Training Officers will coordinate scheduling. d. Safety. Ships conducting Combat Systems training with BFTT are not authorized to control aircraft, due to possible navigational errors caused by the BFTT Navigation Simulator (NAVSIM). This also applies to uploading navigational data to any aircraft getting ready to launch. Flight operations are restricted to daytime Visual Flight Rules (VFR) during BFTT training. e. BFTT Required Schools. Appropriate technicians must be trained and attend requisite schools: (1) BOPC Course S (2) Waterfront BFTT Maintenance Course A (3) BEWT S FLEET SYNTHETIC TRAINING (FST) a. This section provides a general overview of FST events. Details of Unit, Warfare Commander, Strike Group Commander and Joint FST events are provided in sub-sections 3404, 3500 and 3501 of this chapter. b. In port tactical training is conducted by means of multi-warfare synthetic exercises implemented through the FST program. FST provides graduated warfare proficiency, operational mission rehearsal, and joint interoperability training on the ship s own equipment, through a series of evaluated training events. FST integrates multi-unit/multi- warfare in port training into the Optimized Fleet Response Plan (OFRP) using shore based simulation, ship embedded simulation, stimulation systems, and distribution networks. FST develops and maintains war-fighting proficiency through in port tactical exercises to further enhance underway training during the OFRP. c. The FST training program begins during the OFRP s Basic Phase Unit Level Training at a basic exercise level. FST becomes progressively more complex and challenging as a Strike Group progresses through the OFRP. During Basic Phase Unit Level Training, Fleet Synthetic Training-Unit (FST-U) exercises are available in applicable warfare areas for units to develop and maintain proficiency. They provide an opportunity to master skills prior to participating in Strike Group events in the Integrated Training Phase. The Carrier Strike Group Commander uses FST events to train the CSG in multi-unit, multi-warfare events. The FST series culminates in Sustainment Phase Training for Strike Groups in multi-mission planning and execution. d. The execution of OFRP events using the Navy Continuous Training Environment (NCTE) distributed scenario architecture is part of an effort to improve training effectiveness and efficiency through the use of modeling and simulations (M&S) systems. The goal is for M&S to support a Fleet Synthetic Training (FST) Plan with repeatable, sustainable and scalable 3-37

74 architecture that can accommodate unit through Strike Group level training, including Joint and Coalition forces. To effectively participate in FST exercises, it is imperative ships be ready to enter into the NCTE virtual environment. This can only be achieved through frequent use of installed or embedded simulation systems in realistic scenarios that flex not only the systems themselves, but also the ability of the watch teams to continually improve their war fighting effectiveness throughout a wide range of tactical environments. COs should strive to incorporate new M&S systems into training plans as soon as they are installed and operational. These systems provide significant opportunity for innovative training solutions. Ships are encouraged to experiment and provide feedback on lessons learned and best practices to CNAF N7. e. The CSG Commander shall monitor unit participation and performance in all FST events. (1) Ensure units have satisfactorily completed FST-U prior to participation in integrated exercises. (2) Ensure FST events for subordinate units are scheduled and listed in WEBSKED NAVIGATION TRAINING 1. Simulators are available for instruction in and exercise of BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (BRM) and SPECIAL EVOLUTIONS. CVNs are required to complete two BRM per OFRP. 2. Yokosuka, Sasebo, Everett, Pearl Harbor, San Diego, and Mayport serve their Fleet Concentration Areas (FCAs). Additional information may be found on the scheduling Website: 3. Additional details about navigation simulator training can be found at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. 4. Code For Unplanned Encounters at Sea (CUES) Training shall be conducted to ensure all U.S. Navy Forces are able to communicate effectively and continue to operate safely with Western Pacific Naval Symposium (WPNS) member navies at sea IAW established international laws, norms and standards, including CUES. At a minimum, CVNs will conduct CUES training once per OFRP during the Basic Unit Level Phase of training to ensure watch teams attain a solid understanding of CUES. Additional CUES training should be scheduled as required to maintain CUES proficiency throughout the entire OFRP. Watch Standers completion of CUES training shall be documented utilizing the R- Admin program. Additionally, completion of CUES training shall be documented in the Commanding Officer s pre TSTA/FEP Ready to- Train Letter presented to the ATG TLO during the TSTA/FEP in- brief. CUES documents and required training can be accessed for download at the COMPACFLT Maritime OPS Center website and at the CTF 80 CAS page, respectively;

75 3605 REACTOR DEPARTMENT TRAINING 1. The Nuclear Power Training Manual (NPTM), and Engineering Department Manual (EDM), serve as the primary guiding documents for training program design and implementation within the Reactor Department. Consequently, the Reactor Department training program should conform to the requirements of these over-arching documents and the EDM and NPTM have precedence when any conflicts exist with this instruction. 2. The periodicity of Operational Reactor Safeguard Examination (ORSE)/Post Overhaul Reactor Safeguard Examination (PORSE) is governed by OPNAV and Fleet Commander instructions. Approval of the CNO and the Director, Naval Nuclear Propulsion is required to extend the interval between examinations beyond 15 months. For CVNs, CNAF has determined that, in order to maximize scheduling flexibility during the OFRP, ORSE shall normally be scheduled during the homeward bound transit from deployment with the subsequent ORSE typically falling between COMPTUEX and JTFEX. The Nuclear Propulsion Examining Board places heavy emphasis on day-to-day performance of the Reactor Department from one ORSE to the next. By design, this day-to-day philosophy makes it nearly impossible for a ship to ramp up performance just in time for the inspection. In order to maintain propulsion readiness at desired levels throughout the cycle, the training of nearly 400 nuclear propulsion plant operators requires the conduct of frequent (almost daily) propulsion plant drills and evolutions. 3. These drills and evolutions should be worked into the daily Battle Rhythm of the ship. Typical CVNs conduct between six and ten propulsion and electrical limiting drill sets per week at sea. Experience has shown that electrically limiting drills can significantly improve watch team performance during actual casualties and contrary to popular opinion should not result in damage to electronic systems. Ships that routinely shutdown electronics before drills may introduce more problems in equipment upon recovery because of faulty switch lineups, condensation, and thermal effects. During drills affecting the electric plant, ships are encouraged to conduct integrated drills that involve both the PPDT and the CSTT in evaluating the restoration effort. 4. Ships that have taken this integrated approach to training have shown dramatic improvement in restoration of critical combat systems during drills or following actual casualties. With this integrated approach, ships that can demonstrate proficiency in rapid restoration have enhanced their war fighting readiness, reduced the operational impact of casualties and are subjected to fewer restrictions. 5. CVNs have typically operated with as few as three and as many as six steaming watch sections, depending on the state of the ship s qualification and training program. Aside from the obvious quality of service implications, increasing the number of watch sections has proven to directly translate to increased level of knowledge within the department MONTHLY IN PORT TRAINING EXERCISES (MITE) 1. General. In port training can be arranged for either individual or multiple participants. CSG staff and Carriers are encouraged to identify, schedule and participate in as many in port training opportunities as required to maintain tactical and operational proficiency at the highest levels. 3-39

76 Regularly scheduled group in port training events will be organized by a designated In port Training Coordinator (ITC)as shown in Figure 3-6 below: Fleet Concentration Area San Diego Pearl Harbor Yokosuka Everett / Bremerton Norfolk In port Training Coordinator ATG PAC ATG MIDPAC ATG WESTPAC ATG PACNORWEST ATG LANT Figure 3-6 Regional ITCs 2. ITC Duties. The ITC is responsible for scheduling and coordinating in port training exercises called for in Appendix I. a. The ITC and commands assisting in the execution shall make the final determination of the amount and type of training. The ITC will ensure in port exercises are scheduled so as not to directly conflict with Integrated or Sustainment Phase training events. b. The ITC will ensure an Officer Conducting Exercise (OCE) designation is established for each in port exercise. While the ITC can be an exercise OCE, there is training benefit in planning, conducting and debriefing exercise events. c. The OCE will ensure appropriate documentation required to support each series of exercises (e.g. OPGEN, Pre-Ex, CONOPS) is promulgated as necessary. The OCE will submit a post-exercise report to the ITC and event participants that identifies the level of training accomplished and suggested areas for improvement. d. The ITC will assemble data reflecting ship participation and forward a quarterly summary report to CNAP/CNAL. 3. CSG Duties. CSGs are encouraged to ensure all carriers make the maximum use of in port training opportunities but can excuse ships from participation in the event of special circumstances. Justification for exclusion from in port training must take into consideration opportunities to recover lost readiness and is therefore only expected when POM, major inspection/certification and/or installs compromise physical ability to participate. 4. CVN CO. Perform duties as exercise OCE, when tasked. Ensure participation in the various in port training opportunities is a high priority. Active participation by training team members, 3-40

77 division supervisors and inexperienced trainees in pre-exercise planning, event execution and post-exercise debriefs is essential in maximizing training benefit and value to all participants. Crewmembers should be encouraged to cross deck to a neighboring ship in order to participate in scheduled training if maintenance, install or other industrial work makes participation onboard impractical. The ability to implement a robust in port training program using embedded simulator capability and in port training resources is a hallmark of an effective OFRP plan geared toward maintaining watch team and training team proficiency CARRIER AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER (CATCC) TEAM TRAINING CATCC Team Training is conducted during the maintenance phase of the OFRP. The team training course (C ) is conducted at Naval Air Technical Training Center (NATTC), Pensacola, FL. CATCC shall attend team training in accordance with the chart 3-7; CATCC Team Training (TT) Requirements 120> X 120<X< <X< <X # of times required to None attend TT 1-3 months prior Fast X X X Curse 3-5 months prior to Fast X X Cruse 6 months prior to Fast Curse X X = Number of days since last CASE III Launch/Recover Operations 3-7 CATTC TEAM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS NOTE: Additional CATCC Team Training sessions are highly encouraged if necessary to fully prepare the team to meet initial operational requirements or to address training shortfalls due to excessive personnel turnover rates, etc. These additional sessions shall be coordinated through the appropriate Training and Readiness office PROTECTIVE MEASURES ASSESSMENT PROTOCAL (PMAP) PMAP is an information technology for the 21st Century (IT-21) certified CD-ROM based situational awareness tool and database collection method designed to evaluate Navy Unit Level Training exercises throughout the OFRP that may have an environmental effect. Additionally, it provides standard, approved operating protective measures, policies and planning tools to the CVNs Commanding Officers to aid in conducting Unit Level Training with minimal 3-41

78 environmental impact. CVNs shall comply with guidance provided in OPNAVINST and CNSF/CNAFINST (series) during all operations. CVNs shall comply with guidance provided in OPNAVINST and CNSF/CNAFINST (series) during all operations COMBAT DIRECTION CENTER TEAM TRAINER (SHIPS s SELF DEFENSE SYSTEM) 1. General. Advance Warfare Trainer (AWT) shall be executed once the ship is out of a maintenance environment and scheduled before TSTA/FEP. AWT course is broken down in three parts with each phase requiring 5 days of instruction. a. Phase I Self-Assessment, Groom and Training focusing on system maintenance and integration of SSDS, BFTT, sensors, and weapons IAW CSOSS, PMS and technical publications. Course CIN: A b. Phase II Individual Operation Training, operating training for watchstanders/watchteams. Focuses on watchstation tactics, techniques and procedures for weapons system employment, and team cohesiveness. Complete "Kill Chain" and "Detect-to-Engage" element proficiency. Course CIN: A c. Phase III Advance Warfare Trainer, one week of onboard scenario training for watchstanders and watchteams utilizing ship Battle Orders and Fleet Optasks pre-planned responses. Course CIN: A The ship will utilize own ship sensors, equipment, and Battle Force Tactical Trainer (BFTT) during all three phases of training. Some classroom instruction will be conducted off ship at a local CSCS site. This training cannot be scheduled during major events like CART, FST, and TSTA. Combat Systems leadership must ensure ship's equipment is up and ready for use during all phases of AWT and must complete an OCSOT during Phase I of training. a Leadership will ensure participation in the various in-port training sessions is a high priority. Active participation by training team members, division supervisors and inexperienced trainees is essential in maximizing training benefit and value to all participants. These AWT courses give the ship the ability to implement a robust embedded training simulator capability inport and at-sea geared towards maintaining watchteam and watchstation proficiency throughout the OFTP PMS 312 MINI-CAMPS 1. Mini Camps are created by PMS 312 to provide required training, equipment and support to CVN s until a life cycle training solution is in place for equipment under its cognizance. A minicamp curriculum will normally consist of 1-2 days of classroom instruction followed by 1-2 days of hands-on training on the CVN with operable equipment. PMS 312 normally sets aside funding to support one East and one West coast mini-camp per system per year. Mini-camps can be created based on requests from the fleet. Established mini-camps (to date) cover: - ELECTRONIC STEAM CONTROLS 3-42

79 - CVN CAS (MARC 350A LPAP, CAP-12 SSAC, SAUER HPAC) - O2N2 SYSTEMS (INCL. O2 VSA AND GNG) - RADAR TANK LEVEL INDICATORS (RTLI's) - TURBINE GENERATOR AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATORS (TG-AVRs) - MIOX-MEDG - A/C CHLORINATORS - TRI-TEC VALVE ACTUATORS (CVN 77) - VACUUM, COLLECTION, HOLDING, TRANSFER (VCHT) (CVN 77) - 400Hz SSFC's (CVN 77) - ADVANCED DEGAUSSING (CVN 77) - WARPING CAPSTANS (CVN 77) 2. Scheduling. Commands desiring a mini-camp should contact the TYCOM N7 and N43 Maintenance Program Manager who will then coordinate with the requesting CVN, as well as other CVN s in the area to ensure maximum participation and inclusion of the fleet HIGH FREQUENCY MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK TRAINING (HF MCN) All CVNs in port are nominated and must successfully participate in Monthly In port Training Exercise (MITE) unless excused by CNAL via Naval message or to the applicable FCA In port Training Coordinator (ATG). To achieve Basic Phase certification, the CVN must present grade sheets documenting a 90% or higher grade achieved during a recently completed (no more than 60 days) HF MCN MITE event. Refer to SIPR ATG CAS site, for the following items: complexity matrices, scenario database, successful participation criteria, data card completion, and supporting documentation for MITE execution. Section 7 REPORTING 3700 CONSOLIDATED SHIP'S DISCREPANCY LOG (CSDL) 1. The CSDL is a spreadsheet used to track discrepancies identified throughout the OFRP. The spreadsheet is used to track Restrictive/Major/Minor discrepancies which, if unresolved, may lead to degradation in operational or training readiness. The CSDL is training centric and does not take the place of the Current Ship s Maintenance Program (CSMP). Although discrepancies may exist on both documents, the CSDL serves a training impact purpose. The CSDL is created during the ship s first Basic Phase ULT event (CART I); it is a living document. Discrepancies noted that are not immediately resolvable shall be annotated in the CSDL. 3-43

80 2. An updated copy of the CSDL will be provided by the ship to the TYCOM, via the CSG at the completion of each Basic Phase OFRP event. The goal is to minimize the discrepancies to ensure maximum training readiness. Additionally, the ship shall provide mid-month update reports to the TYCOM via the CSG until the ship is certified MCO-Ready (or until final resolution of all discrepancies listed on the CSDL). 3. A sample CSDL may be obtained from COMNAVAIRFOR N7 SharePoint CATEGORIES OF DISCREPANCIES DEFINED The following definitions apply for all OFRP events except Crew Certification. Specific Crew Certification Restrictive/Major/ Minor definitions can be found in sub section Restrictive - Those discrepancies that preclude safe operation of the CVN. CVN shall not proceed with training continuum until Restrictive discrepancies are corrected. Restrictive discrepancies shall be cleared by CSG. 2. Major - Those discrepancies that are not Restrictive or Minor, but which impact training or operations. Major Discrepancies must be corrected prior to certification of the watch team, department, event, or system. The CVN may continue with training continuum; however, discrepancies must be corrected as soon as possible. Major discrepancies shall be cleared by CSG. Multiple Major discrepancies may prevent a CVN from advancing to the next phase of the training continuum. 3. Minor - Those discrepancies that do not affect proper operation of the ship. CVN can continue with training continuum. Minor discrepancies shall be corrected as soon as practical. Minor discrepancies can be cleared by CSG or ship s force END-OF-MISSION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 1. This section provides reporting requirements for specific portions of the OFRP. Additional information and sample message formats are available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. 2. CART I. Prior to returning to home port from a normal or surge deployment the carrier shall send a message to the CSG Commander reporting CART I completion. INFO copies shall be sent to the TYCOM, NFC, Air Wing Commander and ATG. a. CART I completion message will provide a preliminary schedule of major training events to be accomplished during the OFRP. Sample CART I message format is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. b. The CSG shall send a CART I endorsement message to the TYCOM and NFC. c. CART I completion message will provide assessments of: (1) Ship's Integrated Training Team (ITT) organization and effectiveness. (2) Afloat Self-Assessment Check sheets 3-44

81 (3) Ship's Watch Team Replacement Plan, utilizing the following reports: (a) NEC-producing schools from FLTMPS (b) Non-NEC schools required by FLTMPS (c) Enlisted Distribution and Verification Report (d) Officer Distribution Control Report (e) Long Range Training Plan (LRTP), including: 1. TADTAR requirements 2. Required schools 3. Required team training 3. CART II. ATG will report the results of CART II to the CSG using end-of-mission report samples provided at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. CSG will send CART II End of Mission Report to TYCOM within seven days of completing the event. a. The message shall include a list of major discrepancies and training concerns resulting from the CART II assessment, including: (1) Assessment of the ship's ongoing training programs (2) Assessment of the Ship's ITT s ability to brief, execute and debrief complex drill sets (3) Assessment of ITT/watch standers level of proficiency and readiness to train in each mission area (4) Recommendation regarding emphasis for upcoming ULT (as appropriate) (5) Identify resources required to complete Basic Phase training events (i.e. commercial air services, range services, NCEA). b. The CART II message shall provide a schedule for completing remaining Basic Phase training and ICAVs required during Basic Phase ULT. c. All discrepancies noted during CART II shall be added to the CSDL. 4. TYCOM Basic Phase Completion Risk Report. The TYCOM shall provide a Phase Completion Risk Report if a unit is at risk of not completing the OFRP Basic Phase on schedule. The report is required as soon as it is recognized a unit is at risk. This report will be submitted to appropriate NFCs, info USFF and CPF using the message template available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. 5. TSTA/FEP. ATG shall report completion of TSTA/FEP to the CSG, with info copies to the CVN and TYCOM. The report shall include a brief overview of training conducted, an assessment of the ship's ongoing training and PQS programs, an assessment of the crew's readiness for continued training by mission area, and recommendations regarding follow-on 3-45

82 training emphasis (as appropriate). The CSG will report the completion of ULT within two working days to the TYCOM. INFO copies will be provided to CSG 4/15 and NFCs. The CSGs report shall include a plan of action to correct any deficiencies or accomplish missed training noted by ATG. The CSG shall assist the carrier and air wing in preparing the end of Basic Phase training brief for presentation to CNAP/CNAL N TYCOM Basic Phase Completion Report. CNAP/L shall provide a report to the assigned NFC when the carrier completes Basic Phase. This requirement is specified in the Fleet Training Continuum (FTC) instruction. Specifically, CNAP/L will certify the carrier is ready for followon training. The report is required when the Basic Phase completion certification is granted to a unit, or not later than 30 days prior to COMPTUEX for Strike Groups (or major advanced training events for an independent deployer). This report will be submitted to NFCs (AO dependent), with info copies to USFF and CPF. A sample Completion Report is provided at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. 7. COMPTUEX. CSG 4/15 recommends the aircraft carrier/air wing team certifications to their NFC component ASSESSMENT OF THE OFRP 1. Ship s certification authorities (TYCOM for Basic Phase ULT, NFC for Integrated and Sustainment Training) must evaluate Navy Forces using NMET and capability standards throughout the OFRP. The NMET conditions and standards for CVNs are specified for each training event in the associated Training and Assessment Cards. 2. The FTC instruction (COMUSFLTFORCOM/COMPACFLTINST (series)) requires certification authorities complete a Fleet Performance Assessment. Fleet Performance Assessments are intended to certify required training is complete. The assessment should provide performance data to assist in development of sustainment training. It should focus on areas where TYCOMs may improve training objectives. 3-46

83 CHAPTER 4 SHIPBOARD TRAINING 4100 TRAINING PROGRAM OVERVIEW 1. The execution of a training program requires careful organization and scheduling in addition to proper administration of program content and scope. 2. In order to effectively monitor the training program's progress, comprehensive evaluation, systematic recording and reporting procedures must be established ship-wide. a. The U.S. Navy SORM provides functional guidelines for division, department and ship training programs. b. OPNAVINST (series), NAVEDTRA (series), and COMNAVAIRFOR (series) detail administrative requirements for the PQS program. PQS is an important sub-system of the command s overall training program, designed to be tailored to each individual's particular watch standing requirements. c. Guidelines provided in the above manuals should be adapted and tailored to each ship. The goal is to ensure an adequate, responsive and realistic training organization exists for the ship, team, and individual TRAINING GOALS 1. Training goals must reflect proficient teams are the primary shipboard unit for accomplishment of mission tasks and the individual is the basic element of a proficient team. Each Sailor must be developed individually and concurrently molded into a full team member. The Divisional Training Petty Officer shall be designated in writing. 2. In order to achieve this goal, the ship s training program should achieve the following objectives: a. Develop basic skills and knowledge of sea-going naval personnel. b. Develop specific skills required to maintain and operate installed equipment. c. Develop each individual's latent talents along selective advancement paths. d. Develop leadership in All Hands to the fullest extent. e. Develop the team skills required of the ships cruising, battle, damage control and primary and secondary mission area functional teams. 4-1

84 f. Realize the maximum potential of the total ship, personnel and equipment systems in order to successfully execute primary and secondary missions. g. Develop tactical training for all officers and enlisted personnel. h. Develop personnel indoctrination of newly assigned individuals per OPNAVINST (series). i. Encourage the training and use of Navy E-Learning assets and use of the Navy Knowledge Online (NKO) website: Every member of the crew should establish an NKO account and have access to it ELEMENTS OF A TRAINING PROGRAM To maintain an effective training program, the following elements must be included in the ship's training methodology: 1. Training should be conducted at multiple levels, including training for: individuals, supervisory watches, supervisors, and training teams. 2. Training topics should include: required administrative programs, operations, maintenance, and professional/general military training. 3. Training topics should relate to the ship's operational schedule. 4. The training schedule should be realistic and achievable. 5. Monitoring of actual training should be conducted effectively and provide feedback for continual improvement. 6. Instruction should be dynamic and conducted by knowledgeable persons. 7. Senior officers (e.g., CO, XO, Heads of Department (HOD), Principal Assistants) must show an active interest/involvement in the training program (i.e. giving/monitoring training) SHIPBOARD TRAINING PROGRAM 1. Supervisors may develop their own personnel management tools. However, it is recommended the number of forms and documents be kept to an absolute minimum. The records required by this instruction will suffice in all but the most unusual circumstances. Only training records and plans used for the current training cycle need to be retained. Specific requirements for the use of R-ADMIN for documenting PQS qualifications and generating watch bills are found in Section CNAF ships will develop a training instruction which shall consist of the following: 4-2

85 a. Long range training plan at least one for the command b. Short range training plan - at least one per command and one per department. c. Record of drills, completed training, supervised evolutions and exercises observed for competitive purposes. Records must be kept on the nature of operational training afforded each watch team. d. Any additional training guidance as directed by the CO. e. Training Organization is discussed in Chapter 8 of OPNAVINST (series) LONG RANGE TRAINING PLAN 1. The long range training plan is the basic instrument for informing personnel of training goals and operating schedules. This plan provides the framework to develop shorter range training plans and is a valuable tool to aid in promulgating creation of command objectives. 2. The long range training plan shall include: a. The ship s employment schedule. b. A list of all required examinations, inspections, certifications and assist visits (ICAVs). The list shall include both frequency for completion and primary department responsible. c. A list of all TYCOM required exercises, including the periodicity and the date of last satisfactory completion. A summary of TYCOM exercise requirements is provided in Appendices I and II. d. A list of off-ship school and NEC requirements. The Fleet Training Management Planning System (FLTMPS) is the sole source for identification of individual shipboard training requirements. The list shall include individuals who hold these qualifications and their EAOS/PRD. The list will be maintained at the department level. e. A list of all lectures and seminars appropriate to each training group (i.e. ship-wide, department, division or team) This list should include, as a minimum, the Fundamentals and Systems topics from applicable PQS. The ship s Training Officer shall maintain ship-wide topics. Department-specific training lists will be maintained at the department level. 3. An example of the required Long Range Training Plan (LRTP) is provided below in Figure

86 a. The LRTP is a comprehensive list of training events (exercises, evolutions, courses of instruction, drills, GMT, lectures, seminars, inspections and assist visits) which must be completed throughout the ship's operational cycle. b. This plan need not duplicate lists contained in other directives, but instead may simply refer to the applicable sections of governing directives. c. Each department must have a similar plan which lists events pertinent only to that department. The ship may combine command list and departmental lists in one instruction. d. The ship s Training Officer should ensure each department is following the ship s overall training plan. 4-4

87 Month Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Quarter 1 st QTR FY10 2 nd QTR 10 3 rd QTR 10 4 th QTR 10 Training Phase Deploy Deploy Deploy Deploy POM Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Location Arabian Gulf Arabian Gulf Arabian Gulf Arabian Gulf In Port In Port In Port In Port In Port In Port In Port In Port Employment DEP DEP DEP DEP Surge Surge Surge Surge Surge Surge Surge Surge Training Dept Plans / Assists In-Rate Training GMT Division Training /OJT Damage Control / 3M EEBD SCBA EGRESS Watchstations Figure 4-1 Samp1e Long Range Training P1an 4-5

88 4105 SHORT RANGE TRAINING PLAN 1. This plan is the mechanism for planning, scheduling and executing shipboard training. Effective scheduling requires careful attention to detail by the chain of command in order to minimize conflicts and to maximize use of every training window of opportunity. Due to the complexity and extensive ship-wide involvement of many training events and the limited amount of underway training opportunities, there must be a positive spirit of cooperation and resourcefulness when scheduling training. 2. The short range training plan shall include the following: a. Quarterly employment schedule. b. Quarterly training plan. The purpose of the quarterly training plan is to indicate the ship's plans that may affect the scheduling or conduct of training. Once the plan is developed, HODs shall add any additional department plans, and provide a copy to each training group within the department. Training, planning and scheduling for periods shorter than the quarter will be on a department level. c. Monthly training plan, by department. Using the quarterly training plan as a guide, each division and training team shall submit a proposed monthly training plan to the cognizant HOD not later than the last week preceding the upcoming month. This plan shall indicate what training is to be conducted on specific days, where the training is to be conducted, and who the instructor/monitor will be. The HOD will keep copies of the department's monthly training plans and use the compiled package as the primary tool for coordinating the scheduling of ship wide events. d. Weekly training schedule, by department. Each week the HOD shall provide each division and training team under the cognizance of the department a copy of the single department training schedule. The single schedule shall include all training applicable to the department, including drills, demonstrations, pre-briefs and debriefs. 3. An example of a Short Range Training Plan (SRTP) is shown below in Figure 4-2. An SRTP shall be prepared from the LRTP, for the command and for each department. This schedule should cover a period of about three months. The SRTP lists exercises, drills and lectures. 4-6

89 Training JAN FEB MAR Exercise Evolutions GMT Inspection 4106 TRAINING RECORDS Figure 4-2 Sample Short Range Training Plan 1. The Divisional Training Petty Officer shall keep training records to an absolute minimum and need only be maintained to show what training has been accomplished and what remains. 2. Each training group supervisor shall maintain records for personnel assigned to their respective group (i.e. repair locker leaders track their assigned locker personnel; Division Officers will track their division qualifications; ETT, DCTT, SNTT, MTT, ATTT and CSTT team leaders will track their team s qualifications). 3. PQS documentation will be maintained per NAVEDTRA series (Unit Coordinator s Guide). 4. Air Department training jacket requirements are outlined in CNAFINST (series). 5. GMT shall be tracked utilizing the R-ADMIN program. 6. Training (MUSTER) Syllabuses for EGRESS/SCBA/EEBD are required to be maintained for six months. 7. Verification of all required schools per this instruction and the COMNAVAIRFORINST (series) will be validated in FLTMPS PLAN, SCHEDULE, AND RECORD TRAINING 1. All training plans, schedules and records may be either typed, hand-written, or maintained on ADP/WP systems. Record of completion and grade sheets for competitive exercises should be retained until at least the end of the competitive cycle. 2. Appendix I/II provide guidance in tabular form for the events and periodicities required to meet TYCOM minimum CVN training standards. The CNAF Training and Assessment Cards (TAC) comprise a compendium of standards and practices for CVN training. The TACs are the replacement product for the legacy Fleet Exercise Program (FXP). TACs have also replaced the 4-7

90 ATG ASA check sheets as of 1 August The information previously found in the ASA check sheets are now found in the corresponding TAC. The TAC sets out details of what, when and how each drill is to be scheduled, conducted and scored. 3. The TAC will be used for all assessments of CVN performance (P score). They can be accessed via the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. Unless otherwise stated, the passing score for all TAC s is 80%, however, TACs are scored differently for the Crew Prep Phase (including Flight Deck Cert) and Basic Phase events. During the Crew Prep phase and FDC, TACs will be graded either Sat or Unsat, while using 80% as the determining factor. During Crew Prep, since underway conditions are only simulated, and on-going maintenance hinders the training environment, sub-events cannot be graded to the MCO condition as they are during the Basic Phase which necessitates the need for a Sat/Unsat determination. A Sat means that the crew performed the line-items in the TAC as well as could be expected given the limitations placed on the ship while pier-side and in a degraded state of material condition readiness due to maintenance. During Basic Phase events, the actual numerical score will be recorded and the Sub-Event will be graded for a P-Score. P-Scores by definition are graded to the MCO standard, which requires for many Sub-Events, being underway and the Airwing being embarked to satisfy the conditions of the Sub-Event. 4. In the event a TAC is failed, a course of action will be devised between the CSG, TYCOM and the ship to mitigate the failure based on resource and ATG availability. Points for TAC event line items are all or nothing ; no partial points are awarded for a TAC event line item. 5. The TAC is not required for completing a sub-event for experience grades (E score). The CVN Training Teams have leeway in how they conduct experience training and may use briefs, lectures, power point presentations, drill walk-throughs, or other forms of training. 6. During the Basic Phase (CCIII, CARTII, TSTA/FEP or Core I, Core II, ULTRA-s for FDNF) ATG is TYCOMs agent to grade the Sub-events / TACs. Sub-Events that are required to be graded outside of the Basic Phase and in the Integrated Phase (C2X) are the responsibility of the ISIC/CSG to evaluate. With prior coordination, CCSG 4/15 may grade the sub-events in C2X if feasible. ATG will also be the grading agent for CONUS CVNs that require a ULTRA-S in the Sustainment phase. 4-8

91 Section 2 INDIVIDUAL READINESS: FLTMPS SCHOOLS COMPLETION REPORTING 4200 GUIDANCE 1. Personnel assigned to carriers are required to attend formal training for warfare and mission areas. At a minimum, 80 percent of required personnel must complete designated training in each warfare/mission area as reflected in the Fleet Training Management Planning System/Enterprise Training Management System (FLTMPS/ETMS) summary report. This requirement for schools accomplishment percentage is applicable to all carriers. 2. This directive leverages coordination between Ship/CSG/Training Support Commands (TSC) to maximize course utilization by focusing on three key areas: a. Meet 80 percent school course completion requirement for personnel onboard. b. Ensure use of Command s 12-month long-range school training plan and Watch Team Replacement Plan (WTRP). c. Preclude Missed Training Opportunities (MTOs)/course no- shows. 3. The formal schools requirement (80 percent or greater completion for total required courses in each warfare/mission areas) requires chain of command involvement. a. Training Officers and division training personnel should conduct continuous review of the Fleet Training Management Planning System/Enterprise Training Management System (FLTMPS/ETMS) summary report. b. When classes are required, request quotas (using the Enterprise Navy Training Reservation System (entrs) program where available). c. Track course attendance to ensure no-shows are kept to a minimum. d. Directly contact the local TSC/TSD when problems arise or issues are anticipated REPORTING SOURCE FOR SCHOOLS COMPLETION 1. FLTMPS/ETMS is the single source for TYCOM school requirements. FLTMPS/ETMS can be used interchangeably; the data contained in all 44 training modules is identical. As the single source for TYCOM school requirements, FLTMPS/ETMS shall be used to determine warfare/mission area school accomplishment percentages REQUIRED SCHOOLS COMPLETION PERCENTAGE 4-9

92 1. The warfare/mission area percentage requirement (80% or greater) is continuous throughout the OFRP cycle and during maintenance periods. Required numbers of graduates in FLTMPS may be adjusted for ships in extended maintenance periods, so that ships should always maintain at least 80% of the graduates required in FLTMPS. Calculation of these percentages is Straight forward: the number of graduates onboard (not to exceed 100 percent for any single school requirement) is divided by the FLTMPS number of required graduates. This number should be between 80 and 100 percent. 2. Ships are required to maintain a minimum 80 percent completion rate for required schools in each of the following warfare/mission areas: ATFP, Aviation, AW, C2W, CCC, Command, FSO, INT, LOG, Maintenance, Medical, MOB-D, MOB-E, MOB-N, MOB-S, NC, STW, Supply, SUW, USW and Weapons. 3. ATG will validate CNAF required school completion percentages in FLTMPS/ETMS during Cart II and FEP (Core Training (CT) and ULTRA-S for FDNF). Comments on school completion percentages will be made in CART II and FEP reports (Core Training (CT) and ULTRA-S reports for FDNF) USING LONG RANGE TRAINING PLAN AND WATCH TEAM REPLACEMENT PLAN TO MANAGE INDIVIDUAL TRAINING COMPLETION 1. Ships should manage Projected Rotation Dates (PRDs) to distribute personnel turnover across the OFRP cycle. This will prevent large spikes in school replacement plans. Utilize the command 12 month training plan located on FLTMPS to assist in maintaining training completion percentages. 2. Commands should identify "training shortfall" deficiencies early. School quotas should be requested and scheduled early to correct deficiencies before completion percentage falls below 80%. If available quotas are not sufficient, units may request assistance from CSG/TSC/TYCOM to secure additional school quotas. Section 3 ALL HANDS TRAINING 4300 GENERAL 1. In addition to providing training for watch, quarter and station assignment, battle station assignment, and special shipboard evolution assignment, it is essential that a well- rounded shipboard training program specifically include measures for training the individual officer, Sailor or Marine in: a. All duties of their rank or rate. b. Preparation for promotion/advancement. c. Development of leadership. 4-10

93 d. All duties, responsibilities, and expectations of a member of the Naval Service. e. Safety and survival in the shipboard environment. f. Periodic training, as required by higher authority, on Navy Rights and Responsibilities, fraternization, and sexual harassment. 2. Responsibility for basic training of the individual officer, Sailor or Marine is specifically assigned to the CO by Article 0728, U.S. Navy Regulations, INDOCTRINATION DIVISION TRAINING 1. The initial days and even hours a new officer, Sailor, or Marine spends on board ship will have a significant effect on molding their attitude toward the command and, therefore, their ability to perform as an effective member of the ship's company for the remainder of their tour on board. It is imperative each ship has an effective Indoctrination ( I") Division program to introduce new crewmembers to the command. a. While it should be tailored to the specific needs of officers or enlisted members, the program should incorporate the common elements of providing members a place to sleep and stow their gear, the location of and times they will be able to get meals, accurate processing of the members service and pay records, enrollment in the command physical readiness program, an introduction to unique shipboard regulations, medical readiness, and reiteration of Navy policies concerning drug and alcohol abuse, discrimination, sexual assault awareness and prevention, and harassment. b. Shortly after new members report, they should be provided the opportunity to meet key members of the command. This should include, at a minimum, the CO, XO, Supply Officer, Medical Officer, Dental Officer, Safety Officer, Damage Control Assistant, Hazardous Material Coordinator, Administration Officer, Personnel Officer, Security Manager, Physical Readiness Coordinator, Command Master Chief, Chief Master at Arms, Equal Opportunity Officer and Command Career Counselor. 2. Ideally, "I" Division should be completed in the time between when new members report to the ship and when they report to their division. As a minimum, it should include the following: a. An orientation tour focusing on available services for crewmembers, location and availability of damage control equipment, and security requirements. b. Donning and lighting off of the EEBD, SCBA and life vests should be demonstrated by each individual. 4-11

94 c. Navy Pride and Professionalism training, to ensure the ship maintains 100 percent compliance with OPNAVINST C. d. Distribution of general damage control and 3M PQS books to all new crewmembers. e. Level I Antiterrorism (AT) Awareness Training. All crewmembers, military and civilian, shall receive Level I Antiterrorism Awareness Training in accordance with SECNAVINST (series). f. Security Education and Training. All crewmembers, military and civilian, shall receive initial security instruction in accordance with OPNAVINST series. The security education program will include all pertinent aspects of physical security, law enforcement and loss prevention programs including those specifically related to antiterrorism. g. Briefing on Information Assurance by the ISSM. h. Propulsion plant indoctrination, required by NAVSEA S MMA-000/ (/V) (Radiological Controls for Ships) and NAVSEA S MAN-000/(C) (Engineering Department Manual for Naval Nuclear Propulsion Plants). i. Operational Risk Management (ORM). All crewmembers shall receive an overview brief that describes ORM and its tenets. The brief shall provide on-duty and off-duty examples for all types of ORM including: Time Critical, Deliberate and Analytical DAMAGE CONTROL (DC) TRAINING 1. The ship's DC training program will include widespread indoctrination of all hands, including embarked staffs and Air Wing personnel. Indoctrination will cover procedures and practices necessary to maintain the protective material conditions of readiness, and actions required to be taken in the event of fire, battle damage or other emergency. Each individual aboard ship should be fully capable of taking the initial actions to properly report fires and flooding, and should be able to set fire and flooding boundaries. Emergency egress training must be completed within 96 hours of reporting aboard and shall include training on how to don training EEBD. a. All afloat personnel will complete DC PQS (NAVEDTRA series, Watch Stations ) within six months of reporting aboard. b. Personnel reporting from another ship who have already completed basic DC shall qualify on ship-specific DC systems of the DC PQS (NAVEDTRA series, section 200) within three months of reporting aboard. c. All personnel shall complete emergency egress training within 96 hours of reporting aboard ship and every six months thereafter. This training will consist of blindfolded escape from working, berthing, and watch standing spaces. Training will include actual activation and 4-12

95 donning of training Emergency Escape Breathing Device (EEBD) and Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Document completion using PQS chart or other appropriate means. d. Personnel may not be assigned to a Repair Party or Inport Emergency Team (IET) until they have completed DC PQS (NAVEDTRA series, Watch Stations ). All personnel assigned to Repair Party Teams or IETs shall complete the DC PQS (NAVEDTRA series) applicable to their assignment within three months of team assignment. All personnel shall be fully qualified in all prerequisite Watch Stations prior to assignment to a new position on Repair Party Teams and IETs. e. Damage Control Training Team (DCTT) personnel shall be fully qualified for the billet they are assigned to train and complete the DCTT members PQS from DC PQS (NAVEDTRA series, Watch Station 320). f. Gas Free Engineering Petty Officers and Fire Marshals shall complete applicable sections of DC Watches PQS (NAVEDTRA series) prior to assignment. g. Post-Fire Test Assistants will be qualified as Gas Free Engineers, Gas Free Engineer Assistants or Gas Free Engineering Petty Officers. h. Departmental or Division Damage Control Petty Officers (DCPOs) shall complete DC Watches PQS (NAVEDTRA series), Watch Station 303, 3-M PQS (NAVEDTRA Series) Watch Station 303 Work Center Supervisor and be certified by the Damage Control Assistant (DCA) or Ship s Fire Marshal prior to assignment. i. DC Maintenance personnel shall complete DC PQS (NAVEDTRA series, Watch Stations ), DC Watches PQS (NAVEDTRA series) DCPO, 3M Watch Station 301, and be certified by the Damage Control Assistant (DCA) prior to assignment. j. One Petty Officer in each in port fire party and each repair locker shall qualify within six months of assignment on Watch Station 304, Oil/Hazardous Material (Substance) Spill Response Scene Leader, in the Hazardous Material/Environmental Protection Programs Afloat PQS, NAVEDTRA A. 2. Formal Training Requirements for Afloat Personnel: a. All personnel shall complete live fire fighting training every six years. The initial six-year qualification is satisfied if fire fighting training was received during initial accession training sources after June Recurring training requirements can be obtained through attendance at one of the equivalent live fire fighting training courses listed in FLTMPS. Personnel assigned to Crash and Salvage shall attend (as a team) the Aircraft Fire Fighting Shipboard Team Training (AFSTT) (C A) once during an 18 month cycle or whenever the team experiences a greater than 40 percent turnover. Personnel taking this course shall be certified as meeting the requirement for attending Shipboard Aircraft Fire Fighting (J ). 4-13

96 b. Personnel assigned to shipboard duty not receiving accession-level Chemical, Biological and Radiological Defense (CBR-D) training may fulfill training requirements by completion of on board training by the DCA, CBR-D Training Specialist (NEC 4805) or Senior Enlisted Damage Control Training Specialist (NEC 4811) and completing the appropriate DC PQS (NAVEDTRA series). c. Repair party leaders and officers shall attend Damage Control Repair Party Leaders Course (K ). DCA-Senior Enlisted Course (A-4G-111) is an acceptable substitute. d. Repair parties and IETs shall attend Shipboard Fire Fighting Team Training (A ) and Shipboard Damage Control Training (K ). They shall attend both courses once per deployment cycle, not to exceed length of OFRP between courses. Officer accession level fire fighting training or the General Shipboard Fire Fighting (A ) is the minimum requirement for replacement personnel who have not participated in formal team training. e. The following personnel shall attend Shipboard Aircraft Fire Fighting (J ), or have attended (C ): (1) Ship s force flight deck personnel receiving flight deck hazardous duty pay assigned to aircraft carriers. Unqualified personnel shall attend within six months of assignment and then every four years thereafter. If an individual s four-year qualification expires during a deployment, the individual shall attend the course prior to deployment. (2) Embarked flight deck personnel, pilots, aircrew and all other embarked personnel receiving flight deck hazardous duty pay. Personnel shall attend within six months of initial squadron/unit assignment and every four years thereafter. If an embarked individual s four-year qualification expires during a deployment, the individual shall attend the course prior to deployment. (3) In accordance with Watch Station 301 (CVN Flight Deck Observer) PQS, requirements for Aircraft Firefighting (J ) can be deferred until post-deployment availability for personnel reporting onboard while the ship is deployed. f. Prospective DCAs and ship s Fire Marshals shall attend Surface Warfare Damage Control Assistant (A-4G-111) course prior to assignment. g. Gas Free Engineers, Gas Free Engineer Assistants and Gas Free Engineering Petty Officers (one per in port duty section) shall attend Gas Free Engineer and Gas Free Engineering Petty Officer for Surface (Afloat) Operations (K ) or equivalent prior to assuming duties). DCA-Senior Enlisted Course (A-4G-111) is acceptable substitute for Gas Free Engineers and Gas Free Engineer Assistants. h. AFFF WCS plus seven others from each ship shall attend Foam Generating Systems Operation and Maintenance (K ). 4-14

97 i. All personnel shall complete Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) refresher training within three months of reporting on board and every six months thereafter. j. Training requirements for embarked personnel: (1) Fleet Marines and other military members embarked in U.S. Navy ships for a limited duration (such as a deployment) are not required to attend Navy fire fighting courses of instruction, with the exception of embarked flight deck personnel, pilots, aircrew and all other embarked personnel receiving flight deck hazardous duty pay. Personnel shall attend within six months of initial squadron/unit assignment and every four years thereafter. If an embarked individual s four-year qualification will expire during a deployment, the individual shall attend the course prior to deployment. (2) CVN COs will provide basic DC instruction for Fleet Marines, other military members and contractor personnel embarked in U.S. Navy ships for a limited duration. This instruction will include, as a minimum: emergency egress from berthing and work spaces, use of an EEBD, use of carbon dioxide, PKP and AFFF extinguishers, fire stations, compartment numbering system, general quarters station, abandon ship station, man overboard station, shipboard communication systems, emergency or casualty reporting and use of the APC system for those personnel assigned to mess deck duties. (3) Embarked personnel must be indoctrinated in the use and limitations of personnel protective equipment and devices currently available on board. Personnel must be required to demonstrate, upon reporting and semi-annually thereafter, their ability to use an SCBA and EEBD and to egress their living, working, watch stations and battle stations under conditions of minimum visibility. Completion of this semi-annual training will be documented on the Division PQS chart. (4) Completion of Damage Control PQS (NAVEDTRA series) Watch Stations , within six months of reporting to the ship is mandatory for All Hands, including embarked staffs and air wing personnel. (5) All ship riders shall be instructed in the use of an EEBD when embarking. (6) All embarked personnel for deployment are required to have received chemical, biological and radiological defense (CBR-D) training. Those who did not receive CBR-D training during accession/pipeline training, or did not attend the introduction to CBR-D course (J ) before it was canceled, shall complete a one day CBR-D course conducted aboard the ship by an instructor with the 4805 or 4811 NEC. (7) Positive documentation of CBR-D training in service records is required. (8) Embarked staffs require propulsion plant indoctrination by NAVSEA S MMA- 000/ (V) (Radiological Controls for Ships). 4-15

98 4303 SHIPBOARD FIRST AID AND RESCUE 1. COMNAVAIRFOR considers a comprehensive program in first aid, self-aid, buddy-aid and the medical aspects of CBR warfare essential to maintaining a high level of combat readiness. Such training is recognized as a potentially critical factor for casualty reduction and in minimizing adverse effects on combat effectiveness in modern warfare. Training of this nature will enhance the successful management of mass casualties in any disaster, whether in peace or war. 2. The eleven basic wounds in Shipboard First Aid and Rescue are; 1. Fractures 2. Sucking Chest Wound 3. Abdominal Evisceration 4. Massive Hemorrhage with Amputation 5. Laceration 6. Electrical Shock 7. Smoke Inhalation 8. Burns 9. Hypothermia 10. Heat Stress 11. Puncture Wound 3. The ship s crew should receive war wound training, cardio pulmonary resuscitation (CPR), and stretcher bearer training at every available opportunity such as during GQ drills and the ship s indoctrination course M TRAINING 1. The Navy's Material Maintenance Management (3M) system is the foundation on which shipboard equipment reliability rests. The equipment installed in Navy ships has been carefully designed and evaluated to provide long years of service in a harsh at-sea environment with minimum maintenance. It is critical that maintenance be accomplished properly per applicable maintenance requirements. In order to maintain proper supply and technical support, the installation and removal of equipment must be reported to appropriate authorities. Malfunctions of equipment must be reported to higher authority to ensure: a. Reduced capabilities are made known to operational planners b. Required technical and material assistance can be organized and performed c. A history of equipment failures is compiled 4-16

99 2. Completion by All Hands of the appropriate level of the personnel qualifications standards training program will significantly aid in accomplishing these objectives and is mandatory within six months of reporting on board for duty. 3. All ships are required to establish a quality assurance program, per instructions issued by the TYCOM and higher authority, to ensure maintenance actions are properly accomplished. a. In addition to the Spot Check program by Chiefs, Division Officers, HODs, 3M Coordinators, CMCs, XOs, Command Master Chiefs, and COs, ships should include training for maintenance personnel on each particular MRC card, prior to the new person being authorized to accomplish a maintenance requirement for the first time. b. The first time a maintenance person accomplishes a maintenance action, they should be observed by an experienced qualified Sailor who has proven competent at performing that maintenance item. This course of action will greatly reduce errors and minimize development of bad habits early in a Sailor's career. It will therefore enhance their technical skills as well as overall equipment reliability. Positive work habits and effective quality control checks must be incorporated into every aspect of the training program. 4. The 3M Training Team (3MTT) is formed onboard to enhance and maintain a peak level of PMS performance by providing focused training and evaluation for ship board spot-checkers. 3MTT members must be 3M (304) Division Officer PQS qualified, designated in writing and have at least 6-12 months remaining onboard. It is highly recommended that the team member be an E-7 or above with the requisite knowledge in the 3M system and a SME in the system they spot-check primarily GENERAL MILITARY TRAINING 1. The General Military Training (GMT) program is applicable to all Navy personnel, both officers and enlisted personnel. Its origins are in the consolidation of training requirements from numerous independent programs. Over the years, the scope of the GMT program has grown to cover a wide variety of military and other topics. It is a promulgated standardized curriculum under a central manager and resource sponsor; GMT guidance is provided in OPNAVINST (series). 2. GMT is designed to train, motivate and inform Navy personnel about topics affecting their military life and to deal with issues that impact their military career, preparing them for future leadership roles. 3. The GMT program is divided into three phases, each of which targets a specific population. a. GMT-I is designed for presentation to officer and enlisted personnel during initial accession training. 4-17

100 b. GMT-II is presented to enlisted personnel while assigned to an A school or the Apprentice Training Program. c. GMT-III is designed for presentation during regularly scheduled training sessions in individual units. Its purpose is to continue the development of those topics introduced in earlier phases and to address contemporary topics that reflect new or changed Department of Defense or Navy goals and objectives. GMT-III requirements are limited to 12 hours a year and requirements will be reviewed by Naval Education and Training Command (NETC) annually to ensure relevancy. d. To assist individual units in meeting GMT-III training goals, NETC has prepared training materials. Training materials can be obtained contacting Naval Education and Training Command (NETC) or utilize the following website: SAFETY TRAINING 1. Successful implementation and execution of the safety program requires continuous, effective All Hands training and participation. The Safety Officer and Division Safety Petty Officers (DSPOs) shall execute the on board training program for safety per OPNAVINST , "NAVOSH Program Manual for Forces Afloat." 2. Prior to assuming their duties, Safety Officers and Assistant Safety Officers (NOBC 0862, SSC 1861) shall attend the Afloat Safety Officer Course (A-4J-0020). a. Safety Officers should also receive refresher training provided via courses offered by NAVOSHENVTRACEN, or conferences or workshops related to the elements required by the command safety program. b. Assistant Safety Officers should receive annual continuing education by attendance at the NAVENVIRHLTHCEN Occupational Health and Preventive Medicine Workshop or the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) Conference. 3. The Safety Department individual in charge of the Respiratory Protection Program will attend the Respiratory Protection Program Manager's Course (A ) taught at NAVOSHENVTRACEN. 4. The Supply Officer designated as Command Hazardous Material Coordinator will attend NAVOSHENVTRACEN Hazardous Material Coordinator Course (A-8B-0008) prior to being assigned. 5. All DSPOs (primary and alternate) shall attend the Safety Programs Afloat Course (A ) and complete Divisional Safety Petty Officer Watch Station 301 of Afloat Safety Programs PQS (NAVEDTRA series) within six months of being assigned their duties 4-18

101 and have one year left before their PRD. DSPOs are further encouraged to complete the requirements for NEC 9571 during their assignment. 6. It is strongly recommended the LCPO and an Aviation Electrician (AE) assigned to the Safety Department has the NEC All Hands NAVOSH training will be conducted upon reporting aboard (e.g., "I" Division) and at least annually thereafter. This training will concentrate on the practical aspects of the NAVOSH Program as implemented aboard ship and include: a. Introduction to the NAVOSH Program and identification of key personnel, the chain of command, and mishap reporting. b. Hazard identification and known hazards (e.g., heat, noise, asbestos, confined space entry, gas free requirements, sight conservation, hazardous materials and electrical shock). c. Safety precautions and standards. d. Electrical safety/tag-out procedures. e. Mishap prevention and reporting. f. Radiation. g. Back injury prevention. h. Traffic safety. i. The ship's program for separation and disposal of plastics, trash and hazardous material, including medical waste/prohibitions regarding disposal of oil, the ship's centralized HAZMAT locker, oily waste and sewage in port and at sea. 8. At least two five-minute safety briefs shall be accomplished at quarters or muster each month. Division Officers shall be responsible for ensuring assigned personnel receives mandatory training on safety programs. 9. Whenever necessary to raise the level of awareness of personnel safety, (e.g., increased numbers of personnel injuries, mishaps and near mishaps) the command will initiate a Safety Stand Down. Commands should consider safety stand downs following a safety evaluation (e.g., Naval Safety Center Survey). As a minimum, commands will conduct one safety stand down per year. 10. Training records for Safety will be maintained by each division or training group supervisor per U.S. Navy SORM (OPNAVINST ). Divisional safety training shall be attended by the Division Officer and/or LPO and recorded in the training record. 4-19

102 11. For more detail on training requirements and information on training films and videotapes, see OPNAVINST Series and the NAVOSH Training Guide for Forces Afloat (NAVEDTRA 10074A) ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING Per OPNAVINST Series, Safety Officers and Assistant Safety Officers (NOBC 0862, SSC 1861) shall attend the NAVOSHENVTRACEN Afloat Environmental Protection Coordinator Course (A-4J-0021) prior to assuming their duties METEOROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY TRAINING 1. All CVNs have permanently assigned METOC personnel. Various major staffs, including Numbered Fleets and CSGs, have METOC Officers assigned. Although many similarities exist between these divisions and their support responsibilities, the differences in equipment, assigned spaces, shipboard organizations, manning, personnel training, and experience are significant. Variations in the METOC services resulting from these differences can be mitigated via standardized training practices. 2. Except for FDNF ships, permanent manning of METOC personnel on board CVN ships has been reduced to four personnel on Norfolk and San Diego-based ships and to five personnel on Pacific Northwest-based ships. A Strike Group Oceanography Team (SGOT) is assigned to augment the CVN METOC Division in phases, with the total augmented support dependent on the operational schedule of the ship. 3. Modern weapons and sensors are increasingly sensitive to atmospheric and oceanographic conditions, resulting in the need to accurately measure and quantify the effects of the operational environment. Additionally, weather and sea conditions must be considered in each evolution and for each operational or tactical decision. METOC personnel are primarily responsible for collecting, interpreting and analyzing METOC data, forecasting conditions for future operations and forecasting the environmental impacts on the performance of weapons, sensors and platforms. The METOC Division s role is multi-faceted, encompassing all aspects of the operating environment. Formal, on-the-job, and computer-based training are key elements. 4. CNAF is responsible for shipboard training, manning and equipment readiness. Senior METOC Officers assigned to Fleet Forces Command, PACFLT, Numbered Fleet staffs and the Strike Group Oceanography Team Norfolk and San Diego support CNAF in this effort. They will: a. Ensure METOC personnel training complies with requirements as outlined in the Fleet Training Management Planning System (FLTMPS) database. b. Monitor equipment and computer software upgrades for individual METOC Divisions and ensure compliance with governing TYCOM and Fleet directives. 4-20

103 5. An expanded discussion of METOC training is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site ANTITERRORISM (AT) AWARENESS TRAINING 1. The key to an effective AT program is to develop an awareness that is both sustained and reinforced from initial entry to termination of service. All personnel must be aware of basic personal protective measures against terrorism and specific threats for the area they operate in or transit. Therefore, initial Level I AT Awareness Training shall be conducted for all crewmembers, military or civilian, annually thereafter. Training is available on NKO. 2. Subsequently, all crewmembers, military and civilian, deploying OCONUS shall receive an AOR-specific AT protection brief within three months of deployment/travel. 3. Any expanded discussion of AT training can be directed to the CNAF Force MA RADIOLOGICAL TRAINING Radiological training for all personnel permanently assigned to nuclear powered ships and embarked staff is governed by NAVSEA S MMA-000/ (V) Radiological Controls for Ships. This includes all hands yearly and indoctrination training, training for embarked staffs, and emergency response personnel that may respond to casualties in the propulsion plants (e.g. At Sea Fire Party) OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT (ORM) 1. ORM is a critical element in the planning and execution phases of all training and real evolutions and activities aboard ship and ashore/off-duty. 2. Per OPNAVINST series, the ship s XO is assigned as the ORM Manager, and is accountable to ensure ORM permeates all shipboard activities and operations. In addition, at least one officer, preferably a HOD (i.e. Operations or Safety), and two senior enlisted, preferably the Command Master Chief and one other senior departmental MCPO in the command, shall be assigned as the XO s ORM Assistants. The ORM Program Manager and assigned Assistant ORM Program Managers shall attend the ORM Applications and Integrations (ORM A&I) Course (CNET11997). 3. Annually, all ship s crew members shall complete the Navy Knowledge On-line (NKO) GMT ORM Course and any additional NKO ORM courses as appropriate for the level of management or supervision held by the individual UNDERSEA WARFARE All CV-TSC gram analyst personnel will participate in a minimum of 10 events every rolling quarter of Weekly SIPRTOP Training to increase proficiency in LOFARGRAM analysis. The average score must be equal to or greater than 80% for the 90-day period. Any ship unable to 4-21

104 participate in the minimum 10 events shall request a waiver via naval message to the CNAF CV- TSC Coordinator ELECTRONIC WARFARE (EW) REQUIREMENTS Each watch team (minimum of two) will be required to complete two Battle Force Electronic Warfare Training (BEWT) scenarios per month. Three scenarios have been developed and will be forwarded to each CVN via SIPRNET . The scenarios are to be downloaded and transferred to the BEWT system. The scenarios are based on real-world AORs and increase in complexity (basic, intermediate, and advanced). Each ship will report completion of these scenarios via CV-SHARP. A check sheet has been developed that categorizes the sub-events and watch standers actions throughout the scenarios DIVISIONAL TRAINING 1. Divisional training is the foundation on which the entire ship's training program rests. Properly executed, it leads directly to material and operational readiness, safety and advancement. Improperly done, it wastes valuable man hours and hurts crew morale. It is imperative COs empower Division Officers and Leading Chief Petty Officers with an understanding of their importance to program success. 2. Sub-sets of the divisional training program encompass the work center and team training programs. a. Work centers are administrative organizations established to accomplish maintenance while teams are operational organizations designed to accomplish functional operational tasks. b. Unless directed by other existing instruction (i.e. NATOPS), all training teams shall maintain training records as directed by existing shipboard instruction in an existing database (i.e. R-ADMIN). 3. Effective divisional training should be preplanned, conducted on a regular schedule in a location suitable for training, attended by the entire division (work center or team as applicable), monitored by someone other than the instructor who is knowledgeable in the subject matter (Officer or Chief Petty Officer/supervisor for work teams), and evaluated so a critique may be provided to the instructor following the presentation. 4. The format for divisional training should be tailored to the subject matter. a. Formal lecture b. Demonstration followed by practical application c. Competition where teams demonstrate proficiency at previously acquired skills 4-22

105 5. While divisional training is normally thought of as a group exercise, it can also be tailored to the individual. a. Required readings in rate training manuals and completion of the corresponding lessons may be required b. Implementation of a divisional orientation workbook can rapidly integrate a new Sailor into the organization c. A requirement to demonstrate proficiency at certain tasks, such as emergency egress, physically donning an EEBD or SCBA, or skills learned in "A" school, apprenticeship training, or at a previous command ensures Sailors are ready for further training or identifies the need for remedial training. 6. Care should be taken in selecting personnel who will be conducting divisional training to ensure both junior and senior crewmembers have the opportunity to be instructors. Also, care should be taken to ensure junior crewmembers are truly qualified to conduct the training assigned. a. Assignments should be made sufficiently in advance of the training session to allow the instructor time to research, prepare and rehearse the presentation. b. The entire presentation should be critiqued by the Leading Petty Officer, Divisional Chief Petty Officer or Division Officer prior to presentation. This step provides an opportunity to improve the presentation while affording identification and correction of any factual errors. c. During a presentation, a crewmember knowledgeable in the subject matter should be assigned to monitor and provide the instructor with a formal critique on its completion. In this, the presentation becomes more than a lesson for the division; it provides leadership training for the instructor, improving both his knowledge of the subject matter and his ability to pass that knowledge along. d. Training guidance and requirements for Reactor Departments on CVNs is contained in CNAFINST C (Series) Nuclear Power Training Manual. 4-23

106 Section 5 ONGOING/WATCHSTATION TRAINING 4500 ONGOING TRAINING 1. All shipboard training must be directed toward ensuring the crew is capable of safely taking the ship to sea and meeting operational requirements. The training program is not limited to Officers of the Deck and bridge watch standers; it must also include navigational watches, visual signaling watches, lookouts, Combat Direction Center surface, air and anti-submarine warfare module watch standers, TAOs, air traffic and air intercept controllers, flight deck watches, engineering plant steaming and auxiliaries watches and damage control personnel. 2. It is recognized during overhaul periods the maintenance of sufficient qualified watch standers is a tremendous management problem that requires extensive advance planning. a. Proper execution of CART I by all departments will significantly aid in ensuring proper formal training is scheduled and appropriate people are trained. A Watch Team Replacement Plan (WTRP) will be formulated for execution during the upcoming OFRP. This is evaluated by ATG during CART II. b. Formal schools, mobile training systems, team trainers, operational cross-deck opportunities and regularly scheduled drills, within the ship's lifelines and with other units in port, can all be used to maintain the level of crew training during overhaul. 3. Air Department Refresher Training. Air department personnel assigned to flight deck and below decks duties shall receive instructor-based technical systems training in their respective fields. a. Recurring training requirements shall be obtained through attendance at one of the following training courses: (1) C Shipboard Aviation Fuels Refresher (2) C ALRE Catapult Refresher (3) C ALRE Catapult Basic (4) C ALRE Arresting Gear (5) C ALRE QA Admin (6) C ABH Refresher b. All non-designated ABF, ABE and ABH personnel shall attend within 12 months of assignment. 4-24

107 c. All previously qualified A school and refresher course graduates personnel shall attend every 32 months thereafter. 4. During multi-year overhauls, the requirement still exists to maintain a continuum of operational readiness. Well-trained Sailors can be invaluable in preparing their replacements for future operations. When critical equipment is unavailable, cross decking of personnel to other units is not only encouraged, but expected WATCH STATION TRAINING 1. Underway, it is essential watch standers function as a team. Throughout the ship, watch teams must be regularly drilled on standard operating and emergency procedures to ensure pre- planned responses are properly executed. The inability of one station to perform their required assignment may have devastating consequences. Drills must be realistic and therefore must be planned and executed with the minimum of simulations and deviations. Drills should be observed by qualified personnel and critiqued both on individual efforts and contribution to the team effort. 2. The tactical situation underway can often lead to long, potentially unproductive watches. There are often minimal or no communications, course or speed changes, contacts or changes in equipment configurations. During these times, a concerted effort must be made to stimulate watches to ensure all watch standers remain alert and ready to respond. Officers responsible for operation of watch stations should ensure time spent on watch is used to sharpen the skills of watch standers. a. During periods of restricted EMCON, establishment of an in house circuit between CDC and the bridge allows conduct of drills. b. Visual signaling drills should be conducted as the tactical situation allows. Signal bridge personnel can also join in communications drills and PUBEXs between CDC and the navigational bridge. c. Flash cards can be used to drill lookouts on contact recognition. d. Engineers can practice evolutions and emergency procedures (shifting air ejectors, changing distilling plant lineups, etc.) under supervision of experienced personnel as authorized by the Engineering Officer. e. All watch stations can practice locating and donning EEBDs, SCBAs and practicing emergency egress. f. The preceding list provides only a sampling of the drills that can be executed on watch. The ship is limited only by the creativity of its leaders and watch standers. Firm leadership at the 4-25

108 HOD level is required to ensure meaningful, properly supervised training is incorporated into each watch. 3. Carriers should regularly participate in tactical maneuvering drills with their escorts. 4. Carrier security forces shall maximize the use of small arms simulators (where available) to increase or improve weapons proficiency and achievement of qualifications through the use of course of fire software. Use of systems that exercise a watch stander s decision-making skill in the employment of deadly force should be used to the maximum extent possible. 5. Ship handling drills should be executed during all available opportunities. Maneuvering, man overboard drills or using a smoke float to practice an approach into a mooring buoy are examples of excellent training which can be accomplished when the tactical situation permits. 6. At anchorage or in port, the ship's boats should be regularly used to practice small boat handling and to qualify boat officers. 4-26

109 Section 6 IN-RATE TRAINING 4600 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION STANDARDS (PQS) 1. The CNO has adopted the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS) system of training as a means to ensure all personnel are trained and qualified to meet promulgated Navy standards. PQS is applicable to both officers and enlisted personnel. a. The general background and policy concerning the development and implementation of PQS is contained in OPNAVINST (series) and COMNAVAIRFORINST (series). b. Guidelines for implementation and administration of PQS are outlined in the Unit Coordinator s Guide (NAVEDTRA series). c. The PQS Catalog (NAVEDTRA ) provides the latest list of available PQS standard materials. Ships can obtain PQS materials by: (1) Writing to NETPDTC. Address: NETPDTC N34, 6490 Saufley Field Road, Pensacola FL, (2) Calling NETPDTC: DSN or Commercial (850) or the NETPDTC Bulletin Boards at DSN /1820 or Commercial (850) /1820. (3) ing NETPDTC at: N34.pqs@smtp.NETC.navy.mil (4) Using Navy Knowledge Online website to order PQS on CD ROM or download PQS materials: 2. An individual's PQS is a written compilation of the minimum requirements to certify qualification of the individual to perform the duties of a given job or watch station. It serves as a vehicle for continuous training of a carrier's crew. PQS is used in conjunction with formal school training, general military training, rate training study, other NAVEDTRA manuals and on the job experience. a. Officers will derive significant benefit by progressing systematically through PQS training pertinent to their shipboard duties. b. Enlisted personnel will be significantly assisted in completing advancement in rating criteria through the knowledge and skills derived from the completion of various PQS elements. 3. It is imperative no member of the Naval Service, officer or enlisted, be placed in a position for which he or she is not qualified. 4. The PQS System provides a means by which training progress can be monitored and qualifications can be documented. It is recommended: 4-27

110 a. Watch Team Replacement Plans, formulated during CART I, be used as a tool to assign watch stander PQS. b. Watch bills in use should be reviewed against PQS charts to ensure all watch standers are qualified or under the instruction of a qualified individual. c. Watch bills must indicate the level of qualification for each watch stander: qualified (Q), interim qualified (I) or under instruction (UI). d. Regular audits should be undertaken to ensure qualifications are correctly entered in service records and PQS tracking systems (either charts or ADP programs) in a timely manner. 5. The final determination of the depth of knowledge and level of proficiency required of individuals to answer and/or perform each specific PQS line item, and to ultimately achieve final PQS qualification, will be made by the individual command. The PQS for most watch stations contains a final line item for either a written or oral examination of the individual's knowledge of the watch station. This is the most critical signature for the Sailor to achieve, because it requires the candidate to put together all that has been learned into a useful whole. a. If oral examinations are used, only the most experienced and knowledgeable watch standers in the area of qualification should be qualified to administer the examination and sign off this line item. A successful oral board signifies the Sailor has proven his knowledge and understanding of the responsibilities of that particular watch station and is ready for final qualification. b. For certain critical tasks or watch stations, a written exam may allow a more complete assessment of the candidate's readiness for final qualification than would an oral examination. 6. The Unit Coordinator s Guide addresses the procedures to follow when tailoring a PQS watch station qualification of an experienced/previously qualified Sailor when reporting aboard. 7. At times it will not be possible to man all required watch stations with fully qualified personnel. If this occurs, COs are authorized to grant interim qualifications to individuals who are making satisfactory progress accomplishing PQS line items. Interim qualifications should be for a specific limited period of time, not to exceed 90 days from the time the ship returns to sea, during which the individual is expected to achieve final qualification. 8. All watch stations normally stood on board ship are covered by a formal PQS developed by NETC. In some circumstances, usually the installation of new equipment, a formal PQS may not yet have been developed. Should this be the case, it is the ship's responsibility to develop JQRs to cover the duties of that watch station, using the standard PQS line item format as a guide. In addition, if the formal developed PQS for a given watch station does not cover all aspects and duties of the watch as stood on board, it is the duty of the ship to add/delete/modify PQS line items for those watch requirements as required and approved by the respective CO, XO or HOD. 4-28

111 9. PQS in specific areas is periodically reviewed by the PQS Development Group. Support for these reviews and necessary rewrites to PQS are coordinated through the TYCOM. COs should submit inputs for changes to PQS via the CSG to the appropriate PQS Model Manager. 10. Relationship between Training and PQS Programs. a. Training and PQS, while two distinct programs, are fundamentally linked since PQS is the basis of a command training program and both programs enable effective Watch Team Replacement Plan (WTRP) management. The relationships among these programs is shown below in Figure 4-3. b. The entry point of the shipboard training and qualification process is the WTRP. It should identify watch stations that will need to be filled due to either rotation or upward progression, and identify the Sailor intended to fill that watch station. These fills can come either from Prospective Gains (PG) or from existing crewmembers. In the case of a PG slated to fill a WTRP gap, an analysis of required schools and/or NECs for the watch station should take place and the ship, working early in the process with NPC should initiate those required adjustments to the training track of the PG. Navy Personnel Command (NPC), for their part, must provide the receiving unit with viable alternatives to ensure units are gaining members with required training and/or NECs. Once the PG reports, or in the case of an existing crewmember, the WTRP coordinator should create a PQS assignment for that Sailor, with a qualification goal date early enough to meet the need identified in the WTRP. That PQS assignment should then trigger the scheduling of the supporting training lectures. Training Teams must also ensure those individuals working on a PQS assignment are offered opportunities to perform the 300 series tasks during Training Team evolutions. These steps will ensure all Sailors receive the necessary training in support of their qualification goals. c. Relational Administration (R-ADM) is the TYCOM- recognized database to record PQS completion data. R-ADM shall be used to record PQS completions and create shipboard watch bills ADVANCEMENT TRAINING 1. The CO is specifically assigned responsibility for basic training of individuals assigned to his command by U.S. Navy Regulations. In fulfilling this assignment, he/she must personally concern themselves with the preparation of enlisted personnel for advancement and preparation of assigned officers for promotion. The following provisions are applicable to both officer and enlisted training programs. At a minimum, ships should: a. Comply with the PQS program. b. Use NKO website and resources. 4-29

112 c. Send the maximum number of assigned personnel (permitted by quotas and operational commitments) to schools that will enhance performance in their current or anticipated billets. Creative use should be made of no-cost orders and shipboard billeting to minimize TAD costs while maximizing training opportunities. 2. For enlisted personnel, ships should also establish a formal training program supporting completion of the Enlisted Surface Warfare Specialist (ESWS) and the Enlisted Aviation Warfare Specialist (EAWS) qualification programs. 3. For officers, an education program should incorporate the following provisions as a minimum: a. All Division Officers, regardless of designator, are to complete the Division Officer portion of the Surface Warfare Officer PQS Program, including division administration, damage control, and 3M. b. For all assigned 116X officers, establish a mandatory Surface Warfare Officer qualification program per OPNAVINST Consider designating a Surface Warfare Officers Advisor from among the senior Surface Warfare Officers on board to assist in qualifying 116X officers as Surface Warfare Officers. The SWO Advisor can provide advice and counseling on future career development. Separate advisors should be designated for nuclear and non-nuclear officers in recognition of the differences in career patterns. c. For senior ship s company and Air Wing officers, provide opportunity to attain proficiency/qualification as Conning Officers and Command Duty Officers (Underway) including other shipboard evolutions. This opportunity should be afforded to the maximum extent permitted by regularly assigned duties and flight duties NON-RESIDENT TRAINING COURSES 1. Navy correspondence courses, more correctly called Non- resident Training Courses (NRTC), are an excellent method for officers and enlisted personnel to expand their professional knowledge, improve their opportunities for promotion or advancement and increase their worth to the Navy. They are self-study courses. They may include assigned exercises, lessons or examinations designed to assist students in acquiring knowledge or skills described in an associated text. The NRTC may be either locally administered or administered by the Naval Education and Training Program Management Support Activity (NETPMSA). Written material may consist of: a. A training manual (TRAMAN) written specifically for the NRTC, or b. An existing Navy manual, directive or commercially procured text that is the basis for the NRTC. 4-30

113 2. Historically, several types of Navy non-resident training products were developed at various commands. They were distributed for different purposes and for different training communities. This created many different terms used to describe these training products and caused confusion to the ordering activities. NETC has consolidated and simplified this program. The catalog of Non-resident Training Courses", NAVEDTRA 12061, is distributed to all ships and stations to be used for ordering training manuals and associated non-resident training courses. This publication is updated semi-annually with changes to ensure ordering activities have the latest information on availability of Navy nonresident training products. Command Educational Services Officers, Training Officers, career counselors and training petty officers that order training materials should have a copy of this manual and be provided with changes. They must also be familiar with the ordering procedures. 3. Additional information may be found at the following site: Section 8 SHIP S TRAINING TEAMS 4800 GENERAL TRAINING TEAM PROCEDURES 1. The following general training team procedures shall apply to all ship s training teams to optimize shipboard team training. These procedures shall be used while conducting drills, exercises and observed evolutions. a. Pre-exercise training team meetings shall be held to discuss drill scenario, team assignments, time lines, flow of communications, objectives of training, evaluation/training mode, grading and debriefing procedures and operational risks. b. Proposed training packages shall be presented to the ITT Leader, CO or designated representative for approval. Packages shall include an exercise risk assessment matrix. c. Each training team member shall take notes to allow reconstruction of the exercise/drill with other team members when the drill is complete. Grading forms shall be retained as part of the ship s training records for the duration of the OFRP. d. Training team members observing a safety violation that poses a hazard to personnel or equipment shall immediately take steps to stop the drill/exercise and correct the unsafe condition. e. A critique for participating watch/team personnel shall be conducted as soon as feasible following completion of each drill/exercise. The critique shall cover the training team's training observations, grade assigned and lessons learned. 4-31

114 f. Integration goes beyond simple timeline merging. Integration occurs when one training team must meet its training and objectives in order for another training team to accomplish theirs. Integration must include an initiating event CAUSE - which results in an impact and required actions EFFECT - to another training team's area of responsibility and assessment. CAUSE and EFFECT are the benchmark for planning and executing realistic, challenging and effective training scenarios. g. Training teams should include at a minimum: 1. Objective met, and reason why and were not met 2. Material deficiencies and corrective actions taken 3. Lessons learned 4. Coordination issues 2. All training team members will be designated in writing, either by designation letter or by being listed on the ship's/department s collateral duty notice. Training team members should, at a minimum, be experienced in the area being assessed or trained. 3. The ATG Shipboard Training Team (SBTT) course is designed to teach shipboard training team members procedures to construct and execute training scenarios. The SBTT should be completed six to eight weeks prior to CART II. Ships are highly encouraged to send all training team members to SBTT. 4. Expected training proficiency levels during TSTA. a. Watch stander proficiency: (1) TSTA I. Watch standers shall be assigned to all required watch stations. Proficiency may be weak. (2) TSTA II. Watch standers shall be able to correctly perform routine duties commensurate with their rate/rating and watch station with minimal prompting. (3) TSTA III. Watch standers shall be able to consistently react correctly during sustained, stressful operations that involve transition to an increased level of readiness. b. Training Team Proficiency: (1) TSTA I. Training teams shall be in place and qualified for the positions they are observing. Ability to conduct scenario based training, i.e., plan, brief, execute and debrief, may be weak. 4-32

115 (2) TSTA II. Training teams shall be able to effectively conduct (plan, brief, execute, and debrief) single mission area scenario-based training. (3) TSTA III. Training teams shall be able to effectively conduct scenario based training, integrated with two or more other training teams. Able to effectively plan, execute and accurately assess and debrief their participation in a complex, stressful multi-mission scenario INTEGRATED TRAINING TEAM (ITT) 1. All aircraft carriers shall establish a standing ITT. This team is under the direction of the XO. The ITT team is responsible for ensuring the maximum integration of shipboard training evolutions from CART II through the deployment. The ITT will be trained by ATG during SBTT and Crew Certification. It will be assessed during TSTA and evaluated during FEP (CT and ULTRA-S, respectively for FDNF). 2. The ITT will be comprised of the XO (team leader), ITT Coordinator, Assistant Supply Officer, Safety Officer and a primary and alternate team leader from all other ship s training teams. 3. The team leaders of all shipboard training teams are required to coordinate and schedule all individual training team evolutions through the ITT. All team leaders should utilize CV SHARP to prioritize training events with respect to OFRP phase requirements. 4. Organization and responsibilities: a. The XO, as designated ITT Leader, is responsible to the CO for individual training team s effectiveness and ability to train in required levels of readiness. b. The ITT Coordinator may be the Training Officer or other officer assigned responsible to the XO for the execution of the integrated training scenario. The ITT Coordinator will ensure integrated drill scenarios are developed based on individual training team inputs, coordinate all pre-exercise and post-exercise briefings maintain all integrated drill critiques and lessons learned and ensure ITT qualification records are maintained. Additional duties of the ITT Coordinator include: (1) Managing integrated drill plan. (2) Assess training team decision-making. (3) Assess ITT s overall ability to train while evaluating team s ability to coordinate scenario and manage training timeline. (4) Present drill package timeline to XO and CO for approval. (5) Conduct ITT briefs and debriefs. 4-33

116 (6) Coordinate scenario conduct. (7) Provide an assessment of overall tactical/technical performance. (8) Route critiques to CO for review. c. The Safety Officer is an advisor to ITT in the development and conduct of scheduled events. Safety Officer s perspective and input are vital to ensure all evolutions are executed safely. Operational Risk Management (ORM) is an integral part of planning, executing and debriefing scenarios. Applying ORM to ITT events not only serves to identify hazards, assess risks and implement controls to reduce the risk associated with specific scenario, but also reinforces training and implementation of ORM and a proper safety culture. d. Strike Operations Officer will ensure proper scheduling of training evolutions and deconflict requirements based on the ship and air wing s schedule. e. Assistant Supply Officer will assist in coordinating training evolutions and ensure there are no conflicts with Supply Department events or requirements. f. Ordnance Handling Officer will ensure proper coordination with the Weapons Department. g. HODs shall ensure personnel assigned to the ITT are qualified in area of responsibility. 5. ITT ship-wide evolution packages should be developed and include: scenario, objectives, and timeline. Packages shall be forwarded to the CO for signature via the XO. 6. Following completion of the evolution and training team debriefs, the ITT should reassemble to compare results, resolve conflicts, compile lessons learned and prepare a summary debrief. ITT debriefs should be forwarded to the CO via appropriate HODs and the XO. The ITT debrief should include at a minimum: a. Objectives met, and reasons why any were not met b. Material deficiencies and corrective action taken c. Lessons learned d. Coordination/integration issues 7. Action: a. ITT will meet prior to each ship-wide training evolution (e.g. General Quarters) to ensure maximum capability and integration among exercises and drills. This meeting is in addition to regularly scheduled Planning Board for Training (PB4T) meetings. 4-34

117 b. ITT will coordinate training and drill scenarios with PB4T and evaluate specific long and short range training goals during each phase of training. Goals should support development of specific training scenarios in line with OFRP phase-specific requirements as outlined in this manual and captured in CV-SHARP. Feedback and evaluation comments on conduct of each training scenario will be forwarded to the CO via appropriate HODs, Training Officer and XO. c. ITT will use realistic training scenarios in developing drills and exercises, with simulated intelligence reporting. Scenario should lead to a series of casualties throughout the ship. As the ship combats casualties, a cohesive, united effort should be the final result. The ultimate goal of ITT is to prepare the crew for combat. It is imperative quality training and honest evaluations are the standards. d. ATG will provide guidance for developing ship-wide evolution packages and individual drill packages during SBTT. The packages will be briefed prior to drills and critiqued upon conclusion, or as soon as practical. Each ship-wide evolution package shall contain the following: (1) Training Objective. Identify goals of the drill package. This will vary in complexity from exercising a warfare area with no casualties to a multi-threat scenario with multiple casualties across all departments. (2) Scenario. Define the scenario and equipment required to conduct the drill package, and assess and mitigate any unacceptable risks associated with each step in the scenario. The scenario can be generated using onboard training devices to exercise tactical systems in various warfare areas. Equipment casualties at key points of the scenario will test the ability of watch standers to report the problem accurately and continue fighting through the scenario using available equipment or casualty reconfiguration of affected equipment/systems. Define responsibilities and location of ITT members during conduct of the integrated drill package. The number of departmental/functional training team members required to execute any given drill package will depend on purpose, requirements and complexity. (3) Major Events (Timeline). Major events will be imposed on a time sequence basis by exercise, exercise title and casualty evaluator. The timing should be scheduled to coincide with key events and allow a reasonable time for the initiator/evaluator to fully conduct assigned tasks. (4) Remarks. Amplify evolution events and equipment losses and their impact during execution of the package. The tactical impact of the overall package, safety warnings and/or cautions should also be included. ORM will be incorporated. e. Pre-evolution Briefs. After an integrated evolution package has been approved, ITT coordinator shall conduct a pre- exercise brief. The following steps are prescribed as a minimum: 4-35

118 (1) Ensure timely notification of team members specified as initiators/evaluators for the exercise. (2) Review previous exercise critiques for lessons learned. (3) Ensure a safety walk-through and ORM review are conducted by ITT members prior to starting drill. f. Evolution Evaluation. The integrated drill package shall be conducted in a professional manner under the management of the team leader. ITT observers will note observations on a critique form. Members will pay particular attention to detailed observation of the following key points: (1) Symptom Recognition. Did the operator correctly identify all symptoms associated with the problem? Were correct reports generated? Were all necessary personnel apprised of the casualty? (2) Fault Isolation. Did technicians quickly and correctly isolate the fault? Were casualty control folders properly used? Was the proper consideration given to the impact of isolation action that could act on other systems? Were the symptoms considered in selection of isolation actions? (3) Tactical Impact Assessment. Did casualty control organizations properly assess tactical impact of the casualty? Were systems diagrams, space folders and other technical documentation properly used? Were the TAO and OOD properly informed of tactical impact of the imposed casualty and provided timely updates? (4) Reconfiguration. Were technicians aware of casualty modes of operation? Were personnel efficient in performing reconfiguration actions? Was the system quickly and effectively reconfigured to restore maximum combat readiness? (5) Restoration. Were proper technical manuals and test equipment used to effect restoration of the casualty? Were troubleshooting techniques employed? Were techniques employed able to correctly identify specific causes of casualty? Were parts properly identified and requested from supply support? Were required interfaces initiated? (6) Securing. Were systems restored to normal operation modes? Were timely reports generated? Was all supporting equipment properly secured and stowed? g. Evolution Debriefs. Valuable lessons learned will be lost if exercises are not properly debriefed. ITT will conduct briefs in two stages: (1) Watch Station Debrief. ITT members observing the exercise will conduct a detailed debrief to the trainees under their observation. Aspects of individual performance will be 4-36

119 thoroughly discussed with particular attention made to seek and answer questions that participants may have. (2) Overall Debrief. Individual team leaders will debrief the conduct of the integrated drill packages. Members will emphasize objectives met and not met, problem areas and ORM safety or training shortfalls that require corrective action. Training team personnel will report any ITT deficiency to the ITT leader. During debrief, exercise critique forms will be presented to the team leader for review. h. Emergencies. In the event of an actual casualty during integrated evolutions, the ITT coordinator will pass the following word over the 1MC to halt training: An actual casualty has occurred, freeze the problem, freeze the clock. DCA will coordinate fire fighting and damage control from Damage Control Central (DCC), and Senior Medical Officer (SMO) will handle medical emergencies. The ITT Coordinator shall be kept informed of the situation and is responsible for informing the chain of command. Resumption of drills will occur with ITT Leader s authorization only DAMAGE CONTROL TRAINING TEAM (DCTT) 1. All aircraft carriers will establish a standing Damage Control Training Team (DCTT). The XO shall be designated as the DCTT Leader.Under the XO s direction, the team will be responsible for the training of all repair lockers, including electronic, flight deck and hangar deck repair, the at sea emergency team and in port emergency parties. 2. The DCTT Coordinator shall be the Fire Marshall, R Division Officer, or DCCM, not the ship s Damage Control Assistant (DCA). Team members whose responsibilities cover a specific area (i.e., first aid), need only be PQS qualified in the watch station they are evaluating. Officers (other than the XO), will be either SWO-qualified or have completed Repair Locker Leader PQS. The team will be comprised of members from all departments, including Medical (the MTT lead or medical LCPO will be a member of DCTT), CSOOW, hangar bay and flight deck representatives and a senior member of the Master-at-Arms Force. The ship's DCA and Fire Marshall shall be responsible for training the DCTT and for providing them with technical assistance. 3. The DCTT will be used by the CO to train and conduct battle problems, observe and grade repair party and in port emergency party actions, verify setting of appropriate material conditions of readiness and to conduct continuous on board training and inspections ENGINEERING TRAINING TEAM (ETT) 1. All aircraft carriers will establish a standing Engineering Training Team (ETT). This team will be responsible under the Engineer Officer (CHENG) for the operational and casualty control 4-37

120 training of engineering watch standers who perform duties outside of the propulsion plant. The ETT leader will normally be the Auxiliaries Officer (AUXO). 2. The ETT will be comprised of personnel knowledgeable and PQS qualified in the operation of the engineering systems outside of the propulsion plant which are the responsibility of Engineering Department to maintain and operate. 3. When conducting training and evaluation of operations and casualty control, members of ETT will use the Engineering Operating Sequencing System (EOSS), or in cases where EOSS is not available, will use locally prepared and approved procedures for operating equipment or systems and in responding to casualties COMBAT SYSTEMS TRAINING TEAM (CSTT) 1. All aircraft carriers will establish a standing Combat Systems Training Team (CSTT) per COMNAVAIRFOR (series). This team is under the direction of the Combat Direction Center (CDC) Officer. The CSTT is responsible for training personnel involved in every aspect of the ship's Combat system, including CDC, Communications Systems, Weapons Systems, Intelligence/Cryptologic/Meteorological support, Maintenance Support and Casualty Control. 2. The Operations Officer and Combat Systems Officer (CSO) share responsibility for establishing an effective CSTT in accordance with COMNAVAIRFOR series. The Team Leader may delegate team leader duties to the Assistant CDC Officer or any other CSTT Officer who is a qualified TAO, or senior member of the CSTT charged with conduct of a specific training evolution. The Combat Systems Maintenance Officer (CSMO) or the Systems Test Officer (STO) is the primary CSTT Technical representative for Combat Systems Department. CSTT will conduct training on ship s combat systems including: CDC, Communications Systems, Weapons Systems, intelligence/cryptologic/meteorological support, Maintenance Support and Casualty Control. Additionally, the CDC Officer will be responsible for the development of the tactical scenario used to initiate ship-wide integrated drills AIR DEPARTMENT TRAINING TEAM (ADTT) Due to unique operational requirements and evolving procedures, carriers will establish a standing ADTT in accordance with COMNAVAIRFORINST (series) SEAMANSHIP/NAVIGATION TRAINING TEAM (SNTT) 1. All aircraft carriers will establish a standing Seamanship/Navigation Training Team (SNTT). This team will be under the direction of the Navigator. The SNTT is responsible for training all ship's company personnel responsible for safe navigation and seaman evolutions of the ship. The combination of the seamanship and navigation training teams is primarily for the conduct of combined training events: i.e., UNREP, anchorage, and man-overboard exercises. The 4-38

121 Navigation Department personnel assigned to this team will conduct all MOB-N exercises and the Deck Department personnel will conduct all MOB-S related exercises. 2. The SNTT will be comprised of navigation personnel knowledgeable in piloting, radar navigation, navigation rules (COMDTINST M series) and visual communications procedures. The senior member will be the Navigator, who will ensure all navigation evolutions and visual communication procedures are properly observed and critiqued. The SNTT will also be comprised of Deck Department personnel knowledgeable in all areas of deck seamanship, including underway replenishment and small boat operation, which have completed the PQS for the watch station they are evaluating. The team will be comprised of the First Lieutenant and Ship s Boatswain, assisted by the Auxiliaries Officer and qualified deck/auxiliaries personnel. 3. The SNTT will observe, grade and critique all navigation (MOB-N), deck (MOB-S) and visual communications exercises, reporting results to the CO. 4. Underway and in port, the SNTT should be utilized by the CO to train for, observe, and evaluate all deck seamanship evolutions. Whenever possible, members of the SNTT should make use of standard TAC grade sheets and the CNSF/CNAFINST series when carrying out their duties MEDICAL TRAINING TEAM (MTT) 1. All aircraft carriers will establish a standing Medical Training Team (MTT). This team will be responsible to the Senior Medical Officer (SMO) for the proper training of medical personnel and ship s company in all aspects of first aid, stretcher bearing, medical response team performance, war wound and mass casualty treatment. 2. The MTT will be comprised of personnel with the requisite knowledge, background and training to facilitate medical training. The team leader will be the Ship s Nurse, leading a team made up of at a minimum, one medical officer, one Leading Chief Corpsman and one Independent Duty Hospital Corpsman. The MTT lead or medical LCPO will also be a member of DCTT. MTT members will be PQS/JQR qualified and designated in writing by the CO or his designated approving authority. 3. The MTT will observe, grade and critique all medical (FSO) exercises and report the results to the CO. Members of the MTT will use standard TAC grade sheets when carrying out their duties. Prior to any medical drill/evolution, the MTT leader will conduct a brief, utilizing a drill package that outlines the objective of the drill, timeline, personnel assignments, lessons learned (from previous drills) and safety concerns (utilizing ORM). Following each drill, MTT will debrief Sailors on station, and conduct a drill debrief with all MTT and other drill team members involved. The drill package and debrief will be routed via chain of command for CO s approval. These specifics will be covered by the ATG Ship Board Training Team (SBTT) course of instruction, which should be conducted one to two months prior to CART II. 4-39

122 4. Per CNAFINST (series), one Hospital Corpsman and four stretcher bearers will be assigned to each of the 10 repair lockers (RL). As an extension of MTT, each RL HM will be responsible for the buddy-aid/first-aid training of the stretcher bearer team and RL personnel. 5. Administrative records should be maintained for all CO- approved drills for one training cycle. Training requirements are outlined in Appendices I and II of this document ANTITERRORISM TRAINING TEAM (ATTT) 1. All aircraft carriers will establish a standing Antiterrorism Training Team (ATTT). This team will be under the direction of the Antiterrorism Officer (ATO). The ATTT is responsible for training personnel involved in every aspect of the ship's antiterrorism and force protection programs. 2. The ATTT will be comprised of the most knowledgeable and experienced personnel on the ship and will conduct antiterrorism and force protection training as directed by the ATO. The team shall consist of, but is not limited to: ATO, Security Officer, Antiterrorism Training Supervisors (ATTS), Small Arms Marksmanship Instructor (SAMI) and select members of the ship s Navy Security Force (NSF). Additionally, the ATTT should be comprised of a wide cross-section of departmental representation ensuring each department s AT responsibilities are adequately addressed. The ATTT shall be PQS and/or JQR qualified in the appropriate watch station(s) they are training/evaluating, and designated in writing by the CO. 3. The ATTT will conduct training as well as observe and assess all AT/FP exercises and evolutions, including NCO exercises from the appropriate TACs as required by this manual. The ATTT Leader will be an active participant in the ship's ITT and will have an input to the ship's PB4T to ensure AT/FP training and exercises are included in ship's training plan as well as during all training phases of the OFRP. In addition to their training role, the ATTT is an excellent asset to assist the ship's ATO in AT/FP operational planning, and should also be available to assist embarked aviation squadrons and other units PROPULSION PLANT DRILL TEAM (PPDT) 1. All CVN s will establish a PPDT. This team will be under the direction of the Reactor Officer. The PPDT is responsible for operational and casualty control training and drills within the propulsion plant. 2. Specific guidance on composition and requirements of the PPDT are contained in the NPTM WEAPONS TRAINING TEAM (WTT) 1. All Aircraft Carriers will establish a standing WTT in applicable Air/Surface warfare mission areas. Specific guidance on composition and requirements of the WTT are contained in this 4-40

123 instruction, NAVSEA OP 4, CV NATOPS, NAVAIR series manuals and other explosives safety and support system technical manuals. 2. The WTT will be under the direction of the Weapons Officer. The WTT is responsible for training of flight deck, hangar deck, magazine, weapons elevator, armory and armed watch standers in every aspect of the assigned mission. Working in conjunction with the Force Protection Training Team (FPTT), the WTT will provide training and qualification of armed watch standers. 3. The WTT will be comprised of the most knowledgeable and experienced personnel in each area of responsibility as defined below. The WTT will be led by the Ordnance Handling Officer. The Air Gunner, Ship s Gunner, Weapons Assembly Officer, Elevator Officer and Departmental LCPO shall assist the Ordnance Handling Officer (OHO) and hand-select appropriate WTT members from each Gunnery (G) Division. 4. The WTT will observe, grade, and critique all departmental training evolutions and exercises and report the results to the WTT team leader who will advise the ITT team leader of training progress. Section 9 MAINTENANCE AVAILABILITY TRAINING 4900 MANPOWER, PERSONNEL AND TRAINING PLAN (MPT) 1. Modernization maintenance availabilities are complex and can include hundreds of ship change documents (SCDs) which include upgrades, alterations, and equipment configuration changes. To properly prepare the crew to operate and maintain newly installed equipment following RCOH, PIA, DPIA, SRA, PSA and CIA, In-Service Carriers (PMS-312) will develop a tailored MPT Plan for each CVN during these availabilities. This plan ensures the crew receives initial training for new alterations, as well as follow-on training, where applicable, to maximize readiness and prepare for Optimized Fleet Response Plan (OFRP). 2. The MPT will be delivered to the ship at a minimum of five months before the Start of Availability (SOA). At SOA-90, the planned SCs and corresponding manpower and training information contained in this report will be reviewed and updated as necessary to reflect any changes in the scheduled availability. If the changes in the availability have manpower or training impacts, a SOA-90 MP&T Plan will be developed and distributed. a. The MPT Plan will include the following: (1) List of all SCDs to be executed during the availability. (2) Tables which identify the SCDs that have specific training requirements. (3) A detailed breakdown of Initial and Follow-On Training as a result of each installation. 4-41

124 (4) Training analysis of existing training requirements that are associated with new installations. (5) A detailed summary of changes to ship s billet requirements as a result of SCs. 3. Ship Reporting Requirements. a. In accordance with reference (d), paragraph , at SOA-90, based on current availability data, the ship will publish the Overhaul Training Plan (OTP) including technical and operator training requirements as a result of SCs to be accomplished. The ship will submit the OTP to the Ship Program Manager (SPM) and TYCOM. b. In accordance with reference (d), paragraph , the ship will provide a completion letter to the SPM and TYCOM within 30 days following End of Availability (A+30). Before the Start of Availability (SOA), TYCOM will provide the Ship s Training Officer a template to aid in meeting this requirement. 4-42

125 CHAPTER 5 PRE-REQUISITE INSPECTIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND ASSESSMENTS FOR INTEGRATED PHASE TRAINING Section 1 POLICY REGARDING ICAVS AND TRAINING 5100 ICAV DEFINITIONS AND GUIDANCE 1. Inspections, Certifications, Assessments and Assist Visits (ICAVs) are provided by TYCOMs to support continuous evaluation of a ship's readiness to perform her combat mission. ICAVs are used to ensure all aspects of unit management and operations which influence combat readiness are considered under normal day-to-day conditions. 2. This chapter deals specifically with those ICAVs that must be completed and current IAW their assigned periodicity prior to commencing the Integrated Phase of training. A complete listing of ALL ICAVs is found in COMNAVAIRFORINST (series) with amplifying information for guiding references. ICAVs are defined as follows: a. Inspection: A periodic on-site evaluation, audit or examination of operational proficiency, material conditions, or other valid program requirements by external organizations. Results are reported to higher authority (TYCOM or above). b. Certification: A periodic evaluation or examination of equipment and/or systems for the specific purpose of providing the license, permit, or the authorization necessary for operation of equipment or systems. This includes qualifications that are evaluations or examinations of the personnel/organizations to properly employ/operate equipment and/or systems. c. Assessment: A periodic evaluation of the key systems, processes, and results of an organization following an established framework and methodology. Distribution of assessment results is limited to the Unit Commander, CSG Commander and TYCOM. d. Assist Visits: A periodic or as needed on-site visit to aid a unit in evaluating operational proficiency, material conditions, or other valid program requirements by an external organization. Results are reported to the TYCOM. (1) Assist Visits are conducted at the CO s discretion. Results remain within the lifelines of the assessed command. Assist teams, which function as outlined in succeeding sections, exist to serve the command; they have varying visit schedules based on necessity as viewed by the ship and CSG. (2) Assist Visit team members are normally oriented toward a particular technical or operational area and enunciate Navy, Fleet and Force policies. 5-1

126 (3) The evaluation and/or assistance specifically include meeting with the senior Petty Officers, Chief Petty Officers and Junior Officers of the department visited in an attempt to further awareness, involvement and initiative on the part of the command's middle management personnel. These meetings shall include an exchange of unit personnel ideas with team members on subjects that include personnel manning, state of training and ideas for additional training. (4) During visits, team leaders will ensure the CO or their representative is briefed. Normally, these briefings may be conducted upon arrival, periodically during the visit, and upon departure. At a minimum, the visiting team will provide the CO a summary of accomplishments and visit results. (5) Deficiencies noted during unit evaluations, which are not amenable to local solution, will normally be addressed by the CO through his operational or administrative chain of command LIST OF IURFT REQUIREMENTS 1. IAW USFF/CPFINST (series), the TYCOM shall ensure carriers complete all Basic Phase Inspections, Certifications and Assessments that are prerequisites for achieving IURFT operations. The CSG will provide an updated status as part of the CSG s Basic Phase Completion Report. This report will include mitigation steps and an estimated time of completion for any incomplete ICAV. CONUS based CVNs shall maintain all ICAVs within periodicities required by CNAFINST (series). The FDNF CVN shall maintain all ICAVs within periodicities required by CNAFINST (series). 2. Inspections 5200 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (ALREMP) INSPECTION 5201 CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION 5202 DIESEL INSPECTION 5203 PRE-DEPLOYMENT ELECTRICAL POWER SURVEY INSPECTION (PEPSI) 5204 ELECTRONIC KEY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (EKMS) INSPECTION 5205 SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION (SCI) SECURITY MANAGEMENT INSPECTION 5206 SPECIAL ACCESS PROGRAM (SAP) SECURITY MANAGEMENT INSPECTION 5207 SHIPBOARD EXPLOSIVES SAFETY INSPECTION (SESI) 5208 SPECIAL SECURITY SPECIALIST ASSISTANT 5-2

127 5209 3M INSPECTION (3MI) 3. Certifications 5300 CATAPULT CERTIFICATION 5301 ARRESTING GEAR CERTIFICATION 5302 INTEGRATED LAUNCH AND RECOVERY TELEVISION SURVEILLANCE (ILARTS) SYSTEM CERTIFICATION 5303 VISUAL LANDING AIDS (VLA) CERTIFICATION 5304 IMPROVED FRESNEL LENS OPTICAL LANDING SYSTEM (IFLOLS) CERTIFICATION 5305 MANUALLY OPERATED VISUAL LANDING AIDS (MOVLAS) CERTIFICATION 5306 LANDING SIGNALS OFFICER/HEADS UP DISPLAY (LSO/HUD) CERTIFICATION 5307 JET BLAST DEFLECTOR (JBD) CERTIFICATION 5308 FLIGHT AND HANGAR DECK AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF) SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION 5309 WIND MEASURING AND INDICATING SYSTEM (WMIS) CERTIFICATION 5310 FLIGHT DECK/CARRIER AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER (CATCC) CERTIFICATION 5311 PRECISION APPROACH AND LANDING SYSTEMS (PALS) CERTIFICATION 5312 TACTICAL AIR NAVIGATION (TACAN) SYSTEM CERTIFICATION 5313 SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) CERTIFICATION 5314 EVOLVED/NATO SEA SPARROW MISSILE SYSTEM (ESSMS/NSSMS) CERTIFICATION 5315 TDL OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION 5316 METEOROLOGY & OCEANOGRAPHY (METOC) CERTIFICATION 5317 NAVIGATION SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION (NAVCERT) 5318 AVIATION FUELS SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION 5-3

128 5319 ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION HAZARD (RADHAZ) CERTIFICATION 5320 POINTING AND FIRING CUT-OUTS (P&FCO) CERTIFICATION 5321 MAGAZINE SPRINKER SYSTEM (MSSC) CERTIFICATION 5322 OIL POLLUTION ABATEMENT/OILY WATER SEPARATOR CERTIFICATION 4. Assessments 5400 COMBAT SYSTEMS, COMMAND, CONTROL, COMMUNICATIONS, AND COMPUTER READINESS ASSESSMENT (C5RA) 5401 COMBAT SYSTEMS SHIP QUALIFICATION TRIALS (CSSQT) 5402 RELIGIOUS MINISTRY TEAM (RMT) ASSESSMENT 5403 ISIC S NAVIGATION ASSESSMENT 5404 WEAPONS AND CARGO ELEVATOR ASSESSMENT 5405 AIRCRAFT ELEVATOR (ACE) ASSESSMENT 5406 VERTICAL PACKAGE CONVEYOR/DUMB WAITER (VPC/DW) ASSESSMENT 5407 ANTI-TERRORISM (AT) ASSESSMENT 5408 MINE READINESS ASSESSMENT 5409 CVN WEAPONS OPERATIONAL READINESS ASSESSMENT (WORA) 5410 TORPEDO READINESS ASSESSMENT/TECHNICAL ASSIST VISIT (TRA/TAV) M ASSESSMENT (3MA) 5. Assist Visits 5500 WEAPONS SAFETY ASSISTANCE TEAM (WSAT) VISITS 5502 CVN AIRCRAFT HANDLING TEAM (AHT) 5503 FORCE SAFETY/INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE ASSIST 5504 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE FOLLOW-ON SURVEYS 5-4

129 5505 SHIPBOARD SAFETY SURVEY 5506 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT ASSIST M ASSIST AND TRAINING (3MAT) VISITS 5508 SUPPLY MANAGEMENT ASSIST (SMA) VISIT 5509 CYBER SECURITY INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (CSICP) 5510 ENGINEERING ASSIST VISITS 5511 CVN ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE ASSIST TEAM (CEMAT) VISITS 5512 MAGAZINE SPRINKLER SYSTEM VERIFICATION 5513 MOBILE ORDNANCE TRAINING TEAM (MOTT) VISIT 5514 AVIATION ORDNANCE READINESS REVIEW (AORR) VISIT 5-5

130 Section 2 INSPECTIONS Carrier inspection with short overview (Note: the FDNF CVN shall maintain all ICAVs within the periodicity required by CNAFINST (series) and Appendix II of this instruction): 5200 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (ALREMP) INSPECTION The objective of the ALREMP Inspection is to eliminate aircraft and crew losses and prevent damage to equipment due to maintenance errors. OPNAVINST series sets forth policies, programs and an organizational structure governing the ALREMP. Standardized auditing practices shall be employed by maintenance management teams Navy-wide. Commander Naval Air Forces shall provide ALRE Maintenance Management Teams (AMMTs) to conduct audits of all units to ensure the operations/maintenance of ALREMP is within guidance CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION Catapult accumulator inspections are conducted in accordance with the CPF/CLF (series) Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual. Routine inspections will be conducted at least once every 18 months by the TYCOM SGPI. The 18-month period begins with the first warm-up of the catapult accumulator to normal operating temperatures and pressure following the previous routine inspection. Routine inspections may be conducted as early as 12 months or as late as 24 months to provide scheduling flexibility. Inspections that exceed the 18-month interval must have TYCOM concurrence DIESEL INSPECTION 1. All diesel engines, including main propulsion, ship s service and emergency diesel generators onboard ships, shall be inspected in accordance with OPNAVINST (series) and NAVSEA S9233-CJ-HBK-010/ Diesel engines shall be inspected in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series) (d) a. Routine/Pre Availability Inspections. b. Post-Casualty/Re-Overhaul. c. Post-Overhaul/Repair. d. New Construction (Acceptance Inspection). e. Renovation of engines previously placed in Inactive Equipment Maintenance (IEM). 5-6

131 5203 PRE-DEPLOYMENT ELECTRICAL POWER SURVEY INSPECTION (PEPSI) Assesses the current condition of the ship s electrical system, minor repairs within the scope of operator qualifications, definitions of repairs beyond the scope of operator s qualifications, training of operator personnel, certifications of systems for operational use and maintenance of records. PEPSI visits also include an evaluation of electrical power variations in motor generator sets, static frequency converters, aircraft electrical starting stations and other vital weapons systems ELECTRONIC KEY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (EKMS) INSPECTION 1. The Central Office Of Record (COR) audit of Electronic Key Management System (EKMS) account is a formal, independent review and examination of records, accounting practices, and related account management activities conducted to assess the adequacy of controls and ensure compliance with established policy and procedures. COR audits will be conducted bi-annually or as directed by EKMS 1 (Series). 2. The COR audit will be conducted by an appropriately cleared, certified and trained individual from the Central Office of Record (COR) Audit Team or by a designated representative from the unit s ADCON ISIC. A formal report will be prepared and forwarded to the unit s Commanding Officer and Naval Communications Material System (NCMS) N7 within 30 days from the final day of the audit. Additionally, an information copy will be forwarded to the TYCOM N6. 3. All DON EKMS accounts have the option to receive training visits from their local CMS COR Audit Teams, formerly known as CMS Advice and Assist (A&A) teams. At minimum, an EKMS Account PRE-audit from the COR Audit Team should be conducted 90 days prior to a scheduled COR audit. It is in the command s best interest to take advantage of training and assistance services prior to deployment or upon a change of either the account s Commanding Officer or EKMS Manager. 4. COR audits will be unannounced and conducted in accordance with the procedures outlined in EKMS 3 (series). During an audit ALL accounts to include Local Elements (LEs) are subject to review. External LEs supported through a Memorandum of Agreement and not located within 50 miles of the audited unit may be exempt at the discretion of the auditor. 5. The Commanding Officers are responsible for properly administering and ensuring compliance with established policy and procedures for their accounts. Commanding Officers will ensure that unannounced spot checks are conducted at minimum quarterly. The Commanding Officer may delegate no more than two of the four quarterly spotchecks to the Executive Officer. These spotchecks will be retained as outlined in EKMS 1 (Series). 5-7

132 5205 SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION (SCI) SECURITY MANAGEMENT INSPECTION Per DODM (19 Oct 2012) and Intelligence Community Directive (ICD) 705, Technical Specifications (23 Apr 2012). CVN Special Security Officer (SSO) will conduct mandatory Annual Self-Inspections on each Sensitive Compartmented Information Facilities (SCIF) and Security Awareness Education at least annually to document and validate continued Security of SCIFs Operations, identification of deficiencies, and to document corrective action plans. SCIF Self-Inspection results must be forwarded to the Regional Cognizant Security Authority (RCSA) and copies retained by the SSO until the next Annual SCIF Self-Inspection. Finally, SSO Navy will conduct inspections every three to five years or sooner based on threat, sensitivity or programs, physical modifications and past security operations SPECIAL ACCESS PROGRAM (SAP) SECURITY MANAGEMENT INSPECTION Per OPNAV/N , the Fleet Overprint to Joint Air Force, Army, Navy (JAFAN) 6/0, Special Access Programs Security Manual. CVN SAPCO will conduct Annual Self-Inspections and Security Awareness Education at least annually to document and validate continued Special Access Programs Facilities (SAPFs) Operations, identification of deficiencies, and to document corrective action plans of SAPFs and inform the Program Security Officer (PSO), Fleet Forces Command (FFC) of results. The PSO will schedule Training Assist Visits (TAV) and Compliance Inspections prior to deployment SHIPBOARD EXPLOSIVES SAFETY INSPECTION (SESI) 1. The SESI shall be conducted in accordance with NOSSAINST B The SESI Program Instruction and SESI Program Evaluation Guides, located on the NOSSA website shall be the primary resource for evaluation of the shipboard explosives safety program and shall be used to execute the Shipboard Explosive Safety Self- Assessment (SESSA). 2. The program consists of two elements: the SESSA and the SESI. CVNs shall incorporate the SESSA and the SESI into their operating schedule and shall request assistance from WSAT, or MOTT via and coordinate with COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANT (N40C) respectively. ESSOPAC/LANT conducts the inspection element of the SESI. 3. The SESSA should be a continual process and shall be accomplished and documented at least once in the established SESI periodicity, but no less than 90 days prior to the SESI. The SESSA will be reviewed by the SESI inspection team to evaluate the effectiveness and completeness of the SESSA with results recorded in the SESI report. 4. The final score is an indicator of the rigor applied to the maintenance of a healthy explosives safety posture. To be rated Satisfactory, a ship must obtain a score of 70 or better. Any 5-8

133 MAJOR finding not corrected by the end of the inspection will result in an automatic rating of Unsatisfactory. 5. All ships shall complete a SESI once every 36 months and no less than 90 days following a technical safety assistance team visit. The ships shall have sufficient ordnance on board to adequately assess stowage and compatibility SPECIAL SECURITY SPECIALIST ASSISTANT Per NAVPERS 18068F, the Manual of Navy Enlisted Manpower and Personnel Classifications and Occupational Standards, an Intelligence Specialist (IS) is not a source rating for NEC 9556 Security Specialist or NEC 9190 Special Security Assistant. Commands must assign those roles to the appropriate rates which include Yeoman (YN), Personnelman (PN), Aviation Maintenance Administrationman (AZ), and/or Legalman (LN). Specifically, commands supporting a Secret Compartmented Information (SCI) role or mission must align their command manpower structure per DODM , V1-V3 and ensure a YN 9190 is delegated in writing to perform all SCI special security administrative support M INSPECTION 1. 3M Inspections will be scheduled and conducted by the COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC 3M Team IAW COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC instruction series during the FRTP not to exceed a 36 month periodicity (+/- 90 days). This requirement can be waived by the COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC Force 3M Officer / 3M OIC on a case-by-case basis, normally when a ship is in a CNO availability that exceeds nine months or when necessary to facilitate unforeseen carrier commitments or abilities to complete an inspection during the FRTP. 2. 3M Inspections will not take place less than 13 weeks following a CNO availability or when crew turnover is greater than 50% in 12 months following a 3M Assessment (3MA). In a case as this, another 3MA will be conducted prior to scheduling a time for a 3MI to assess crew performance and ensure success and cost effectiveness of a 3MI. Due to cost saving measures 3MI s will normally be accomplished at the ships homeport but can be arranged to be accomplished in another location on a case-by-case basis to support ongoing commitments. Specifics of the inspection can be found in the following: COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC instruction series Section 3 CERTIFICATIONS The Certifications listed in this section must be current for the carrier to achieve IURFT Certification. (Note: the FDNF CVN shall maintain all ICAVs in accordance with periodicitiesrequired by CNAFINST (series) and Appendix II of this instruction) Certain 5-9

134 equipment modifications may require re-certification outside of planned availabilities and will be coordinated directly between the appropriate TYCOM code and CVN personnel CATAPULT CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition of the ship s catapults ARRESTING GEAR CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition of the ship s arresting gear INTEGRATED LAUNCH AND RECOVERY TELEVISION SURVEILLANCE (ILARTS) SYSTEM CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition of the ILARTS System VISUAL LANDING AIDS (VLA) CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition and accuracy of VLA equipment IMPROVED FRESNEL LENS OPTICAL LANDING SYSTEM (IFLOLS) CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition of the IFLOLS MANUALLY OPERATED VISUAL LANDING AIDS (MOVLAS) CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition of the MOVLAS LANDING SIGNALS OFFICER/HEADS UP DISPLAY (LSO/HUD) CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition of the Landing Signals Officer Heads Up Display JET BLAST DEFLECTOR (JBD) CERTIFICATION Validates the material condition of the JBDs FLIGHT AND HANGAR DECK AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF) SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION CNAFINST (series) sets forth responsibilities and procedures for maintenance and testing of fixed flight deck, hangar deck, weapons elevators, and JP-5 pump rooms AFFF systems for CVNs. CNAF (series) provides minimum requirements for flight deck, hangar deck, weapons elevators and JP-5 pump room sprinkler systems testing, but does not limit the Commanding Officer from more frequent testing if deemed necessary. Requirements for the AFFF Systems Certification are set forth in the (series). This certification is not intended to take the place of scheduled maintenance. 5-10

135 5309 WIND MEASURING AND INDICATING SYSTEM (WMIS) CERTIFICATION The WMIS system certification verifies the WMIS System provides continuous visual indication of wind direction (in degrees) and wind speed (in knots) relative to the ship s bow. The WMIS Certification also verifies the system s ability to provide electrical signals representative of wind direction and speed for computation of flight deck cross wind and headwind conditions, computation of wind vectors for weapons launch systems, and recording by meteorological equipment FLIGHT DECK/CARRIER AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER (CATCC) CERTIFICATION Flight Deck/CATCC Certification establishes minimum criteria to be met prior to conducting Flight Deck operations following the completion of Refueling Complex Overhaul (RCOH), Planned Incremental Availability (PIA), Docking Planned Incremental Availability (DPIA), Selected Restricted Availability (SRA), Post Shakedown Availability (PSA), new construction or other extended non-flying periods. Flight Deck/CATCC Certification shall be conducted in accordance with CNAP/CNALINST (series) and periodicities required by Ref (d). CATCC certification ensures CATCC crews have satisfactorily completed training requirements and meet prescribed readiness standards. Certification validates CATCC s ability to safely support sustained flight operations at sea PRECISION APPROACH AND LANDING SYSTEMS (PALS) CERTIFICATION The purpose of PALS Certification is to validate and certify the AN/SPN-41 Independent Landing Monitor (ILM) (Bull s-eye and the AN/SPN 46(V) Precision Approach and Landing System utilized by CATCC. System validation is completed using NAEC-AWS checklist requirements. Inspection results are submitted to NAVAIR, Lakehurst (4.8.7) and cognizant commands utilizing the NAVAIR NAEC-AWS report as guidance TACTICAL AIR NAVIGATION (TACAN) SYSTEM CERTIFICATION There are two types of TACAN Certifications. The first certification is a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) flight inspection for the first CVN in each class, or any CVN completing major top side (silhouette) change. The second certification is the Shipboard Electronic Systems Evaluation Facility (SESEF). This certification is normally completed after a major change or upgrade to the TACAN system, or in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series). TACAN certifications are completed IAW NAVAIR AE TACAN-GYD-000 Revision 01, Instructions and Procedures Guide For Certification of Shipboard Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) Systems. 5-11

136 5313 SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) CERTIFICATION The SAR Certification is a CNO and COMNAVAIRFOR requirement administered by ATG during Basic Phase ULT. The SAR Evaluator will conduct an evaluation of ship's rescue boat crew, forecastle deck crew and surface ship's swimmers. The evaluation shall be administered in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series) and in accordance with OPNAVINST (series) (NAVAL SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM.) If SAR Certification expires during ship's overhaul, the ship shall request the ATG SAR Evaluation Team to conduct a full SAR Certification prior to Sea Trials. Evaluations expire on the last day of the 24th month. SAR Evaluation failure will result in removal of SAR Certification EVOLVED/NATO SEA SPARROW MISSILE SYSTEM (ESSMS/NSSMS) CERTIFICATION The CVN Evolved/NATO Sea Sparrow Missile System (ESSMS/NSSMS) Certification is conducted by COMNAVAIRFOR, assisted by ATG, in accordance with periodicities required by the AAW 1025 TAC. The ESSMS/NSSMS Certification is conducted in three phases during Basic Phase Unit Level Training. Phase I (Administration) and Phase II (Training, Manning, and Material) are normally conducted during CART II. Phase III (Safety, Watch Team Performance during Tactical Scenarios, and AAW 1025 FEP Sub-Event) will normally be completed by TSTA Phase II. ESSMS/NSSMS Certification is required prior to loading any launcher with live missiles or conducting a missile firing exercise. ESSMS/NSSMS Certification will be conducted IAW COMNAVAIRFORINST (series) TDL OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION COMNAVNETWARCOM promulgates the requirement for all Tactical Data Link (TDL) equipped ships to complete TDL Operational Verification (TOV) (LONGLOOK)/(QUICKLOOK) (TOV L/L, Q/L). The TOV L/L (for ships) and Q/L (for aircraft) are conducted in support of CNO TDL Interoperability Objectives. The major emphasis of the TOV L/L and Q/L is a validation of a unit s TDL Program s compliance with NAVY/JOINT TDL message standards and is required for each TDL system installed in the unit METEOROLOGY & OCEANOGRAPHY (METOC) CERTIFICATION 1. A Strike Group Oceanography Team (SGOT) is assigned to augment the CVN METOC Division in phases, with the total augmented support dependent on the operational schedule of the ship. An overall METOC Certification will be awarded to the combined METOC Division comprised of Ship s Company personnel and SGOT personnel. Every effort will be made to assign the same SGOT personnel to the CVN throughout the OFRP (less maintenance phase) to ensure training consistency. 5-12

137 2. Naval METOC Professional Development Detachments (NMOPDDs) in San Diego and Norfolk will train shipboard personnel in METOC product preparation, operations, forecasting techniques, tactical decision aids (TDAs) and other professional knowledge. NMOPDDs will provide and conduct Basic Phase Unit Level Training METOC Warfare Training Scenarios. The NMOPDD-provided BASIC OA Tactical Team Trainer should be scheduled before CART II to improve readiness. 3. During CART II, the SGOT Norfolk or San Diego Fleet Assessment/Readiness Officer, or other appropriate designated representative, will conduct administrative checks using the TACs, review ready to train goals and observe the ability to provide meteorological and oceanographic support to the CO, TAO, and key watch standing personnel. 4. The METOC Certification is achieved when all METOC Basic Phase Unit Level Training certification requirements are met. The SGOT Norfolk or San Diego Fleet Assessment / Readiness Officer will work with the appropriate Afloat Training Group (ATG) to assess and certify the OA Division as having successfully completed FEP and Basic Phase ULT. Supplemental information on this subject is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site NAVIGATION SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION (NAVCERT) The Integrated Navigation Suite equipment onboard CVNs is tested and certified during NAVCERT. NAVCERT is a prerequisite for the Aircraft Carrier Landing Systems (ACLS) Certification test programs and CNAF authorization for ECDIS-N Certification. NAVCERT provides a uniform method of assuring CVN s Integrated Navigation Suite can effectively and safely support the CVN s navigation requirements. After initial systems installation, a NAVCERT Systems Groom will be conducted in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series). Certification and system groom criteria can be found in NAVSEAINST (series). ECDIS-N Certification requirements can be found in CNSL/CNAFINST (series) AVIATION FUELS SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION The Aviation Fuels System Certification is conducted in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series). NAVAIR will act as the certification authority for aviation fuels facilities and equipment and NAVSEA representatives shall provide technical authority on the NAVSEA cognizant AV/Fuels System components. Prior to AV/Fuels System Cert, a NAVSEA representative shall conduct a Console Certification and Inspection on the JP-5 computer based control console. A circuit-to-circuit operational test on the functionality of all fuel/jp-5 devices (TLI, EVO, VPI and IO boxes) associated with the computer-based console will be conducted. Console certification shall be based on testing and operational verification in accordance with the NAVAIR Report (NAEC-AWS ). 5-13

138 5319 ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION HAZARD (RADHAZ) CERTIFICATION The RADHAZ Certification validates the safe and correct installation of RADHAZ cut-out zones whenever a SHIP-ALT has been accomplished which affects the RADHAZ zones, or if it has been more than three years since the last certification. The RADHAZ Certification shall be conducted IAW 5320 POINTING AND FIRING CUT-OUTS (P&FCO) CERTIFICATION The P&FCO validates the safe, correct and interference free installation of weapons systems pointing and firing cut out zones. Whenever a SHIPALT has been accomplished which affects the P&FCO, or if it has been more than three years since the last certification, the P&FCO Certification shall be conducted IAW NAVSEA S9040-AA-GTP-010/SSCR MAGAZINE SPRINKER SYSTEM (MSSC) CERTIFICATION The MSSC assesses the operability and maintainability of the ship s magazine sprinkler system following completion of an availability, or following major system repairs. A Magazine Sprinkler System Review Technical Assist Visit (MSSV) is a functional check that determines the level of readiness of a magazine sprinkler system. MSSV TAV should be scheduled as close to the completion of the availability as possible. MSSV TAV are conducted IAW NAVSEA S9522- HBK-010. Formal request for the MSSV should be submitted to COMNAVSURFLANT//N602B// for Atlantic Fleet carriers and COMNAVSURFPAC//N8222// for Pacific Fleet carriers. Information copies shall be submitted to the appropriate TYCOM and Regional Maintenance Center (RMC) OIL POLLUTION ABATEMENT/OILY WATER SEPARATOR CERTIFICATION The OPA/OWS certification process is applicable to all U.S. Navy surface ships on which shipboard OPA equipment and systems are currently installed or are being installed during new construction, conversion, or under the Fleet Modernization Program (FMP). These shipboard Waste Oil/Oily Waste (WO/OW) control systems include: oily waste separators (OWS), oil content monitors (OCM), oily waste holding tanks (OWHT), oily waste transfer system, waste oil tanks (WOT), oily waste ultra- filtration systems (OWUS) and associated components. The OPA/OWS certification shall be conducted IAW NAVSEAINST (series). 5-14

139 Section 4 ASSESSMENTS The Assessments listed in this section must be current for carrier IURFT certification (Note: FDNF CVN shall maintain all ICAVs in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series) and Appendix II of this instruction.) 5400 COMBAT SYSTEMS, COMMAND, CONTROL, COMMUNICATIONS, AND COMPUTER READINESS ASSESSMENT (C5RA) The aircraft carrier C5RA will normally be scheduled as a single event encompassing a 14-day period. The evaluation is normally timed to occur 90 to 140 days prior to deployment. The C5RA coordinator will conduct liaison with the appropriate group commander and the ship in scheduling the visit. The objective of the CSRA is to assist the ship in attaining a high state of combat systems readiness and C4I prior to commencing deployment COMBAT SYSTEMS SHIP QUALIFICATION TRIALS (CSSQT) CSSQT verifies and validates a ship s combat/weapon systems have been installed correctly and can be operated and maintained in a safe and effective manner. This is accomplished by assisting ship s force in achieving a sustainable level of combat/weapon systems operational readiness and maintainable level of material readiness. CSSQT should be scheduled IAW NAVSEA 9093 (series) instructions. CSSQT verifies and validates combat/weapon systems performance for new construction ships and for ships undergoing significant conversion/modernization availabilities. Data collection and analysis of combat/weapon systems and ship performance during CSSQT supports warfare area qualifications and certifications. In addition, the CSSQT period can be leveraged to conduct integrated Developmental and Operational Testing (DT/OT), tactics validation and Fleet proficiency training RELIGIOUS MINISTRY TEAM (RMT) ASSESSMENT The RMT Assessment checklist serves as a basis for ensuring COMNAVAIRFOR units are competent to meet the Religious Ministry needs of embarked crewmembers upon completion of the Basic Phase. The RMT Assessment shall be conducted IAW CNAFINST (series) ISIC S NAVIGATION ASSESSMENT The ship s CSG is responsible for conducting a Navigation assessment IAW CNSF/CNAFINST (series). The assessment shall be accomplished in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series). If a CVN has not conducted an assessment due to PIA, DPIA or RCOH, it will be considered out of periodicity and conducted during Crew Certification. If the last Navigation Assessment exceeds the 32-month periodicity, the CSG will submit a Restrictive Navigation Message to TYCOM N7 stating current underway operations are for CSG/ATG supervised training only or are in response to a emergency sortie order or national emergency. 5-15

140 Once the Navigation Assessment criteria are met, the CSG will provide an Authorized for Unrestricted Navigation Operations Message to CNAF (N7) IAW the (series) WEAPONS AND CARGO ELEVATOR ASSESSMENT The shipboard weapons and cargo handling elevators are supported through the elevator assessment and repair program, which is executed by the Elevator Support Unit (ESU) on an 18- month cycle. The ESU program provides direct fleet support for maintenance and modernization of shipboard elevators. The program is executed by ESU on a per ship s cycle, as directed by the individual ship s deployment and maintenance schedule. Although ESU scheduled milestones are based on the maintenance cycle, the primary focus of the program is to achieve peak system readiness in preparation for deployment. Weapons and Cargo Elevator Assessments are conducted following the guidance outlined in COMUSFLTFORCMINST (series) and S9086-ZN-STM-010\CH AIRCRAFT ELEVATOR (ACE) ASSESSMENT Although aircraft elevators are designed for use in a marine environment, scheduled periodic maintenance, testing and assessments are required for sustained reliable performance. Aircraft elevator assessments should be conducted IAW guidance set forth in NSTM Chapter 588 and CLF/CPF (series) VERTICAL PACKAGE CONVEYOR/DUMB WAITER (VPC/DW) ASSESSMENT Validates material condition of Vertical Conveyors/Dumbwaiters. Assessment shall be conducted IAW CLF/CPF (series) ANTI-TERRORISM (AT) ASSESSMENT 1. AT Training is divided into four phases: Phase I (Assessment and Readiness Phase) Phase II (Training Phase) Evaluated by TYCOM/NCIS STAAT Evaluated by TYCOM/ATG Phase III (Practical Training Phase / ATTT validation) Phase IV (Evaluation/Assessment Phase). Evaluated by TYCOM/ATG Evaluated by TYCOM/ATG 2. The successful conclusion of Phase IV will result in completion of basic phase AT training requirements and recommendation for proceeding to the integrated phase of training for final certification of the unit by the CSG. 3. Units will coordinate with their CSG, NCIS STAAT, ATG and CNAP N3D/CNAL N34 to schedule and execute AT phase training to ensure readiness levels and performance mode drill periodicities are maintained to execution the security mission regardless of their place in the 5-16

141 OFRP. AT phased training (completion of Phase 4) will not exceed 24 months regardless of operational status (RCOH or OFRP), AT phase training will be aligned with the basic phase training cycle for deploying units as best practicable. Waivers to accomplish training outside the standard timeline must be approved by the TYCOM. 4. Completion of Phase IV shall be documented by the TYCOM or CSG, certifying the completion of required AT Basic Phase Unit Level Training and stating the ship is ready to proceed to the Intermediate Phase of OFRP. 5. Supplemental information on this subject is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site MINE READINESS ASSESSMENT (MRA) The Mine Readiness Assessment (MRA) is conducted every 36 months during COMPTUEX for all CVN s by the WSAT to assess the ability of the ship to build mines in support of operational tasking. It consists of a review of training documentation, Quick Strike Mine Modification Kit preparation, MK-57 Target Detecting Device programming, MK-595/503 test set self-test and assembly of 10 Quick Strike Mines CVN WEAPONS OPERATIONAL READINESS ASSESSMENT (WORA) A WORA is conducted every 36 months during COMPUTEX or the Pre-Deployment Sustainment phase for all CVN s by the WSAT to ensure Weapons Departments have achieved war fighting readiness and demonstrate the Carrier/Air Wing team has attained the weapons employment readiness levels required for sustained combat operations TORPEDO READINESS ASSESSMENT/TECHNICAL ASSIST VISIT (TRA/TAV) The Torpedo Readiness Assessment (TRA) and Technical Assist Visits (TAV) is conducted by COMNAVAIRFOR Staff (N40C) in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series) The TRA/TAV can be requested to include all or a portion of the activity s capability, following the guidance in COMNAVAIRFORINST (series). The requesting activity shall ensure sufficient serviceable recoverable exercise torpedoes (REXTORPs), all airlaunched accessories, common and peculiar tools, and test equipment required to support operations are on hand. Request the TRA/TAV from COMNAVAIRFOR via naval message at least 30 days prior to the desired date of the visit. The TRA/TAV shall not be scheduled less than 60 days prior to the planned TRA M ASSESSMENT (3MA) 1. 3M Assessments (3MA) will be scheduled and conducted by the COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC 3M Team IAW COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC instruction series during the FRTP not to exceed a 36 month periodicity (+/- 90 days) and 12 months (+/- 90 days) prior to a 3MI. The 5-17

142 purpose of a 3MA is to ensure the ship s crew is on track to complete a follow-on 3MI in the requisite time frame. This assessment is a hybrid of a 3MAT and 3MI. 2. 3M Assessments will not take place less than 13 weeks following a CNO availability or when crew turnover is greater than 50% in 12 months following a 3M Assist and Training (3MAT) event. In a case as this, another 3MAT will be conducted prior to scheduling a time for a 3MA to assess crew performance and ensure success and cost effectiveness of a 3MA. Due to cost saving measures 3MA s will normally be accomplished at the ships homeport but can be arranged to be accomplished in another location on a case-by-case basis to support ongoing commitments. Specifics of the assessment can be found in the COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC instruction series Section 5 VISITS The visits listed in this section are not required for the carrier to be certified as IURFT, but these visits often occur during the Basic Phase. The FDNF CVN shall maintain all ICAVs in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series) and Appendix II of this instruction WEAPONS SAFETY ASSISTANCE TEAM (WSAT) VISITS The primary purpose of the WSAT is to review and provide technical assistance, advice, and training to fleet weapons personnel. The WSAT will conduct a Shipboard Explosive Safety Inspection (SESI) TAV for the CVN post PIA. Recommend scheduling SESI TAV at least 60 to 90 days prior to SESI, serve as the TYCOM representative during AORR, and will deploy aboard during COMPTUEX, to conduct a Mine Readiness Assessment (MRA) and the Weapons Operational Readiness Assessment (WORA) CVN AIRCRAFT HANDLING TEAM (AHT) 1. The CNAP/CNAL AHT is available upon request to assist carrier Air Departments in order to achieve levels of standardization, safety, and efficiency required to support Flight and Hangar deck operations. 2. Carrier Aircraft Handling Teams perform the following functions: a. Act as technical advisors to TYCOMs relative to improvement of aircraft handling procedures and equipment aboard CVNs. b. Evaluate effectiveness of Air Department administration, and material condition of assigned equipment per OPNAVINST (series). 5-18

143 c. Augment assigned CSG training to assess readiness during the COMPTUEX Final Battle Problem and provide input to CSG 4/15 for No-Divert flight operations after reviewing Air Department s proficiency in all areas relating to Flight Deck operations. d. Conduct CVN Flight Deck Certification in accordance with CNAP/CNALINST (series) FORCE SAFETY/INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE ASSIST 1. All CVN Safety Departments will be assessed in accordance with periodicities required by CNAFINST (series) and CNAFINST (series). This assessment is normally completed during Phase I and II Crew Certifications. However, Ship s Safety Departments desiring additional NAVOSH, Industrial Hygiene and/or Hazardous Material technical assistance should request the assistance from the CNAF Force Industrial Hygiene Officer. Assistance can be requested for any of the following: a. Identifying safety hazards. b. Establishing various elements of the NAVOSH program. c. Training Safety Officers and Safety Petty Officers. d. Preparing for the various PRE-INSURV, INSURV or other oversight inspections. 2. Reports for formal assessments will be generated for the CO. An informational copy will be provided to CNAF Safety (N45). Unless requested by the ship, no formal reports will be generated for assist visits; information shared or provided will remain within the lifelines of the ship INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE FOLLOW-ON SURVEYS An update of the Baseline Industrial Hygiene Survey is necessary when system, equipment, or load out changes significantly affect the onboard hazard and/or risk. Deterioration of existing controls, modifications and additions to shipboard processes and equipment will occur over time. The ship s Assistant Safety Officer (who is also an Industrial Hygiene Officer, NOBC 1861) is responsible for updating the baseline industrial hygiene survey at least bi-annually. The CNAF Industrial Hygiene Officer can be contacted to coordinate additional assistance from the nearest supporting BUMED activity SHIPBOARD SAFETY SURVEY The Shipboard Safety Survey is conducted by the Naval Safety Center. The survey is two days long, and includes training and a survey of a representative sample of the entire ship. The goal is to identify safety hazards, train Safety Officers and Safety Petty Officers, and provide the CO an 5-19

144 evaluation of the command s safety status. Shipboard safety surveys are optional and at the discretion of the CO. The survey report is made only to the ship. No grade or relative standing is assigned and follow-up reports are not required. This survey is available by request to NAVSAFECEN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT ASSIST Ships desiring assistance for implementation, day-to-day operations, or equipment problems with their Hazardous Material Minimization Centers (HAZMINCENs) may request an assist from Consolidated Hazardous Materials Re-Use Inventory Management/Hazardous Materials Inventory Control System (CHRIMP/HICS) Assist Teams. These teams may be contacted through Naval Inventory Control Point (NAVICP). Training and assist visits may also be requested through the TYCOM Supply Management Assist team M ASSIST VISITS 1. Required 3M Assist and Training (3MAT) visits will be scheduled through the COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC Force 3M Officer / 3M OIC N436, who will coordinate with the Carrier 3MO for ship de-confliction. These visits shall be conducted every nine to 15 months after a 3MI to ensure proper training and focus from Executive Level Managers to Maintenance Personnel, as an integral part of the ship s self-assessment program and to prepare the crew for the 3MA. 2. Optional Assist and Training visits should be requested via naval message or letter to respective coast TYCOM, indicating specific areas desired for assistance. The 3M Team (or any member of it) is available to visit any ship, on request, to provide guidance in any 3M area of interest. 3M guidance is prescribed in COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC series. Information or assistance is available by telephone and/or MAT s will be conducted for Carriers in a CNO availability according to the following schedule to ensure equipment is being properly placed, maintained and brought out of a lay-up period as applicable and keep crew engagement in the 3M process during a period of intense corrective maintenance. a. Zero to nine months, one visit near the middle of the availability. b. 10 to 18 months, one visit at or around the two month and 14th month periods. c. 19 to 24 months, one visit at or around the two month, the 14th month and the 20th month periods. d. 25 to 36 months, one visit at or around the two month, 14th month, the 26th month and the 32nd month periods. 5-20

145 4. New construction ships will receive a 3MAT after acceptance trials (AT) and after post shake-down availability (PSA). They will then fall into a normal rotation with other ships SUPPLY MANAGEMENT ASSIST (SMA) VISIT 1. The Afloat Supply Management Assist Team will visit a ship for the purpose of evaluating Supply Department operations when requested by the Commanding Officer. Such visits shall be coordinated via the TYCOM. Typically, the SMA will be scheduled by the TYCOM days prior to the Supply Management Inspection (SMI). Tailored Assist Visits will be provided upon request of the CO or the Supply Officer. 2. The SMA will provide the CO with an objective evaluation of the ship's Supply Department operation and offer recommendations for improvement, if necessary. An informal debrief of the findings will be provided to the Supply Officer and/or the CO prior to the team s departure from the ship CYBER SECURITY INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (CSICP) 1. The CSICP is the DoN's process of formally inspecting shipboard IA posture based on DoD, DoN, DISA, and National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) standards. 2. The shipboard Cyber Security Inspection (CSI) follows the same format and guidelines as the Command Cyber Readiness Inspection (CCRI) that DISA performs for shore commands. The CSI should be integrated into the ship's Optimized Fleet Training Plan (OFRP) and is required as part of renewing the ship's network ATOs. 3. Notification of the CSI schedule for a ship normally occurs 120 days prior to the actual inspection. If the ship has a robust and vital IA program, preparation for the CSI should cause minimal impact. 4. Notification of the CSI schedule occurs when the schedule message is released, notionally five to six months prior to the inspection. 5. FLTCYBERCOM OCA will contact the ship 90 days prior to the inspection to begin coordination. Blue Teams and CYBERFOR assistance teams will help to ensure readiness and can fairly accurately predict CSI performance. Outside assistance aside, the very best preparation for the CSI is daily vigilance and attention to detail in all areas of cyber-readiness. An overview of the three phases of CSICP appears below: a. Stage I: Administrative Review. This is a nominal one- day review, scheduled and conducted by your ISIC. This review will consist of an internal program review of administration, leadership engagement, and training. Upon successful completion of Stage I, a command will be determined ready to progress to a Stage II unit level assessment to be conducted within the following 12-month period. 5-21

146 b. Stage II: Unit Level Training and Assessment. This is a nominal three to five day, graded assessment (advise and assist format) scheduled and executed by CYBERFOR and Echelon II Commanders. This assessment will include a review of Stage I, plus an additional in-depth assessment of network security, physical security and all five IA Facets: Administration, Training, Personnel, Operations, and Monitoring and Assessment. For afloat commands, any similar assessments conducted as part of OFRP will be incorporated into Stage II to eliminate redundancy. Upon successful completion of Stage II, a command is determined ready to progress to the Stage III, a comprehensive inspection to be scheduled and conducted within the following 12-month period. (1) Pre-CSI Training and Assist Visits. CYBERFOR's Pre- CSI Training and Assist Team, CYBERFOR N41, provides IA program training and assistance as a subset of a ship's CSICP Stage II. (2) These visits are valuable for identifying shipboard IA program deficiencies for ship's force action prior to a Stage III inspection. c. Stage III: Cyber Security Inspection. This is a nominal five-day comprehensive graded inspection involving all cyber security areas; specifically, leadership engagement, physical security, administration, training, network configuration, and network operations. This inspection will be scheduled and conducted by FLTCYBERCOM inspection teams and is structured to replace the DISA CCRI. As CSICP matures, several Stage III inspection teams will be assigned to select Echelon II Commanders to conduct inspections on behalf of FLTCYBERCOM using the same established process. Stage III inspections will result in a grade and will measure cyber security compliance and identify operational risks to command and control, communications, computer and combat systems, and the GIG. Upon successful completion of Stage III, a command will be certified for operational status. For accreditation purposes, this certification will meet the DoD activity IV (IA sustainment) annual review requirement." 6. A command s IA program is only as good as the people who manage it. Ensuring that both operators and managers have the proper training is therefore critical to the ship s INFOSEC posture. NAVY CYBER FORCES INFORMATION ASSURANCE HANDBOOK will assist ships for daily Cyber Security and provide CSI preparation guides ENGINEERING ASSIST VISITS Teams from the ATG or the COMNAVAIRFOR Nuclear Power Mobile Training Teams (NPMTT) will visit each ship periodically during the OFRP to keep the TYCOM apprised of the engineering readiness of aircraft carriers, and to offer expert assistance and guidance to COs to prepare for the Engineering Qualification and Operational Reactor Safeguard Examination (ORSE) process. Training visits to nuclear powered propulsion plants are coordinated by the TYCOM NPMTT. These teams provide the CO with an objective evaluation of the ship's engineering readiness and offer expert recommendations for improvement, if necessary. 5-22

147 5510 CVN ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE ASSIST TEAM (CEMAT) VISITS 1. The CEMAT provides dedicated waterfront support, enhanced availability planning, improved deployment readiness, judicious use of maintenance dollars, and enhanced communications between ship's force, TYCOM, and the Navy technical community. 2. Key players in executing the CEMAT "find, fix, train and document" philosophy are: ship's force, TYCOM, NSWCCD Philadelphia, Regional Maintenance Center (RMC), NSWCCD Port Hueneme Division, and industrial contractors. 3. CEMAT visits are nominally two to three weeks in length and accomplished prior to the pre overseas movement period. During this period, CEMAT technical and logistics representatives work with ship's force using guidelines and procedures tailored to the individual ship and accomplish the following: a. Conduct pre-operational checks of each equipment and system. b. Align and adjust equipment and systems as required. c. Conduct system operational testing and identification of operational discrepancies. d. Prioritize discrepancies and correct to the maximum extent possible in conjunction with the visit. e. Identify equipment for repair or overhaul during future maintenance availabilities. f. Instruct ship's force in proper procedures to maintain and repair auxiliary machinery and systems. g. Provide logistic support validation. h. Document equipment discrepancies on OPNAV 4790/2K. i. Accomplish emergent repairs. j. Provide technical assistance in support of UD, LOA, INSURV, TSTAs, CSRA, SRA, PIA, and DPIA etc. 4. CEMAT systems and equipment follow closely the HULL MECHANIC AND ELECTRICAL (HM&E) conference identified problem areas and include: AESS, HESS Air Conditioning Plants Anchor Windlass B&T Cranes Boilers and Automatic Controls Catapult Support Equipment Air Compressors Ammunition Handling Equipment B&A Crane Boat Davits Capstans Centrifugal Pumps 5-23

148 CHT Conveyors Damage Control Closures Damage Control Communication Systems Degaussing Electronic Cooling Systems Electronic Dry Air/Dehydrators HP Air Systems Exterior Communications Systems Main Engines Firefighting Systems Recycling Systems LP Air Systems O2N2 Systems Refrigeration Plants/Units Rotating Auxiliary Machinery Steering Gear UNREP RAS Equipment Valves Winches Special Frequency Generating Equip Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) Charging Systems 5. Assistance from the CEMAT should be scheduled directly with COMNAVAIRFOR (N43) MAGAZINE SPRINKLER SYSTEM VERIFICATION The MSSV assesses configuration and operability of the ship s magazine sprinkler system following the guidance outlined in COMUSFLTFORCMINST (series). MSSV shall be scheduled as close to the completion of the availability as possible and are conducted IAW NAVSEA S9522-HBK-010. Formal request for the MSSV shall be by naval message submitted to the cognizant Regional Maintenance Center utilizing the applicable PLA with an information copy sent to the applicable TYCOM MOBILE ORDNANCE TRAINING TEAM (MOTT) VISIT 1. The MOTT provides on-site training in intermediate level aviation weapons inspection, conventional ammunition sentencing, Airborne Weapon Change/Airborne Weapon Bulletin (AWC/AWB) compliance assistance, Quickstrike Mine assembly and weapons testing/programming as required by OPNAVINST Series. All training accomplished is in compliance with the safety and environmental requirements outlined in OPNAV M , NAVSEA OP-4, and related technical manuals, it is comprised of teams attached to the Force Weapons Officer at both CNAP and CNAL. 2. When deployed aboard ship in support of COMPTUEX and (JTFEX), they will assist WSAT observe weapons department during the WORA and provide training course documentation via COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANT letter to the Commanding Officer and individual electronic training records. 3. Commands request MOTT services by contacting: COMNAVAIRPAC Mobile Ordnance Training Team (MOTT) Mr. Joseph Shea Team Lead Commercial: (619)

149 DSN: East Coast Mr. Jim Poulin Senior Logistics Analyst Commercial: (757) DSN: West Coast Mr. Bob Kline Senior Logistics Analyst Commercial: (619) DSN: AVIATION ORDNANCE READINESS REVIEW (AORR) VISIT 1. The AORR will be conducted IAW OPNAV M and CNAFINST (series) as directed by the TYCOM Force Weapons Officer. Purpose is to fully review ship s overall readiness to identify potential short falls that could possibly impede or hinder their ability to successfully complete assigned missions. All CVNs will be subject to an AORR in order to evaluate their capabilities and shall be scheduled by the CVN over a four-day period during a ship s in port period post-tsta but prior to COMPTUEX/JTFX. For FDNF, the AORR will be conducted annually. Requests for the AORR support shall be submitted to COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANT (N40C) by naval message, with information line to: NAVAIRWARCENWPNDIV CHINA LAKE CA//674000D//670000D//. Section 6 AVAILABLE TRAINING 5600 GENERAL GUIDANCE 1. This section provides an easy reference for information on available carrier training. The training listed in this section is not provided as a requirement for IURFT operations. 2. TYCOM support and Assist Visit training are available throughout the OFRP. Contact with the TYCOM early in the OFRP is both encouraged and recommended, so potential deficiencies in training or issues with equipment and manning can be identified for correction. This will 5-25

150 enable the CVN to be better prepared for subsequent training, evaluation and certification periods M TRAINING TEAM (3MTT) TRAINING 1. A 3M Training Team (3MTT) is mandated for every carrier to enhance and maintain a peak level of PMS performance via focused training and evaluation for ship board spot-checkers and maintenance personnel. 2. A 3MTT shall be a minimum 30-member team led by the XO with the 3M Officer and 3M Coordinators serving as primary assistants. The team shall be comprised of Officers, Chief Petty Officers and departmental 3M Assistants. The team shall have at a minimum, one departmental representative, but shall be proportionally represented by the four major departments: (Reactor, Engineering, Combat Systems, and Air). 3MTT members must be 3M (304) Division Officer PQS qualified, should be an E-7 and above, with six to 12 months or more remaining onboard, and shall be designated in writing by the 3M Officer. 3. 3MTT teams shall be evaluated during 3M Assessments (3MA). 3MTT will be evaluated and training provided by TYCOM every nine to 15 months of a training and a self-evaluation program. The goal of 3MTT training events is to promote and maintain the highest level of PMS performance and knowledge through self-critical evaluations and deck-plate involvement. The ship s involvement shall be noted during these training events, and feedback on performance provided CV-TSC ASSIST TRAINING 1. CV-TSC Mobile Training Team (CV-TSC MTT). The MTT exists to provide the CSG Commander, DESRON Commodore, CVW Commander, and CVN CO the most operationally capable CV-TSC possible, using hands-on training. The Team will train and assess all AN/SQQ- 34CV2 Operational events any time during OFRP starting in the Basic Phase. 2. Each CVN installed with AN/SQQ-34CV2 shall request (via Naval Message to CV-TSC ASHORE JACKSONVILLE FL) an MTT visit to coincide with all CVTSC performance events in APP I starting with CART II. CV-TSC MTT will provide one to two weeks of in port/at sea onboard training. 3. At the conclusion of each visit, the CV-TSC MTT will provide the ATG TLO, CVN s Operations Officer, CDC Officer and CNAF CV-TSC Coordinator an objective view of the CVN s CV-TSC readiness and offer recommendations for improvements UNDERWAY REPLENISHMENT 1. Pacific Fleet Underway Replenishment Training: Exportable, "hands-on" technical training on underway replenishment systems, including: equipment maintenance, winch repair procedures 5-26

151 and the rigging of less common replenishment configurations are available from NAVSURFWARCEN DET Port Hueneme, Port Hueneme, CA. Training may be scheduled directly with NAVSURFWARCEN DET Port Hueneme with information copies of the request provided to COMNAVAIRFOR N7 and N Atlantic Fleet Underway Replenishment Training: Expeditionary Warfare Training Group, Atlantic (EWTGLANT) offers a two to five day course of instruction to train UNREP teams from Atlantic Fleet units. The course (A ) is designed to prepare rig teams for shipboard receiving and delivery of Standard Tensioned Replenishment Alongside Methods (STREAM) rigs. It is offered to Naval (primary BMs) and Military Sealift Command enlisted personnel. To schedule training, contact EWTGLANT at (757) (COMM) or (DSN) ATLANTIC FLEET WEAPONS PACKAGING AND UNDERWAY REPLENISHMENT TRAINING The Packaging Handling, Shipping and Transportation (PHS&T) Center at the Naval Surface Warfare Center Detachment Earle offers pre-deployment underway training, to train Weapons and Deck Department personnel on correct unit packaging of ammunition per military standards and selecting and configuring connected/vertical replenishment slings, and strong backs, preferably during ammunition on-load. Schedule training through COMNAVAIRFOR N40C ATLANTIC/PACIFIC FLEET MISSILE SENTENCING INSPECTION TRAINING Naval Air Warfare Center Weapons Division (NAWCWD) Missile Presentencing Inspection Team provides training for personnel for performing post deployment Missile Sentencing Inspection (MSI) and training for fleet personnel performing Missile Pre- sentencing Inspection (MPI) NAVIGATION SEAMANSHIP AND SHIPHANDLING TRAINER (NSST) 1. Simulators are available for the instruction of Bridge Resource Management (BRM) and Special Evolutions. Simulators in Norfolk, Yokosuka, Everett, and San Diego serve their Fleet Concentration Areas (FCAs). Supplemental information on this subject is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. Additional information may be found on the scheduling website:

152 2. Courses Available. a. BRM - CVNs are required to complete two BRM per OFRP. CVNs are required to send three Watch Teams, each team consisting of an OOD and CONN, plus a Senior Observer (CO, XO, or Senior Watch Officer). Ships may send a maximum of ten students. The Navigator may act as a Senior Observer. Ships will provide copies of CO s standing orders for the OOD. This course satisfies requirement to complete 24 hours of BRM and 16 hours of Advanced Ship Handling (ASH) every 24 months. b. Special Evolutions Training - The most flexible course offered, Special Evolutions affords the CVN to train in any evolution the CO believes will benefit his watch standers. CVNs will use the Special Evolutions topics and scenarios menu available on the scheduling website. CVNs can request anywhere from four hours (one morning or afternoon) to 16 hours (two mornings and two afternoons) of training. CVNs are limited to 32 hours annually. c. Four other courses are being developed: ARPA, Radar Observer, ECDIS-N, Basic Ship Handling Training (BST). The goal is to attain U.S. Coast Guard Standards of Training, Certification, and Watch Keeping for Seafarers (STCW) Certification for these four courses as well as the BRM course. Courses will be introduced on a pilot basis as they are completed. 3. Non-Course Simulator Use - In addition to the V2 FMB (All Sites), all Second and Third Fleet NSST facilities include a smaller footprint NSST variant, the V1. The V1 is a single person trainer, and the training audience is generally intended for a Conning Officer or OOD. Installed onboard, it may be operated by a single operator/trainee without instructor support. It consists of a helm console, three flat panel displays and contains a selection of pre-built port/hull specific scenarios. The V1 also includes an electronic coaching function that mentors students in ship handling basics. CVNs are encouraged to schedule time in the VI through the NSST Website. The V2 will be available for CVN use during specified times when other courses not being taught during the workday. 4. CVN Responsibilities. In addition to course-specific requirements, ships are responsible for all training functions during ship-only simulator use including pre-briefing, coaching, role playing/radio communications and debriefing as needed for each scenario run. Ships will send senior personnel capable of instructing those being trained. 5. Scheduling.Ships are responsible for submitting requests for all desired courses, special evolutions training and ship- only simulator use, and can do so by logging onto the NSST Training Website Supplemental information on this subject is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. 5-28

153 5607 ANTI-TERRORISM (AT) TRAINING 1. Supplemental information on this subject is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. The nature of the asymmetric threat does not afford forces the luxury of a lengthy training program spread over the entire Basic Phase ULT within the OFRP. Rather, with the significant in port time normally associated with the training phase of OFRP, ships must execute around-the- clock AT operations immediately upon return to homeport and/or the completion of the maintenance availability period. Thus, it is imperative a robust and complete AT training plan, which ensures the basic proficiency to execute homeport and deployed AT skills and complete follow-on complex/integrated training events, be completed and assessed as early as possible in the OFRP. COs shall ensure all individual level armed sentry training is complete by the end of the ship s maintenance period. The remainder of AT training and assessment shall be completed prior to the beginning of TSTA. 2. Unit Level AT Training is designed to ensure: a. AT Security Force watch standers achieve the level of proficiency in the skills necessary to properly stand assigned AT posts. b. The Antiterrorism Training Team (ATTT) is capable of safely and effectively planning, conducting, and critically evaluating the ship AT training program. c. The ship's command structure is able to coordinate an effective response to terrorist threats. d. The ship is properly prepared to conduct Intermediate and Advanced AT training. 3. Basic Phase AT ULT will follow the building block methodology of assess, train, and certify. The team that employs this training methodology is the ATTT. ATTT is responsible, under the direction of the Antiterrorism Officer (ATO), for training personnel involved in all aspects of the AT program. This resident expertise allows the ship to conduct the majority of required security and antiterrorism training organically. To support the development of such resident expertise, TYCOM N3D3/N34, CSG ATOs and Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS) Security, Training, Assistance and Assessment Teams (STAAT) and Afloat training Group (ATG) will conduct Assessment and Assist Visits as detailed below. 4. Recurrent Anti-Terrorism (AT) Training a. Supplemental information on this subject is available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. Recurrent training commences upon successful completion of Basic Phase ULT AT Assessment. This training is ongoing throughout the remainder of the OFRP and deployment, and is designed to maintain the state of AT readiness essential to the protection of personnel and assets. 5-29

154 b. As a minimum, Security/AT NCO drills identified in Appendix I (Appendix II for FDNF) of this manual shall be conducted in accordance with established periodicities. Additionally, training and drill sets shall be conducted in preparation for all follow-on AT evolutions. c. Drills should be conducted to exercise operational readiness in response to terrorist threats, and to evaluate the command AT plan and all applicable PPRs and Standard Operating Procedures (SOP). d. Throughout this period the TYCOM N3D/N34 staff and CSG ATOs are available to provide additional Assist Visits as requested by the ship. TYCOM and CSG ATOs may, as conditions dictate, conduct no-notice AT drills during recurrent training to gauge the readiness of the command to meet and properly respond to AT threats. 5-30

155 Section 1 BATTLE E GUIDANCE 6100 GENERAL Chapter 6 BATTLE EFFICIENCY E COMPETITION 1. The Commander Naval Air Force Carrier Battle Efficiency Competition (Battle E ) is designed to measure and recognize the level of battle efficiency through superior performance and readiness by each carrier and its respective departments. The competition is based on a calendar year. 2. Eligibility for the overall Battle E and departmental awards demands demonstrated operational excellence in addition to superior achievement during, inspections, certifications assessments and qualifications and training events conducted throughout the competitive cycle. 3. The Battle E is awarded to the carrier (CNAP and CNAL) that have demonstrated the highest level of proficiency throughout the competitive cycle. 4. A ship must have remained current in all Inspections, Certifications and Assessments. Certification expirations can remove a department and ship from award consideration, unless waived by respective TYCOM. Waivers must clearly demonstrate all means have been exhausted to meet the requirement. All waiver requests require CSG endorsement. 5. A ship must have consistently demonstrated a high level of safety awareness and Operational Risk Management (ORM) in all phases of shipboard operations. A satisfactory ORM training program, as assessed by ATG during ULT events, is required. Class A mishaps due to negligence will normally disqualify a command for the Battle E. 6. Any action by a ship requiring a formal investigation will not be a disqualifier until the investigation board results are approved/validated POLICY 1. Competitive Cycle: The CNO Battle "E" for aircraft carriers is 01 January to 31 December. 2. Awards: The Battle "E" is presented by the respective TYCOM to the carrier which, based upon competitive standings at the end of the competitive cycle, has achieved the highest degree of battle readiness through sustained superior performance and operational effectiveness. 6-1

156 Additionally, departmental awards are presented to each carrier having achieved outstanding readiness levels at the departmental level. 3. Battle E eligibility a. To be eligible for the Battle E" and departmental awards, a ship must be in an operational status for a minimum of 180 days of the competitive cycle and specifically nominated for each award by the ship s CO. The CO may request a waiver for the minimum 180 day operational status requirement via naval message to TYCOM, endorsed by the ISIC. Waivers will be evaluated on an individual basis. b. COs should forward a package encompassing a CO s overview narrative and nominations for individual departmental awards. The narrative should highlight significant accomplishments and major OFRP/FDNF cycle milestones achieved during the competitive cycle to include calculated metrics for each nominated department. The CSG shall endorse the CO s letter and provide comments as desired. The Battle E package (CO s letter and CSG endorsement) should be compiled and forwarded in accordance with the annual CVN award nomination procedures message. If a ship has not met the 180 day operational requirement due to a maintenance availability or RCOH, the ship will not be eligible for the overall Battle E Award. In these cases, the ships will retain the TYCOM departmental awards (excluding the Carrier Maintenance Efficiency Purple E Award, Environmental Protection and Energy Conservation EPEC Award, Reactor Engineering Award Red E and Safety Green S.) from the previous cycle. However, a ship-wide or departmental failure of any inspection, certification or assessment that occurs during maintenance or RCOH or any incident causing major damage to equipment or injury/death to personnel will likely preclude the ship from retaining previous year s departmental awards. A ship shall be considered operational from the last day of Sea Trials until the first day of the next scheduled maintenance availability. c. If the ship subsequently wins departmental awards in the cycle immediately following, consecutive award stripes earned before the non-competing cycle will be retained. 4. Military Personnel Eligibility a. Navy personnel permanently attached to and serving with cited ships and units during the competitive cycle for which the award was given, or any part thereof, are entitled to the award. b. All selected Reserve personnel permanently attached to and serving with the mobilization augmentation Navy Reserve unit(s) during the competitive cycle for which the award was given, or any part thereof, are entitled to the award provided the individuals concerned performed active duty for training aboard the unit during the competitive cycle. 6-2

157 c. Reservists performing active duty for training aboard units awarded the Battle E who are not members of the dedicated Reserve unit(s), and Reservists who were members of the dedicated Reserve unit(s), but who did not perform active duty for training aboard, are not eligible for the award. d. Transients and temporary duty personnel are not eligible for the award (i.e. Cross-deck training personnel, Midshipmen). e. Embarked personnel, staffs, squadrons or detachments are also not eligible. f. Civilian personnel are not eligible for the award BATTLE E DISQUALIFIERS 1. An overall ship "failure" or grade of "unsatisfactory" on 3MI or ORSE, even if followed by a satisfactory re-inspection, disqualifies the ship and individual departments responsible for the mission area failure for the competitive cycle in which the "failure/ unsatisfactory" occurs. A department failing its portion of the 3M Inspection is disqualified from earning a departmental award; however, a departmental 3M failure does not specifically disqualify the ship from competing for the Battle E. A 3M departmental failure results in a 10 point deduction to the department s overall Battle E score, multiple departmental failures would most likely put the command out of the running for the overall award. 2. Any safety mishap resulting in major injury/death to personnel or major damage to equipment while conducting any evolution will likely result in both ship-wide and departmental disqualification from Battle E eligibility or point deductions from final Battle E grade computations. Accidents or safety incidents of a less serious nature will be evaluated on a caseby-case basis by the CSG and may result in disqualification for one or more awards AWARD COMPUTATION 1. At the end of the calendar year, ships will prepare and submit Battle E packages containing calculated metrics for each nominated department, formatted as depicted in the corresponding sections of Chapter 6. Award computations are contained in Sections 2 through 15 of Chapter 6. The TYCOM will validate ships calculations and assign final Battle E points for each nominated department s competitive grouping. Differences between ship s and TYCOM calculated metrics will be reconciled as required. 2. TYCOM codes responsible for providing scores and calculations required for final Battle E calculations will deliver input to CNAP/CNAL N7 NLT 15 JAN. 6-3

158 Section 2 Section 3 N42) AIR DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N43/N73) AIRCRAFT INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT (TYCOM Section 4 COMBAT SYSTEMS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N6) Section 5 DAMAGE CONTROL (TYCOM N72) Section 6 DECK DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) Section 7 REACTOR DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N9) Section 8 HEALTH SERVICES DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N01H) Section 9 NAVIGATION DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) Section 10 OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) Section 11 SAFETY DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N45) Section 12 SECURITY DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N3D) Section 13 SUPPLY DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N41) Section 14 WEAPONS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N4) Section 15 N43) CARRIER MAINTENANCE EFFICIENCY AWARD (PURPLE E) (TYCOM Section 16 SHIP S 3M INSPECTION (TYCOM N43) Section 17 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND ENERGY CONSERVATION (EPEC) AWARD (TYCOM N45) Section 18 TIE BREAKER (TYCOM N00) 3. Departmental Awards. Any department which meets the departmental standard of 90 points is awarded the respective departmental award. The following factors will be considered in computing readiness levels for each department/ship. 6-4

159 a. When an inspection, certification, assessment or evaluation is graded or evaluated as unsatisfactory, zero credit is earned, regardless of the outcome of re-inspection/re-assessment. b. Where inspections, certifications, assessments or evaluations (ICAV) are conducted more than once in a competitive cycle and a satisfactory mark is received in each, the score recorded will be the last graded event. 4. Battle E Required Sub-Event Grading a. Battle E Required Sub-Event grading shall be graded by ATG, or an external agency approved by the TYCOM. Observers shall be carefully chosen based on seniority, technical background and experience and shall not be assigned to the ship or its associated air wing. b. Battle E required sub-events with 810 or 1170 day periodicities may be used for multiple years as long as they are still current on the last day of the competitive cycle. Battle E required Sub-Events with expired periodicities not completed during the competitive cycle will be scored zero unless waived by the TYCOM. A request for waiver shall not be submitted prior to the fourth quarter of the competitive cycle and will require justification that all means were exhausted in accomplishing the requirement. CSG endorsement will indicate efforts expended to assist the ship in obtaining opportunity, observers and/or services to meet the requirement. If the TYCOM grants the waiver, the event will be excluded from the final departmental calculation. If the event is not waived, it will be considered incomplete and will be scored zero and counted accordingly in the computation for relative standing. Except in unusual circumstances, waiver request received by the TYCOM later than 15 days after completion of the competitive cycle will be disapproved. c. Battle E required Sub-Event scoring for all Battle E events shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable Training Assessment Card (TACs) to the MCO standard. Battle E required Sub-Events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). Completion of Battle E required Sub-events shall be reported to the TYCOM via naval message. d. Battle "E" required sub-events that result in Performance grades of 80% or above cannot be rescheduled in the current competitive cycle in order to improve the score. Battle "E" required sub-events with a Performance grade below 80% may be rescheduled (with TYCOM approval and ATG/approved external evaluator availability) and conducted to obtain a higher grade if desired. A re-attempt may only be graded one additional time in the current year(even if the second attempt is below 80%) in order to improve the grade. For follow-on years, Sub-Events with periodicities that carry over to the next competitive cycle may be reattempted regardless of 6-5

160 the original score. The final grade for the Battle "E" calculation will be the average of the two scores for the current year, and an average of all scores for follow-on year attempts. Under normal circumstances, a re-attempt will not be conducted the same day the drill was failed, and will be re-attempted after a complete de-brief of the failed drill, any training deficiencies corrected and new brief of the drill being re-attempted is conducted. Waivers for the minimum time between exercise re-attempts can be given by TYCOM based on the circumstances of the failure, confidence in the teams readiness to pass the re-attempt and expiring availability of training resources. 5. Carryover of ULT events and ICAV scores. Due to the structure and timing of the OFRP, ships will not always conduct ULT events or receive inspections and certifications (not counting re-inspections) normally factored into calculations each calendar year. In these instances, scores from the previous cycle completion will be carried over provided they remain within the periodicity specified in Appendix I/II and applicable governing instructions. a. In departmental awards calculations, a failed 3M Inspection from the previous year (whether corrected by a re- inspection or not) will not be carried over as a disqualifier in the current CY Battle E cycle. b. When a ship fails to meet minimum overall satisfactory criteria during a 3M Inspection, it is no longer eligible for the Battle E during that competitive cycle year. Points utilized for the following competitive cycle will be calculated based upon the average score of the original inspection and subsequent re-inspection. 6-6

161 6. Both CNAL and CNAP will award one Battle Efficiency winner per competitive cycle. CNAL/CNAP ships with the highest scores will win their respective Battle E. The objectively graded award is based on relative standings of the competing ships based on the following point breakdown: Air Department Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Dept Combat Systems Department Damage Control Deck Department Reactor Department Medical Department Navigation Department Operations Department Security Department Supply Department Weapons Department Safety Department Departmental award total Environmental Protection/Energy Cons. Maintenance Efficiency (Purple E ) TYCOM Commander discretionary points Grand Total 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 10 pts 130 pts 5 pts 20 pts 5 pts 160 pts Note 1: In the unlikely case of a tie, respective TYCOM Commander will determine the overall Battle E winner. Note 2: Points for individual departmental awards will be assigned based on relative ranking as compared to same department for all respective TYCOM competing carriers. The carrier whose department has achieved the most departmental points will be awarded the full 10 points, second will be 9 pts, etc. A point will be deducted from a departmental score if the departmental score is less than 80%. Two points will be deducted if less than 60%. Departments disqualified due to failure of an assessment/inspection will receive zero departmental points. 6-7

162 6104 WEARING AND DISPLAY OF AWARDS 1. Awards shall be displayed in accordance with Figures 6-3 through All awards will be displayed on the port and starboard bridge bulwark aft of the Battle E Figure 6-1 Battle Efficiency Award Figure 6-2 Departmental E Excellence Award Departments with out unique design 6-8

163 Figure 6-3 Departmental CS Award Combat Systems Figure 6-4 Departmental M Award Medical Figure 6-5 Departmental DC Award Damage Control Figure 6-6 Departmental W Award Weapons 6-9

164 Figure 6-7 Departmental S Award Safety Figure 6-8 Departmental Crossed Anchor with D Award Deck Figure 6-9 Departmental Ship s Wheel Excellence Award Navigation 6-10

165 The order of display of awards: Naval Air Force Battle Efficiency Pennant (White formula 6 and Black formula 48) Air Department (Yellow formula 42) Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department (Black formula 48) Combat Systems Department (Green formula 39) Cost-Wise Readiness Excellence (Purple striping) Damage Control (Red formula 40) Health Services Department (Blue formula 43) Operations Department (Green formula 39) Reactor/Engineering Department (Red formula 40) Security Department (Black formula 48) Supply Department (Blue formula 43) Weapons Department (Black formula 48) White E Yellow E Black E Green CS Purple E Red DC Blue M Green E Red E Black S Blue E Black W Safety Department Green + (Green formula 39) 6-11

166 Deck Department (White formula 6 and Black formula 48) Navigation Department (White formula 6) White Crossed Anchors with Black D White Ship's Wheel 2. Consecutive Awards. Service stripes the same color as the related award color is added for additional awards earned in consecutive years. Instead of the letter and four service stripes for winning the award five consecutive times, in the case of the Battle "E", a gold "E" shall be displayed with a silver star above the "E". In the case of departmental awards, an "E" or approved equivalent and a star of the same color will be shown for the fifth consecutive award, replacing the service stripes. Another star shall be added for each five successive annual awards. 3. Hull/Crew Exchanges/Ship Exchanges. In cases where entire crews move from one ship to another; e.g., Sea Swap, the general rule is awards follow the crew and will be displayed in the ship the crew is embarked. This will require additional attention to record crew award status. In the case of exchanges that involve decommissioning of one of the ships, award eligibility will be tied to the hull. Actions of the decommissioned ship will not transfer to the exchange hull since the entire crew does not transfer. 4. Transients, temporary duty personnel and those assigned to the cited ships and squadrons for active duty for training are not eligible for this award IMA SUPPORT. 1. The ability of an aircraft carrier to maintain material readiness of the embarked Air Wing through the performance of intermediate level maintenance and supply support is essential to successful Strike Group operations. The following method of computation is designed to provide a valid and equitable procedure for determining point distribution toward both the AIMD Black E and Supply Department Blue E. The intent of a separate category for IMA Support from these two departments is to recognize their contribution to Battle Efficiency via the Battle E regardless of performance as individual departments. Combining IMA Support into a single category ensures the IMA Support Team works closely to achieve optimal support for the Air Wing. 2. Computation for IMA Support. Each CVN will receive points based on percentage of standard achieved. The standard is based on Fleet Response Plan (FRP) timing and is progressively challenging up to and including deployment. Due to geography, standards exist for LANT/PAC and FDNF CVN. 6-12

167 GROUPING MEASURE SOURCE POINTS Total NMCS/PMCS (Note 1) N DIRECT SUPPORT NMCS/PMCS Issue Effectiveness (Note 1) N VPOOL Effectiveness (Note 2) N Non-SE REPAIR RATE (Note 1) N INDIRECT SUPPORT Non-SE AWM Backlog (Note 1,3) N Non-SE AWP Backlog (Note 1,4) N TOTAL 100 Figure 6-10 IMA Computation Table Note 1: As reported daily via the AMCR. Repair rate is defined as (RFI/RFI+BCM) for all repair MAFS less work centers 731, 9XX, and calibration lab are used to compute repair rate. All BCM codes are applicable. NMCS PMCS is defined as (NMCS Off ships + NMCS ExReps + PMCS Off ships + PMCS ExReps). Note 2: As reported weekly via the ASMR. It is extremely important ASMR data are correctly loaded into the AMSRR database to ensure data availability to correctly measure readiness. Note 3: Represents only in-work (IW) and awaiting maintenance (AWM) count for non-support equipment for work centers 0XX, 4XX, 5XX, 6XX, 7XX and 8XX, less work center 731. lifted off the daily production report, part 3 for supported organizations that represent squadrons and detachments, only. Note 4: Represents only awaiting parts (AWP) count for non-support equipment for work centers 0XX, 4XX, 5XX, 6XX, 7XX and 8XX, less work center 731. The number is lifted off the daily production report, part 3 for supported organizations that represent squadrons and detachments, only. 6-13

168 Figure 6-11 lists the standards to be calculated as overall averages for each event period (TSTA, COMPTUEX, JTFEX, and Deployment). Events are weighted as follows: TSTA/FEP 15% FDNF C5F Ops 50% C2X 20% C7F Ops 50% JTFEX 15% Deployed 50% Event NMCS PMCS Issue Effectiveness RPOOL Effectiveness Repair Date AWP Backlog IW/AWM Backlog TSTA/FEP 50 82% 84% 55% COMPTUEX 34 83% 85% 55% CONUS JTFEX 20 85% 90% 55% Deployed 59 85% 90% 55% C5F Ops 59 85% 90% 55% FDNF C7F Ops 39 85% 90% 55% Figure 6-11 IMA Events Table 6-14

169 3. Disqualification. The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification for the Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department Black E : a. One (1) Class A, B mishap or two (2) Class C mishaps due to Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department s failure to comply with NAMP policy or prescribed NATOPS procedures. b. The occurrence of a major CMS violation by Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department personnel which should have been prevented or five reports of a Practice Dangerous to Security by Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department. c. An AMI grade of Off-Track for Quality Assurance or Production Control programs. d. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection. e. Departmental failure of the periodic NAVSEA Det Radiation Affairs Support Office (RASO) radiation Affairs Support Program (RASP) inspection. 4. Qualification. If less than thirty (30) AMCRs are submitted during the competitive cycle ninety (90) points will be awarded for this category. 6-15

170 Section 2 AIR DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N43/N73) 6200 GENERAL. The ability of an aircraft carrier to safely and efficiently launch and recover aircraft is critical to successful Strike Group operations. Instructions for the conduct, evaluation and reporting of required Air Department Performance Sub-Events are contained in the General Section, this chapter, Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (YELLOW E) CVN Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E required Sub-Events x AVG/100 1 Flight Deck Certification 10 2 ALRE Maintenance Program 10 3 TOTAL 100 Note 1. Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub-Events not completed. Note 2. Maximum of 2 pts. Per each division (V-1,2,3,4,5) in each of the following areas: a. Successful completion of CNAFINST (series) checklist(s) resulting with no outstanding reportable items. (Awards 1 point) b. Successful completion of required exercises and evolutions (participation, planning, building, briefing, execution and debriefing), with no degradation of operational capabilities resulting from equipment damage, safety violation or injury to personnel. (Awards 1 point) Note 3. Points awarded per ALREMP grade sheet. 6-16

171 6202 DISQUALIFICATION. The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification for the Air Department Yellow E : a. One (1) Class A mishap or two (2) Class B mishaps caused by Air Department s failure to comply with prescribed NATOPS standard operating procedures. b. A grade of Not Ready for Advanced Training. c. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection QUALIFICATION. Any Air Department receiving a total score of 90 points or greater will be awarded the Yellow "E. 6-17

172 ALREMP GRADE SHEET. Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP) Grading Points Breakdown Command: Date Audit Conducted: 1. MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESSES (1 point) a. VIDS-MAF Flow b. R-status/VIDS Board validation c. Maintenance Action processing d. ALRE Training Program Points earned: 2. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM (3 points) a. Maintenance Instructions b. Audit Program c. Technical Publications d. ALRE Discrepancy Reporting Program e. MAFs f. QA Manning g. QA Training and Qualification Program h. Other QA Monitored Programs Points earned: 6-18

173 3. TOOL CONTROL PROGRAM (3 points) a. Tool Control Program b. Calibration Program c. Maintenance Support Capability d. Record Keeping / Tool Accountability Points earned: 4. EQUIPMENT READINESS / MATERIAL CONDITION (3 points) a. Material condition of spaces and equipment b. Spaces FOD Free c. On-site maintenance procedures d. General housekeeping Points earned: Maximum Score 10 points Total Points Earned: 6-19

174 Section 3 AIRCRAFT INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N42) 6300 GENERAL. 1. The ability of an aircraft carrier to maintain material readiness of the embarked air wing through the performance of intermediate level maintenance is essential to successful Strike Group operations. AWARD COMPUTATION (BLACK E) MEASURE SOURCE POINTS Maintenance Backlog (2) TRMS 20 SE Capability Rating (3) TRMS 20 IMA Support (4) TRMS 25 AMI (5) INSP RESULT (N422) 35 Total 100 Note 1: Each CVN will receive points based on percentage of standard achieved except as noted. The standard is based on Fleet Response Plan (FRP) timing and is progressively challenging up to and including deployment. FRP Phases are defined in CNAFINST (series) as periods including specific events, listed below (events are weighted per paragraph 7105A). Events Backlog Standards C-Rating Basic Phase (TSTA/FEP) Non-FDNF FDNF Integrated Phase (C2X/Fallon) Sustainment Phase (JTFEX/ 100 Post-Deployment) 1.25 Deployment C5F Ops C7F Ops Figure 6-12 AIMD Events 6-20

175 Note 2: As reported weekly via ASMR, paragraph 3B1. Note 3: Average of entire competitive cycle. TRMS capability rating is computed based on BROAD ARROW reporting and operational impact of the BROAD ARROW. Note 4: Percentage of points received under IMA Support category will be applied to total of 20 points available; e.g. 90 points of 100 available in IMA Support category equals 90 percent of 20 points or 18 points toward departmental award. Note 5: AMI points are based on results of the AMI. Each program except Quality Assurance, Maintenance Safety and Production Control receiving an "Off-Track" grade will decrease the score by 1 point. Quality Assurance, Maintenance Safety and Production Control programs receiving a Needs More Attention grade will decrease the score by 2 points DISQUALIFICATION. 1. The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification for the Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department Black E : a. One (1) Class A, B mishap or two (2) Class C mishaps due to Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department s failure to comply with NAMP policy or prescribed NATOPS procedures. b. The occurrence of a major CMS violation by Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department personnel which should have been prevented or five reports of a Practice Dangerous to Security by Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department. c. An AMI grade of Off-Track for Quality Assurance, Maintenance Safety or Production Control programs. d. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection. e. Departmental failure of the periodic NAVSEA Det Radiation Affairs Support Office (RASO) radiation Affairs Support Program (RASP) inspection QUALIFICATION. Any Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department which receives a grade of 90 points or greater will be awarded the Black E. 6-21

176 Section 4 COMBAT SYSTEMS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N6) 6400 GENERAL The ability of a ship to operate and fight effectively is paramount. Readiness of shipboard combat systems is a top priority in order to effectively utilize sophisticated Command, Control, Communications and Computer, Combat and Intelligence (C5I) systems. The following method of computation is designed to provide a valid and equitable procedure for determining the most deserving Combat Systems Department(s) to receive the competitive award for efficiency. Instructions for the conduct, evaluation and reporting of required Combat Systems Department exercises are contained in the general section, this section and Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (GREEN CS) Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E T&R Matrix required Sub-Events x AVG/100 1 Cyber Security 18 2 EKMS/KMI Readiness 7 3 Test Equipment 5 4 TOTAL 100 Note 1. Sub-Events. Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-Events T&R Matrix required events will be calculated IAW Para 3e of sub-section 6103 (award computation). The total departmental Training score will be divided by the expected departmental training score achievable, based on the portion of the FRTP which the ship executed during the competitive cycle. All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub- Events not completed. Note 2. Cyber Security. ISIC s will evaluate units Cyber Security based on below amplifying criteria. Note ALL criteria are current fleet requirements taken from either CSICP/INSURV checklists or active Computer Tasking Orders (CTOs), Fleet Advisory Messages (FAM) or ALCOMs. Eighteen point s maximum with ISIC determining compliance in the following areas: a. Compliance with CND Directives (E.G., CTO'S, INFOCON Requirements, and Maintenance of required logs) amplified below. Current guidance and directives can be found on the VRAM website on both NIPR and SIPR. (5 Points Total) (1) HBSS and Point Product deployed and configured IAW current and applicable USCYBERCOM directive. Compliant if properly deployed and configured to at least 95% of compatible assets (2 points). Partial compliance if deployed to at least 90% but less than 95% compatible assets. (Max points-3) 6-22

177 (2) Command has a SITE ATO or IATO with documented POA&M to achieve a full ATO under DIACAP/RMF prior to the expiration of the current IATO. (Max points-1) (3) CAC Logon enforced on NIPR/SIPR (ISNS COMPOSE/CANES) for 100% of users. (CTO PKI Phase II and TASKORD ) (Max points-1) *If unit is unable to comply due to POR limitations ISIC waiver is allowed to be annotated on submission. b. Enforcement of Traditional Security (3 Points Total) (1) Command conducts quarterly review of active privilege access users, ensuring each has a favorable suitability and eligibility (security clearance) IAW SECNAVINST B per 2013 CTO 25. (Max points-2) (2) Is a visitor control program in place and effective? Are proper access restrictions and controls in place for CS Department restricted/controlled spaces? Is a visitor log/register utilized? Visitor Log containing at a minimum: Date/time of arrival/departure; Printed name and signature of visitor; Purpose of visit; Signature of authorized individual admitting the visitor. (Max points-1) c. Ensure a Robust Vulnerability Remediation Program (e.g., use of VRAM and WSUS) in place that address all vulnerabilities (not just IAVM) that endanger the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of the information and information systems. (4 Points Total) (1) Vulnerability scans are conducted monthly and uploaded to VRAM for remediation efforts. Command mitigates site owed vulnerabilities utilizing the scan patch scan process. Scanning technology will be scored based on weighted average compared to the concern indicator threshold to determine the overall concern indicator. Vulnerability finding counts (CAT 1,2,3) and number of hosts will be utilized from VRAM. The average findings per host (hosts/#vulnerabilities) will be calculated using a weighted formula. A sampling of the following systems will be utilized: ISNS/CANES (SIPR & NIPR), CND-OSE (SIPR/NIPR), GCCS-M, NCTSS, Navy Cash, and NIAPS). Criteria: Critical (>=3.5 is 0 point), Moderate (>=2.5 is 3 point), Minor or Minimal concern. (Max points-4) d. Enforcement of Configuration Management with a chartered Configuration Control Board (CCB) (documented) that meets regularly, per and DODI (NIST SP Appendix F, Security Control CCRI Contributing Factors V1, rev 9, Page 28)(2 Points Total) (1) Command has a current hardware inventory; validated by asset count in VRAM, Active Directory and HBSS. (Max points-1) (2) Command maintains software and software license inventory ensuring only authorized applications are loaded on network (ISNS/CANES both SIPR and NIPR) in accordance with 6-23

178 those applications authorized in the SPAWAR approved Network Baseline and the Fleet FAM Baseline Allowance Control lists. (Max points-1) e. Cyber Security Culture (4 Points Total) (1) Is Command leadership kept informed of IA program via 8 O clock reports, dashboards, and/or briefs? (Daily, weekly or monthly reporting should include at a minimum; last VRAM uploaded with results, last successful back-up, date of disaster recovery exercise, HBSS Status, last CSWF update (unit level tracked), USB detect results, Anti-Virus status, ATO status). (CCRI Contributing Factors V1, rev 9, Page 6) (Max points-2) (2) Command utilizes Plan of the Day, All Hands Call and other avenues to advertise, educate and reinforce Cyber security. (Max points-1) (3) Command completes a self-assessment with documented POAM of their current Cyber posture within the current calendar year. (i.e completion of CSICP Stage I or INVSURV checklist). (Max points-1) CSWF section will not be graded CY 2017 due to new guidance being published and implemented. EKMS Readiness Note 3. ISIC s will evaluate units EKMS/KMI Readiness based on below amplifying criteria and review of EKMS Manager s records. (7 points total) a. Completion of EKMS/KMI Managers or Alternates semi-annual self-assessment IAW EKMS 1 (Series) and EKMS 3 (Series). (Max points-2) b. Completion of mandatory quarterly CO s spot check and monthly EKMS/KMI Manager or Alternate IAW EKMS 1 (Series). (Max points-3) 1 point deduction if unit unable to provide supporting documentation. (For example, signed and dated spot check form.) c. Completion of CMS COR Audit every 24 months in IAW EKMS 1 (Series) and EKMS 3 (Series). (Max points-1) d. Do all spaces controlled by CS Department that openly store classified material have proper checklist (i.e Open Storage Secret, Controlled Access Area, Restricted Access area checklist) verified with current space designation letter? (Max points-1) Test Equipment Note 4. a. The following criteria will apply for calculating the Test Equipment Readiness percentage by N43: 6-24

179 (1) Five points 90% or higher (2) Three points 85-89% (3) Zero points below 85% b. Readiness for the year is calculated as an average of MEASURE Format 310E (Electronics) inventory summary reports for each quarter. c. Five points are given if actual test equipment deficiencies do not exceed 10 percent of the ship s allowance in the Ships Portable Electrical/Electronic Test Equipment Requirements List (SPETERL). Two points are awarded when deficiencies are less than 15 percent and one point for less than 20 percent. (1) Actual deficiencies are determined from the SPETERL updated by the ship s MEASURE format 310 E inventory. Test equipment deficiencies from GPETE Initial Outfitting (GINO) scheduled for future purchase will not be counted. (2) Calculate deficiency percentages by dividing the number of actual deficient test equipment by the SPETERL total test equipment allowance figure DISQUALIFICATION The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification: a. Command failure of EKMS/KMI COR Audits as defined in EKMS 3 (Series) Chapter 2. b. Departmental failure of the 3M assessment. c. Command is the ORIGINATOR of two or more Electronic Spillages; reported ICW NTD (ALCOM 156/08) and ALNAV 001/16. d. Any computer network defense incident or policy violation evaluated by the ISIC to be serious in nature or resulting in Quarantine Review Board (QRB) and direction to remove the command from the DOD Information Network (DODIN) shall result in disqualification. e. Failure of ISIC to provide Cyber Security and EKMS/KMI input for award calculation will result in a deduction of 25 points QUALIFICATION. Any Combat Systems Department which receives a grade of 90 points or greater may be awarded the Combat Systems Department GREEN CS. GREEN CS submissions must be received by TYCOM on ISIC letterhead identifying award point breakdown and signed by N

180 TYCOM N6 will maintain metrics of VRAM. TYCOM N43 will maintain metrics for Test Equipment. 6-26

181 Section 5 DAMAGE CONTROL (TYCOM N72) 6500 GENERAL. The ability of a ship to control damage, either real or simulated, and to effect emergency repairs forms an excellent basis upon which to judge battle readiness for damage control. Instructions for the conduct, evaluation and reporting of required damage control training are contained in the general section, this section and Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (RED DC) Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E required Sub-Events x AVG/100 1 TOTAL 100 Note 1: Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-Events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub-Events not completed DISQUALIFICATION. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection will result in disqualification for the Red DC QUALIFICATION. Any ship which receives 90 points or greater will be awarded the Red "DC." 6-27

182 Section 6 DECK DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) 6600 GENERAL. The seamanship displayed by individual ships provides an outward manifestation of the ship's smartness, vigilance and overall readiness. Instructions for the conduct, evaluation and reporting of required events are contained in the general section, in this section, and in Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (WHITE CROSSED ANCHORS WITH BLACK D) Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E required Sub-Events x AVG/100 1 TOTAL 100 Note 1. Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-Events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub-Events not completed DISQUALIFICATION. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection will result in disqualification for the White Crossed Anchors with Black D QUALIFICATION. Any Deck Department which receives 90 points or greater will be awarded the White Crossed Anchors with Black D. 6-28

183 Section 7 ENGINEERING AND REACTOR DEPARTMENTS (TYCOM N9) 6700 GENERAL The ability of a ship to steam safely, efficiently and reliably, combined with its ability to control either real or simulated damage and to effect emergency repairs forms the basis upon which to judge the battle readiness of aircraft carrier engineering and reactor department(s). To quantitatively determine each carrier's level of readiness, instructions for the conduct, evaluation and reporting of required Engineering and Reactor Department inspections and trials are contained in the general section, in this section and in Appendix I of this manual AWARDS COMPUTATION (RED E) 1. The Red E Award computation is as follows: (0.5) x (ORSE Grade) + (0.25) x (NPMTT Grade) + (0.2) x (3MI Final Grade) + TYCOM Evaluation ORSE Grade Computation (See Note 1) Max Pts Calculation ORSE (DTD) x Z ORSE (CR) x Z ORSE (LOK) x Z ORSE (CRC) x Z ORSE (ADMIN) 5 5 x Z ORSE (MAT) 5 5 x Z ORSE (CPS) 5 5 x Z ORSE grade: 100 Note 1: When more than one ORSE is given during a competitive period, grades will be averaged. Where an ORSE has not been conducted in a cycle, the ship s last ORSE grade will be used in the calculation. 6-29

184 2. NPMTT Grade Computation (See Note 1) Max Pts Calculation NPMTT (DTD) x Z NPMTT (CR) x Z NPMTT (LOK) x Z NPMTT (CRC) x Z NPMTT (ADMIN) 5 5 x Z NPMTT (MAT) 5 5 x Z NPMTT (CPS) 5 5 x Z NPMTT grade: 100 Note 1: NPMTT-0, NPMTT-1, and NPMTT Admin visits will not be used in calculation of grades. NPMTT-2 and NPMTT-3 visits during the competitive period will be averaged using 40% weighting of NPMTT-2 and 60% weighting of NPMTT-3 to obtain the final grades. Grades from additional visits following NPMTT-2 may be included in the average as desired by the ship (i.e. grades from an NPMTT-2.5 visit). In those cases, NPMTT-2 and NPMTT -2.5 will be averaged together and weighted as stated above for NPMTT-2, the same will apply to NPMTT-3 and NPMTT-3.5 visits. Where a graded NPMTT visit has not been conducted in a cycle, the ship s last NPMTT grade prior to the cycle will be used in the calculation. 3. 3MI Grade The 3M Inspection Final Grade grades for Reactor Department and Engineering Department will be averaged equally. 4. TYCOM Evaluation a. TYCOM Evaluation points will be awarded based on all aspects of a ship s performance relative to Reactor and Engineering Departments. Among the areas that may be evaluated are INSURV MI performance and success of PIA/DPIA. A maximum of 5 percentage points (.05) will be awarded. 6-30

185 b. The NPEB adjective grades during ORSE/PORSE and NPMTT grades will be converted to a Z factor per the following: Excellent 1.00 Above Average 0.98 Average 0.90 Below Average 0.80 Significantly Below 0.5 Unsatisfactory DISQUALIFICATION. The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification for the Reactor/Engineering Department RED E : 1. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection 2. Failure of ORSE QUALIFICATION. Any Reactor/Engineering Department whose total score is 90 points or greater will be awarded the Red E. 6-31

186 Section 8 HEALTH SERVICES DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N01H) 6800 GENERAL. The following method of computation is designed to provide a valid and equitable procedure for determining the most deserving Health Services Departments to receive the competitive award for efficiency. Although Medical and Dental are separate CVN departments they share the same WQSB. Therefore, for the purposes of this instruction these departments shall be referred to as Health Services. Instructions for the conduct, evaluation and reporting of required Health Service Department inspections and exercises are contained in the general section, this section, and in Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (BLUE M) Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E required Sub-Events X AVG grade/100 1 Individual Medical Readiness Inspection (IMRI) X grade/100 2 Monthly IMR X Ave grade/100 3 Medical Readiness Inspection (MRI) x grade/100 4 Dental Readiness Inspection x grade/100 5 Monthly QA Reports 10 See Note Below 6 TOTAL 100 Note 1. Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-Events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub-Events not completed. Note 2. IMRI Inspection by TYCOM required annually, may be completed in conjunction with Medical Readiness Inspection. Note 3. IMR based on data reflected in IMR-lite on NMO or MRRS. Average grade is determined by the average of the ships company overall IMR score reported on the first day of each month. Note 4. Grade assigned by TYCOM. If an MRI is not performed during the calendar year, the most recent MRI grade may be used, subject to TYCOM approval. 6-32

187 Note 5. Grade assigned by TYCOM. If a DRI is not performed during the calendar year, the most recent DRI grade may be used, subject to TYCOM approval. Note 6. Monthly QA reports submitted on time with command endorsement. Grade will be calculated as 10 x # months report submitted on time/ DISQUALIFICATION. 1. The occurrence of any Class A personnel mishap (death or permanent disability) attributable to negligence on the part of the Health Services Department will result in disqualification from competition for the Blue M. 2. Health Services Department failure of the 3M Inspection QUALIFICATION. Any Health Services Department which receives 90 points or greater may be awarded the Blue "M". 6-33

188 Section 9 NAVIGATION DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) 6900 GENERAL. The navigational skill displayed by individual ships provides an outward manifestation of the ship's smartness, professionalism and overall readiness. The following method of computation is designed to provide a valid and equitable procedure to select the most deserving Navigation Department(s) for recognition AWARD COMPUTATION (WHITE SHIP'S WHEEL) Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E required Sub-Events x AVG/100 1 TOTAL 100 Note 1. Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-Events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub-Events not completed DISQUALIFICATION. The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification from competition for the White Ship's Wheel: 1. A major CMS violation by Navigation Department personnel or bridge watch standers that should have been prevented or five reports of a "Practice Dangerous to Security" by Navigation personnel or bridge watch standers. 2. Grounding or collision attributable to bridge watch standers or Navigation team. 3. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection QUALIFICATION. Any Navigation Department that receives 90 points or more will be awarded the White Ship's Wheel. 6-34

189 Section 10 OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N70) GENERAL. The critical role performed by the Operations Department in all facets of the ship's performance requires that evaluation be ongoing throughout the competitive cycle in order to properly reflect the department's actual performance in response to real world tasking. Instructions for the conduct, evaluation and reporting of required Operations Department assessments and exercises are contained in the General Section, in this chapter, and Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (GREEN E) Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E required Sub-Events x AVG/100 1 TOTAL 100 Note 1: Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-Events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub-Events not completed DISQUALIFICATION. The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification from competition for the Green "E": 1. A major CMS violation by Operations Department personnel that should have been prevented or five reports of a "Practice Dangerous to Security" by operations personnel. 2. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection 3. Failure to maintain 3M Program periodicity for the SLQ-32 EA portion of Shipboard Electronic Systems Evaluation Facility s (SESEF) ULM-4 range. 4. Unsatisfactory completion of the EW Assessment Exam (C2W-14-SF) facilitated by ATG during the competitive cycle, or the previous calendar year. The ship/csg is responsible for scheduling the EW Assessment Exam for all CTT personnel. A ship can take the exam a maximum of three times during the cycle to achieve the minimum score of 80%. All CTT personnel assigned to stand EW Watches at condition 3 or higher must take the exam. 6-35

190 5. Unsatisfactory completion of the Cryptologic LOK Exam facilitated by the ATG during the competitive cycle, or the previous calendar year. A ship can take the exam a maximum of three times during the cycle to achieve the minimum shipboard average of 80%. 6. Failure to maintain 3M program periodicity for the SLQ-32 Radio Frequency Isolation Self- Test (RFIST) throughout the competitive period QUALIFICATION. Any Operations Department receiving an overall score of 90 points or greater will be awarded the Green "E." 6-36

191 Section 11 SAFETY DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N45) GENERAL. 1. The ability for a ship to achieve operational excellence is rooted in its ability to operate effectively, efficiently and safely regardless of which phase of the OFRP the ship may be in. Thus, each departmental award has aspects of safety imbedded within its review. Therefore, it is also important to recognize those carriers that have an excellent safety program. 2. The ability of a ship s crew to identify, evaluate and control or eliminate hazards and mishaps, both on and off-duty, is a true indicator of the effectiveness of the Ship s Safety Program, and thus, the basis for judging this category of the Battle Efficiency competition. Safety training, mishap tracking and reporting, mishap prevention efforts, and level of compliance of Aviation and Afloat Safety, Operational Risk Management, Industrial Hygiene, Environmental and Occupational Health Programs are all within the realm of scoring for this category AWARD COMPUTATION (GREEN SAFETY S ) Max pts Calculation Notes ORM Assessments x assessment grade%/100 1 Safety Training % 20 2 x each program%/100 2 Mishap Prevention 10 # Cmd Stand-Downs x # Completed Surveys x 5 4 Special Safety Events 10 # Cmd events x 5 5 TYCOM Safety Evaluation x grade/100 6 TOTAL: 100 Note 1: A total of twenty (20) points can be earned for this criterion: a. Four (4) points per major competitive exercise or evolution evaluated (ex. CONREP, VERTREP, COMPTUEX, MISSILEX, etc.), up to sixteen (16) points maximum, within the ship s OFRP that are successfully completed w/out incident, based upon the grade received for an ORM Assessment of that evolution. ORM Evolutions Assessments will be accomplished by a trained ORM Assessment Team (i.e. SFTG, ATG) using standardized criteria and evaluation sheets approved by COMNAVSAFECEN. With an approved TYCOM waiver, ORM assessment scores may be carried over to the next years competitive cycle if the CVN does not have a reasonable opportunity to complete new ORM assessments. 6-37

192 b. Up to four (4) additional points may be earned for an Administrative ORM Assessment performed by TYCOM during the NAVOSH Program Evaluation. c. Special Note: Any incident (i.e. groundings, collision, fires, etc.) that is categorized as an Operational Class A mishap shall automatically result in a score of zero (0) points for this category. Any incident that results in an Operational Class B mishap or a Class A Motor Vehicle (PMV/GMV) or Off-Duty/Recreational mishap to one or more of the ship s crew will result in the deduction of five (5) points per each occurrence from their total score in this category. The CO may request waiver of operational Class A automatic disqualification for Green Safety S if the mishap investigation finds the ship was in full compliance with applicable operational procedures and appropriate Training and Safety ORM directives. Note 2: NAVOSH Training includes all locally or higher mandated training programs involving Safety, HM/HW and OSH as applicable to each ship, i.e. Hearing Conservation (annual requirement) per OPNAVINST series. a. When evaluated by TYCOM, the Safety Department should be able to articulate completion percentages for all required Safety/OSH training. Grades for each program evaluated will be directly dependent upon documented training completion percentages of crew for that specific program. 20 points maximum, regardless of the number of programs evaluated. b. Any single required NAVOSH Training program not evaluated as effective by an outside activity i.e. COMNAVSAFECEN, INSURV or TYCOM will automatically result in a maximum score of 15 points for the entire NAVOSH Training evaluation, regardless of the number of programs evaluated. Note 3: Five (5) points, up to a maximum of ten (10) points, shall be awarded for each documented Command-wide Safety Stand Down. Safety Stand Downs are hereby defined as a minimum of four hours on the ship s schedule of events set aside by Letter of Instruction or other similar documentation that are intended solely to support NAVOSH-specific events, training, and or presentations. Command operational stand downs such as Fast Cruise or Pre- Deployment Briefings are not an accountable event for this criterion. If the ship completes more than two (2) Safety Stand Downs in one award cycle, the additional Stand Downs may be applied to satisfy the Special Activities criterion (see Note 5). Note 4: A total of ten (10) points can be earned for this criterion by completion of the required Industrial Hygiene and NAVSAFECEN Shipboard Safety Survey within specified time frames per OPNAVINST (series) and CNAFINST (series). 6-38

193 a. Five (5) points will be awarded for a complete shipboard Industrial Hygiene Survey within the last 2 years. Surveys determined incomplete shall not be given full credit and points awarded will be based on the percent of IH survey completed. The latest BUMED guidance on Industrial Hygiene Surveys will serve as the basis for survey completion status. The amount of points awarded will be re-evaluated annually to account for improvement in survey completion percentage. b. Five (5) points will be awarded when a formal Naval Safety Center Shipboard Safety Survey has been completed and documented for the ship during the past three years. These award points will carry over as appropriate as long as surveys are within periodicity. Note 5: Five points, up to 10 points maximum, shall be award for each Special Safety Event (ex. DUI Prevention Fair ) sponsored or held by the Ship s Safety Department. However, the ship must document the completion of the event by sending a Naval Message to TYCOM (N45) with a description the type of activity completed, outcomes and impact of the Special Activities completed to fully achieve all five points. Command Safety Stand Downs may be used to earn points in place of the Special Events criterion. However, only a maximum of four (4) points per event will be awarded for each Command Safety Stand Down that the ship uses in lieu of each special event to fulfill this criterion. Note 6: The latest Board of Inspections and Surveillance (INSURV) Program inspection criteria will be used as basis for TYCOM evaluation of Safety Programs. This inspection checklist has been slightly modified to provide weighted scores for each category/program evaluated DISQUALIFICATION. 1. The occurrence of one or more Operational Class A mishaps as defined in OPNAVINST 5102 series; or, occurrence of three or more Operational Class B or Class A Motor Vehicle (PMV/GMV) or Off-Duty/Recreational mishaps (i.e. three separate occasions) is automatic grounds for disqualification from competition for the Green Safety S. The CO may request waiver of operational Class A automatic disqualification for Green Safety S if the mishap investigation finds the ship was in full compliance with applicable operational procedures and appropriate Training and Safety ORM directives. Note: Operational Mishaps do not include aviation flight mishaps, but do include aviation airground and flight-related mishaps that involve ship s crew or any shipboard systems or equipment that support the Air Wing. 6-39

194 2. The failure (overall grade, or grade for Safety, below passing) of any CSG, TYCOM, OPNAV or other major command-wide inspection (i.e. INSURV, ORSE, 3M) within past cycle will result in automatic disqualification from competition for the Green Safety S. 3. Any violation of MARPOL, EPA or other state or local regulations that results in civil suit or punishment of ship s crew for Environmental or Hazardous Materials/Waste Compliance QUALIFICATION Any Safety Department which receives 90 points or greater will be awarded the Green Safety S. 6-40

195 Section 12 SECURITY DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N3D) GENERAL. The ability of a ship to detect, deter and defend against terrorist attacks is the basis upon which to judge battle readiness for Antiterrorism (AT). AT efficiency, evaluation and reporting of required AT training and exercises are contained in the general section, this section, and Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (BLACK S ) Max Pts Calculation Notes Battle E required Sub-Events x AVG/100 1 Total 100 Note 1: Designated departmental Battle E required Sub-Events will be calculated using the most recent P score reported by an authorized external assessment agency, e.g. ATG or CSG (if authorized by the TYCOM). All events will be weighted equally. A score of zero will be assigned to Performance Sub-Events not completed. A score of zero will be assigned to competitive exercises not completed DISQUALIFICATION. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection QUALIFICATION. Any Security Department receiving an overall score of 90 points or greater will be awarded the Black S. 6-41

196 Section 13 SUPPLY DEPARTMENT GENERAL. The Supply Department is evaluated on its effectiveness and efficiency in performing its primary mission of providing supply support to the ship and embarked Air Wing, and quality of life services for all on board personnel. To provide for a valid and equitable selection of the most effective Supply Department(s), several factors are taken into consideration, including performance on inspections, awards received and daily performance of key functions AWARD COMPUTATION (BLUE E ) Max Pts Notes Supply Management Inspection (SMI) 40 1 IMA Support 10 2 EOM Readiness Goals 25 3 Training 10 4 Service Awards 5 5 EOM Service Goals 10 6 TOTAL 100 Note 1: Computation of 40 points for SMI follows: Step 1: A numerical grade within the following range of values is assigned to each functional area evaluated during the SMI: Outstanding Excellent Good Marginal 0 Failure Step 2. A weighted average of numerical grades is calculated using the following weights: Readiness Stock Control (S1) 6 Financials (S1F) 5 Customer Service (S1A) 5 Postal (SIAP) 3 Aviation Support (S6)

197 Material (S8) 12 HAZMAT (S8A) 7 Quality Assurance (S10) 3 Readiness Total 60 Services Food Service (S2/S2M) 19 Sales (S3) 10 Disbursing (S4) 3 Hotel Svcs/CPO Mess (S5/S11) 5 MWR (S7) 3 Services Total 40 Total 100 Step 3. Multiply the weighted average by.40 (40%) to establish the total points of 40 available for the departmental award. Note 2: (IMA Support) Percentage of points received under IMA Support category will be applied, up to a total of 10 points available for the departmental award. Note 3: (EOM Readiness Goals) Average percentage of the 26 goals achieved or waived per month throughout the calendar year multiplied by 25 points available for the departmental award. Note 4: (Training) The Supply Department Training program will be assessed during the SMI and provided a numerical grade based on the criteria in CNAFINST (series). This numerical grade will be applied to the total points of 10 available for the departmental award. Note 5: (Service Awards) For each of the possible Supply Awards (Captain Edward Francis Ney TYCOM Nominee, Carl Scheuefele Award, Dorie Miller Award, Ships Store Best of Class, Disbursing Excellence Award, Postal Excellence Award) a ship receives or is runner-up, points are awarded as follows: 2 points for first place; 1 point for second place; 0 points for third place and below. The ship with the highest raw score will receive 5 points, second highest 3 points, and third highest 2 points of the total available for the departmental award. 6-43

198 Note 6: (EOM Service Goals). Average performance of the 11 goals achieved or waived per month throughout the calendar year multiplied by 10 points available for the departmental award DISQUALIFICATION. The occurrence of any of the following will result in disqualification for the Supply Department Blue E : 1. Departmental failure of the 3M Inspection. 2. Failure of the disbursing portion of the Fleet Examination Group (FEG) surprise on-site audit. 3. Accountability issue as determined by the Force Supply Officer QUALIFICATION. Any Supply Department receiving an overall score of 90 points or greater will be awarded the Blue "E" award. 6-44

199 Section 14 WEAPONS DEPARTMENT (TYCOM N4) GENERAL. The ability of a ship to safely handle, store and assemble weapons is essential to combat readiness of the ship and its embarked Air Wing. Instructions for conduct, evaluation and reporting of required Weapons Department exercises are contained in the general section, in this section, and in Appendix I of this manual AWARD COMPUTATION (BLACK W) Max Pts Notes Inspections/Reviews Weapons elements of the (SESI) Weapons Operational Readiness Assessment (WORA) Magazine Sprinkler System Review (MSSV) TYCOM Assessment Torpedo Readiness Assessment (TRA) Mine Readiness Assessment (MRA) Aviation Maintenance Inspection (AMI)/ Armament Weapons Support Equipment (AWSE) TOTAL Note 1: A maximum of 30 points will be awarded. a. MAJOR DISCREPANCIES 3 points will be deducted for any major discrepancy. b. MINOR DISCREPANCIES 0-15 discrepancies = 0 points deducted discrepancies =.5 point deducted per discrepancy 31 or more discrepancies = 1 point deducted per discrepancy 6-45

200 c. All findings discovered during SESI will become a part of the SESI report; however, any discrepancies that are corrected immediately will not count towards the overall points assigned. Design Deficiencies will not be assigned a point deduction. Multiple discrepancies of the same nature in multiple locations will only count as one discrepancy. 1 point will be deducted per safety discrepancy/violation. Note 2: A maximum of 25 points will be awarded. A grade of Fully Combat Ready = 25 points..6 point will be deducted for any discrepancy discovered during the WORA. Weapons Elevator Operation will be awarded 10 points maximum. 1 point will be deducted for any discrepancy during the weapons elevator operation assessment. 1 point will be deducted per safety discrepancy/violation. a. Ordnance Control center Management (maximum of 3 points) b. Weapons Strike Up and Flow (maximum of 4.2 points) c. Air Wing Flight Deck Support (maximum of 3 points) d. Air Plan/Load Plan Response (maximum of 2.4 points) e. Weapons Elevator Operation (maximum of 10 points) f. Weapons Stow Plan (maximum of 2.4 points) Note 3: A maximum of 18 points will be awarded. a. SAFETY DISCREPANCIES: 1 point will be deducted for each magazine sprinkler system not recommended for continued certification. b. MAJOR/MINOR DISCREPANCIES: 0-10 discrepancies = 0 points deducted discrepancies =.25 point deducted per discrepancy 21 or more discrepancies =.5 point deducted per discrepancy c. All findings discovered during MSSV will become part of the MSSV report, however, discrepancies that are corrected immediately will not count towards the overall points assigned. Design Deficiencies will not be assigned a point deduction. Note 4: A maximum of 12 points will be awarded. In assigning points, the following factors will be utilized: 6-46

201 a. Commands will be responsible to requisition weapons load-outs to be fully equipped with the weapons, weapons-associated hardware and armament equipment required to carry out their assigned mission. SDR s will be submitted as required. (maximum of 2 points) b. Commands will ensure they are maintaining open lines of communications with the TYCOM as well as timely submission of the Weekly Status Reports. Weapons Departments will ensure the safest procedures are being met at all times between the ship, Air Wing and embarked units. (maximum of 4 points) c. Commands will ensure that all live ammunition is off-loaded prior to a carrier maintenance availability periods. Only security ammo and/or inert is authorized without a waiver or TYCOM approval. (maximum of 2 points) d. Commands will ensure at least 80 percent of its personnel are designated in each NEC/mission area as reflected in Fleet Training Management Planning System (FLTMPS). (maximum of 2 points) e. Commands will ensure that all waivers and/or initial requests are submitted expeditiously to TYCOM. (maximum of 2 points) Note 5: A maximum of 6 points will be awarded for the successful completion of the Torpedo Readiness Assessment. Points annotated below will be converted utilizing the TRA grade sheet and a maximum of 6 points will be awarded. 1 point will be deducted per safety discrepancy/violation. Areas assessed: a. Administration (maximum of.9 points) b. Publications/Records (maximum of.9 points) c. Supply (maximum of.3 points) d. Magazine/Maintenance Facilities (maximum of 3.6 points) e. Accident/Firefighting Response (maximum of.3 points) Note 6: A maximum of 6 points will be awarded for the successful completion of the Mine Readiness Assessment. 1 point will be deducted per safety discrepancy/violation. a. Administration (maximum of 1 point) b. Training. (maximum of.5 points) c. Quickstrike Component Preparation/Configuration (maximum of 1.5 points) d. MK-57/ MK-595/ MK-503 Programming and Testing (maximum of 1 point) 6-47

202 e. Quickstrike Assembly (maximum of 2 points) Note 7: ON-TRACK grade earns a maximum of 3 points and an OFF-TRACK grade earns 0 points DISQUALIFICATION. Failure of the departmental 3M Inspection will result in an automatic disqualification for the Black W QUALIFICATION. Any Weapons Department receiving an overall score of 90 points or greater will be awarded the Black W. 6-48

203 Section 15 CARRIER MAINTENANCE EFFICIENCY AWARD (PURPLE E) (TYCOM N43) GENERAL 1. The Carrier Maintenance Efficiency Award (Purple E ) recognizes the importance of continuous effective maintenance in support of long term combat readiness. It recognizes the efficient use of material and personnel resources as a foundation for sustained training and deployed operations. Failure to maintain established Purple E criteria during a competitive cycle will impact a ship s overall score for the Battle Efficiency Award. 2. Purple E measures shipboard maintenance processes for both availability and nonavailability years. Conditional metrics collected during availabilities apply to CNO Planned Incremental Availabilities (PIA), Docking Planned Incremental Availabilities (DPIA), and Selected Restricted Availabilities (SRA). They do not apply during Refueling and Complex Overhaul (RCOH) and Carrier Incremental Availabilities (CIA). A command s award calculation comes from maintenance related assessments as well as documented material condition of the ship and Ship s Force productivity during availabilities. 3. The Commander, U.S. Naval Air Forces Atlantic and Pacific Maintenance Logistics Departments (N432) will be responsible for collecting the below data no later than 15 January following a competitive calendar year. Questions regarding applicability or qualification for the Purple E should be directed to CNAP/CNAL N ANNUAL PURPLE E AWARD COMPUTATION EVENT Maximum Points Notes Current Ship s Maint Project (CSMP) M Assessment or Inspection 20 2 Maintenance Support Center Assessment (MSC) 10 3 Carrier Team One s Ship s Force Productivity Index 5 4 Material Condition Assessment Program 10 5 Ship s Zone Inspection Program 10 6 Ship s Engineering Trouble Call and Self Repair Program 10 7 CASREP Quality 15 8 Total 100 Note 1: Current Ship s Maintenance Project (CSMP). A thorough and accurate CSMP is necessary to understand and improve the material condition of a ship. This objective is achieved by utilizing CSMP Validity Factor (CVF) Work Candidate Evaluation sheets used to grade the ship s CSMP. This form may be found in COMNAVAIRFORINST (series) 3M Manual. 6-49

204 The ship s CSMP will be reviewed twice yearly using the most current ship s CSMP Shore File. If a 3M Inspection or Assist occurs during the yearly cycle, the CSMP grade from the Inspection will apply towards one of the two reviews. The average from the two reviews will be used to determine each ship s CSMP Purple E score. The final grade is obtained by reviewing 10 percent, minimum of 2, maximum of 15 Work Candidates (including all work notifications assigned to active CASREPs) of each work centers CSMP (ship created Work Candidates only) and averaging the total Work Candidate scores. All Work Candidates assigned to CASREPs will be reviewed. All Work Candidates will have appropriately assigned codes IAW OPNAVINST Series. The CVF form assigns a value to each of the following Work Candidate categories. a. Problem Description must include: (1) WHICH specific equipment (should match the configuration item) (2) WHAT is wrong with symptoms or conditions referenced to PMS, a standard drawing or specification (3) WHY it needs repair. (4) Equipment Operational Status now (5) Description of any personnel or equipment safety issues b. Recommended Solution must include: (1) WHAT (TROUBLESHOOT, ALIGN, REPAIR etc) needs to be done and HOW MUCH (linear feet, square feet, quantity) (2) WHERE should the work be done (S/F, IMA, SY) (3) WHEN should the work be done (4) WHO s support is required (Rigging, Electrical, Interference removal, Etc.) c. CSMP Summary: The Work Candidate Summary is a condensed description of the problem. It will not contain the recommended solution or compartment location. d. Configuration Item (RIN). 6-50

205 (1) Must match the equipment described in the Problem Description and be lowest level identifiable configuration item. (2) Must be written with correct Configuration item, i.e. equipment must use its own configuration as defined by its functional description, APL, location, PRID, etc. d. Status Code (1) Must match the equipment operational condition stated in the Problem Description. e. Safety Code (1) When used, the Safety Code must accurately reflect the situation described in the problem description. If the Problem description describes a safety condition and a Safety code is not used, points will be deducted. f. Contacts (1) Work Candidate will correctly display valid and current 1st and 2nd contacts. The first contact will contain the name of the senior person engaged in the maintenance action. The second contact will contain the name of the supervisor of the first contact/maintenance person. g. Deadline Date (1) TA 2 & TA 3 work candidates require a deadline date. TA 1 and TA 4 deadline dates are optional but will be validated if used. h Priority Code (1) A value of 1 or 2 must be justified in the Problem Description or by an associated CASREP of the appropriate Category. i. Ship s Force Work List (SFWL) deficiencies will be documented per CNAF 3M Instruction (CNAFINST Series). Program logs not per CNAFINST will apply towards the total number of Work Candidates evaluated. j. All ship s force originated work candidates created after implementation of Standardized Work Centers which use a non JFMM standard work center will receive 0 points. Deduction to be incorporated into ships overall JCN count and score. 6-51

206 k. The minimum CSMP grade required for Purple E eligibility is 85%. Note 2: The 3M Quarterly Report Message contains data that provides information on PMS accomplishment, performance and monitoring. This remains the only verifiable maintenance picture onboard and provides valid data triggers that will assist the ships Executive Officer and 3MO in determining trending and topics of training for 3MTT and TYCOM visits. Note 9 below provides the formatting to be followed for the quarterly report. Ships will no longer be penalized Purple E points for providing an honest quarterly maintenance report. A ship will receive point values toward Purple E based on the criteria below during 3M Assessments (3MA) and 3M Inspections (3MI). During a 3MA, the ship will receive all 20 points for the calendar year towards Purple E if the following are met: a. Spot Check Accomplishment Rating (SCAR) shall be less than 15 points above TYCOM SCAR. b. Less than 5% omitted maintenance checks discovered by TYCOM while conducting an administrative review and adjusting Recorded Accomplishment Rating (RAR). c. Ship shall have a minimum SCAR of 75% as assessed by TYCOM. During a 3MI, if a ship passes a 3MI they will accrue all 20 points toward the Purple E for the calendar year and will carry 20 points until they reach the next 3MA periodicity (24 months +/- 90 days). a. Greater than 85% overall based on the criteria below (50% PMS and 50% MDS). b. Greater than 85% overall RAR (a combination of PAR and SAR from SKED 3.2). c. Greater than 85% overall DCPO SCAR (100 DCPO spot-checks will be performed). d. Greater than 85% overall SCAR (250 spot-checks will be performed, 100 DCPO and 150 professional spot-checks). e. Greater than 85% MDS grade overall to include the following: (1) CSMP validity (2) Practical exams given in self-repair and OMMS-NG (3) ZIDL routing from zone inspections to TSIMS and CSMP 6-52

207 (4) Up-line processing of OMMS-NG and POMMS f. If two or more major departments fail overall (Combat, Air, Reactor and Engineering) the entire ship fails. g. If a ship fails a 3MI they will receive zero points toward the Purple E for the calendar year and will carry zero points until they reach the next 3MA periodicity (24 months +/- 90 days). h. The message should be sent no later than 10 calendar days after end of each quarter. i. TYCOM will spot check 3M quarterly report during every 3M Visit and as a result, shall adjust ship s 3M Quarterly Report Points as applicable per the following guidelines: (1) CNAL/CNAP 3M Inspection will adjust the ship s RAR, SCAR and PPR IAW the 3M inspection grade, which may change 3M quarterly report points awarded to the ship for that quarter. (2) CNAL/CNAP 3M Assessments will adjust the ship s SCAR IAW the 3M Teams SCAR which may change the 3M quarterly report points awarded to the ship for that quarter. (3) CNAL/CNAP 3M Inspection grades will adjust ship s 3M quarterly report points by the following metrics: (A) RAR scores equal to or above 85.00% will award 1 point for that quarter. RAR scores less than 85.00% will award 0 points for that quarter. Note 3: Maintenance Support Center (MSC). a. The Purple E score will be determined by three key areas of the COMNAVAIRFOR MSC Assessment conducted annually IAW COMNAVAIRFORINST (series). Each area is weighted for a total combined score of 100 percent: Technical Documentation Library Management. This score will be based on the COMNAVAIRFOR MSC Assessment Guide (MSC Procedures Manual and Handbook, TL130-A1-HBK-010, TAB Assessment ) Part II, Sections C1, C2, and C3. The total points for this section will equate to 45% of the total MSC Purple E score. b. Equipment Configuration Management. This score will be based on the COMNAVAIRFOR MSC Assessment Guide (MSC Procedures Manual and Handbook, TL130- A1-HBK-010, TAB Assessment ) Part II, Section B2. The total points for this section will equate to 45% of the total MSC Purple E score. 6-53

208 c. Problem Worksheet Management. This score will be based on the COMNAVAIRFOR MSC Assessment Guide (MSC Procedures Manual and Handbook, TL130-A1-HBK-010, TAB Assessment ) Part II, Section B1. The total points for this section will equate to 10% of the total MSC Purple E score. Note 4: Carrier Team One s Ship s Force Productivity Index. a. Carrier Team One s Ship s Force Resources Productivity Index monitors ship s man hours and work accomplishment during PIA, DPIA and SRA Availabilities. The two contributing metrics are designed to promote early identification of SF work and to ensure that an availability s production remains on schedule. Complete Carrier Team 1 metrics definitions and graphics can be viewed through a metrics account obtained from the Carrier Team One Portal ( The two SFR contributors for SF Productivity are: b. Ship s Force Man Hours executed measures overall ship s force production work from A+1 to C+0. It compares actual man days expended with an expected monthly progress level. c. Ship s Force Man Hours accomplished captures the component unit (CU) phase production work completed (from AIM and ARTEMIS) and compares it to an expected ship s force production level from A+1 to C+0. It is used to help reduce the detrimental effects of excessive work being delayed until the end of the production period. d. Due to their impact on availability production support and crew training, both ship s force work metrics have yellow and red zones above 100%. The point scale for these metrics are: (1) Green ( percent) 5 points (2) Yellow ( , percent) 2 points (3) Red (<64.9 and > percent) 0 points e. The annual SF resources contributions to an availability year will be the sum of the averages of these two metrics divided by 2. This will provide an SFR overall score of 0 to 5 points. If availability is conducted during two calendar years, the In Availability Purple E contributions will apply to the year that contains over 50 percent of the productions work days. Note 5: Material Condition Assessment Program (MCAP). a. MCAP program tracks propulsion plant deficiencies throughout a CVN s life cycle, and systematically identifies non-operational material deficiencies that routinely impede successful exit testing. Carrier Team 1 s metrics will only apply to propulsion plant space deficiencies. All Reactor Department personnel have been directed to complete the MCAP CBT. MCAP S 6-54

209 Computer-Based Training (CBT) accomplishment: measures a reactor department s completion of the MCAP training for Basic Nuclear Engineering Qualifications (BNEQ) and Basic Reactor Department Qualifications (BRQD). This metric calculates the monthly percentages of required personnel who successfully complete the exam. The MCAP CBT metric point scoring: (1) Green ( percent completion) 5 points (2) Yellow ( percent completion) 2 points (3) Red (<79.9 percent completion) 0 points b. Delinquent MCAP deficiencies measure the number of deficiencies that are older than 30 days that have not been entered into the Current Ships Maintenance Project (CSMP). This metric directly affects an availability work package s support of the delivery of an integrated work schedule at A-2. Delinquent MCAP deficiency point scoring: (1) Green (<26 average deficiencies) 5 points (2) Yellow (26-50 average deficiencies) 2 points (3) Red (>50 average deficiencies) 0 points c. Outside Inspection Churn - this metric looks at the increase (%) in MCAP deficiencies based on additional MCAP deficiencies from MTT, ORSE, or CNAL / CNAP N9 Checks. (1) Less than or equal to 10% = 5 points (2) 11% to 20% = 2 points (3) Greater than or equal to 21% = 0 points d. Deficiency Correction Focus - this metric looks at the average age of closed MCAP deficiencies during a month. This metric is designed to ensure timely completion of MCAP deficiencies. (1) Less than or equal to 50 days (average age of deficiencies closed that month) = 5 points (2) 51 to 60 days (average age of deficiencies closed that month) = 2 points (3) Greater than or equal to 61 days (average age of deficiencies closed that month) = 0 points e. MCAP s Purple E contributions will be the sum of the four metrics average divided by 2. This will provide an MCAP overall score of 0 to 10 points. f. IAW Nuc. Note E, MCAP delinquent deficiencies greater than 30 days old will not count against Purple E from A-2 to C+0 of CVN Availabilities longer than 60 days. Purple 6-55

210 E input for delinquent deficiencies greater than 30 days input will be averaged over reportable months in that year outside the CVN CNO Availability from A-2 to C+0 period. Note 6: Ship s Zone Inspection Program a. Zone Inspections assessments will be used to determine the performance levels of the ship s Zone Inspection Program to improve the material condition and to identify, document, and repair deficiencies. This objective is achieved by utilization of the COMNAVAIRFOR (series) Zone Inspection Program Check Sheets that grades the ship s programs in 25 areas. The Ship s Zone Inspection Program will be reviewed twice yearly by the 3M Officer and electronically reported to the respective CNAF N43 MDS Analyst by 10 January and 10 July. Both the Zone Inspection Program Check Sheet and the TYCOM TSIMS ZIDL program export report must be sent. If a CNAF 3M Assist or Inspection occurs during the yearly calendar cycle, the Zone Inspection Program grade from the CNAF 3M Team will apply towards one of the two reviews. The average from the two reviews will determine each ship s Zone Inspection Program Purple E score. b. A maximum of 10 points can be awarded. Example: An average score of 93 would result in an award of 9.3 points. c. The CNAF 3M Team will spot check the Ship s Zone Inspection Report during the 3M Visit. If a delta of 3 points is observed from what the ship reported, the CNAF 3M Team will adjust the Ship s Zone Inspection Report points awarded for that reporting period accordingly. Note 7: Ship s Engineering Trouble Call and Self Repair Program. a. Ship s Self Repair Efficiency (SRE) assessments will be used to determine the performance level of the ship s continuous maintenance screening program and proper reporting of man hours. This objective is achieved by utilization of the COMNAVAIRFOR (series) SRE Check Sheet that grades the ship in three areas: Trouble Call Program (TCP), Ship s Self Repair Periods (SSRP) and Practicals (PRAT) in order to derive the total SRE. The ship s SRE will be reviewed twice yearly by the 3M Officer/Repair Officer and electronically reported to the respective CNAF N43 MDS Analyst by 10 January and 10 July. Both the SRE Check Sheet and the TYCOM TSIMS/MODES Engineering Trouble Call Program export report must be sent. If a CNAF 3M Assist or Inspection occurs during the calendar cycle, the SRE grades from the CNAF 3M Team will apply towards one of the two reviews. The average from the two reviews will determine each ship s SRE Purple E score. Each is weighted for a total combined score of 100 percent. 6-56

211 b. CNAF 3M Team will spot check the Ship s Engineering Trouble Call and Self Repair Availability Programs Report during any 3M Visit. If a delta of 20 percent is observed from what the ship reported, the CNAF 3M Team will adjust the points awarded for the Ship s Engineering Trouble Call and Self Repair Availability for that reporting period accordingly. c. Purple E point awards (10 points total). Refer to SRE Check Sheet: (1) Trouble Call Process (TCP) 40%: (a).8 points for each of the five graded categories. (2) Ship Self Repair Periods (SSRP) 40%: (a) 1.0 points for each of the first two graded categories (b).5 points for each of the remaining four graded categories (3) Practicals 20% (a).2 points for each of the 10 graded categories. Practicals are not required to be conducted during ships self assessment but are highly recommended. Ship is awarded 2.0 points by default regardless of score provided by the ship. Note 8: Casualty Report (CASREP) Quality. a. CASREP quality metrics will be assessed by measuring the timeliness of the CASREP Update messages and the accuracy of reporting between the CASREP and the work candidate referenced in the CASREP message. Data will be extracted from MFOM CASREP, RMAIS and OARS. A ship must submit 10 or more Initial CASREPs during the calendar year to be eligible for CASREP Quality points. (1) Percentage of CASREP Update, Correction or Cancel messages correctly transmitted before Estimated Time of repair (ETR) of previous Initial or Update message. A Maximum of 7.5 points can be awarded. Example: An average score of 83% would result in a score of 6.2 points. b. Percentage of Initial CASREP messages whose Work Candidate Equipment Status information referenced by CASREP Job Control Number (JCN) in the message PARTSID data set is 2 (non-operational) or 3 (reduced capability). A Maximum of 7.5 points can be awarded. Example: An average score of 92% would result in a score of 6.9 points. c. Logistics Accuracy: Deduct two-tenths (.2) point from the total CASREP Quality score (ETR+ESC) for each Initial CASREP message having an incorrect or missing APL. Examples: (1) APL Field contains XSYSTEMITEM when a valid APL is available. (2) APL is not that of an equipment or component of the CASREP system. (3) APL field contains a leading dash ( - ) or only a dash. 6-57

212 Note 9: 3M Quarterly Message Report Format This message shall be sent no later than 10 calendar days after the end of each quarter. submissions will not be accepted: FM USS CVN TO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA//N43// COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA//N43// INFO SHIP S ISIC/CSG COMMANDER SUBJ: CVN XX 3M QUARTERLY REPORT REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFOR/30JUN2013// REF/B/DOC/COMNAVAIRFOR/14MAY2012// NARR/REF A IS COMNAVAIRFOR SERIES, CVN TRAMAN. REF B IS COMNAVAIRFORINST SERIES, TYCOM 3M MANUAL.// POC/THREE_M_OH/LT/USS EVERY CVN/-/TEL:(619) /TEL:DSN / THREEMOH.3MO@CVN.NAVY.MIL// RMKS/1. REF B DIRECTS CARRIER TO PROVIDE 3M PAR, SAR, AAR, SHIPS SCAR, AND SHIPS 3MTT SCAR DATA, COLLECTED FROM THE PREVIOUSLY CLOSED OUT QUARTERLY PMS REPORT. 2. DEPARTMENT PAR PAR PAR % AAR% ASSIGNED ACCOMPLISHED WITH ALERTS AIR ADMINISTRATION AIMD COMBAT SYSTEMS DECK DENTAL ENGINEERING GRAPHICS MEDIA LEGAL MEDICAL NAVIGATION OPERATIONS REACTOR RELIGIOUS MINISTRY SAFETY SUPPLY TRAINING WEAPONS SHIP S TOTAL 6-58

213 DEPARTMENT SAR SAR SAR% SCAR% ASSIGNED ACCOMPLISHED WITH N/As AIR ADMINISTRATION AIMD COMBAT SYSTEMS DECK DENTAL ENGINEERING GRAPHICS MEDIA LEGAL MEDICAL NAVIGATION OPERATIONS REACTOR RELIGIOUS MINISTRY SAFETY SUPPLY TRAINING WEAPONS SHIP S TOTAL 3. SHIPS PAR WITH ALERTS: XX.XX% DETAIL OF PMS (PAR) ALERTS SUMMARY TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS: TEST EQUIP/CRL OUT OF CAL: OPERATIONAL COMMITMENT (EXPLAIN): MAINT DISCREP/TFBR: CASREP: 4. SHIPS SAR WITH N/As: XX.XX% DETAILS OF PMS (SAR) LOST SUMMARY TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS: TEST EQUIP/CRL OUT OF CAL: OPERATIONAL COMMITMENT (EXPLAIN): MAINT DISCREP/TFBR: CASREP: 6-59

214 5. SHIPS SCAR: XX.XX% A. # PERFORMED B. # SAT C. # UNSAT 6. SHIPS FORCE SUMMARY OF UNSAT SPOT CHECKS A. ADMIN: B. HAZMAT: C. SAFETY: D. PPE: E. MAINT PERSON K/P: F. TAGOUT: 7. 3MTT SCAR: XX.XX% A. #PERFORMED B. #SAT C. #UNSAT 8. 3MTT SUMMARY OF UNSAT SPOT CHECKS A. ADMIN: B. HAZMAT: C. SAFETY: D. PPE: E. MAINT PERSON K/P: F. TAGOUT: 9. SHIPS AAR: XX.XX% 10. 3M TRAINING SUBJECTS, FOCUSED 3MTT, AND 3MA TRAINING COMPLETED DURING QUARTER M ORGANIZATION SUMMARY OF TREND ANALYSIS FOR QUARTER 12. PMS IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR NEXT QUARTER 13. OPEN TEXT / ISSUES/ SUMMARY 6-60

215 61502 DISQUALIFICATION. Ship-wide failure of the 3M Inspection will preclude a ship from consideration for the Purple E QUALIFICATION. 1. Since the Purple E is an award for recognizing efficiency and efficient use of resources, all CNAP/CNAL ships are eligible for the Purple E 365 days of the year in operational and/or maintenance status. 2. A carrier in Refueling and Complex Overhaul (RCOH) or long term PIA can fall outside the minimum 180 days of operational status, and will generally not qualify for the Battle E or other departmental awards. The Purple E specifically addresses assessing PIA/SRA project management and participation. Summary conditions applicable to Purple E eligibility are: a.. A ship in RCOH, due to its long term lay-up status, generally will not be eligible due to RCOH unique management and scheduling requirements. b. A ship in RCOH may be eligible in the last year of the RCOH where more focus and participation by the ship is expected to exit RCOH into PSA/SRA. Eligibility will be jointly decided by CNAL/CNAP N The ship s 3M Inspection will play a key role in earning the Purple E due to the adjustment of the 3M quarterly report. 4. Due to timing and frequency of various assessments and inspections, not every ship will be able to receive all scores within the competitive calendar year. In those instances, scores from the previous cycle completion will be carried over to facilitate calculations for 12 months. 5. Total available points (100 maximum) for a specific ship will depend on how long the ship is in a CNO availability for the calendar year. Any ship that meets a minimum standard of 85 percent of total available points will earn the Purple E. 6. Carrier Team One Ship s Force Productivity metrics will be evaluated for Purple E award only during CNO Availabilities per section These metrics will apply to the calendar year associated with over 50 percent of the Availability production days. Projects may review their data on the Carrier Team One Metrics website ( 6-61

216 Section 16 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND ENERGY CONSERVATION (EPEC) AWARD (TYCOM N45) GENERAL 1. The EPEC Award advances Navy energy conservation and environmental protection objectives by recognizing those ships that consistently meet established goals for reducing energy and protecting the maritime environment. 2. Energy security is a strategic Navy priority and environmental stewardship enables our sailors to carry out their missions while minimizing impacts on the environment. 3. The EPEC Award will recognize the achievements of those carriers exhibiting consistent commitment to these vital aspects of fleet training and operation ANNUAL EPEC AWARD COMPUTATION Event Maximum Points Notes Semi-Annual I/P Energy Con TRNG 10 1 HVAC System Spot Check program 10 2 Energy Conservation Lessons Learned 10 3 Maintain (1) Navy Afloat Environmental Coordinator Course appointed as the AEPC By the Commanding Officer 10 4 Environmental Protection Lessons Learned Message 10 5 Complete Quarterly Environmental Compliance Board Meeting 10 6 Complete Marine Species Awareness TRNG Prior to major training exercise 10 7 Demonstrate Access and proficiency Utilizing PMAP 10 8 Conduct Annual Environmental Protection Training Ensure ballast water exchanges are recorded in Engineering Log Total 100 Note 1: RADM data for >= 80% of onboard personnel. Note 2: MSG to TYCOM> 10% of MIP# 6641/005 MRC Q-2 Fan Coil Unit Air Filter spot checked annually. Note 3: MSG received/msg not received. 6-62

217 Note 4: CO graduation ltr and FLTMPS grad report for APEC Course. Note 5: MSG received/msg not received. Note 6: MTG Minutes with RQD attendees present (documented / not documented). Note 7: Verify Training in RADM Note 8: Present latest version of PMAP, Pollution Wheel and shipboard personnel demonstrate proficiency. Note 9: Review RADM >+ 80% of personnel trained. Note 10: Check ships schedule for Ops outside of local area and where Ballast Water was taken on in Potentially polluted waters or within 3 NM of Land; if so, check Engineering logs for proper Documentation of actions IAW applicable Instructions DISQUALIFICATION. 1. Any reportable Pollutant spill determined to be caused by the ship 2. Any Discharge of Weapons System in violation of PMAP directed restrictions or any failure to use PMAP prior to engaging in qualifying training events. 3. Any anchoring evolution, Sonar use, or NIXIE employment that violates PMAP directed or other training restrictions QUALIFICATION Detailed award qualification criteria will be promulgated SEPCOR. Section 17 TIE BREAKER (TYCOM N00) In the unlikely event of a tie for the Battle E between competing units, the respective TYCOM Commander will make the final determination of the competition winner. 6-63

218 CHAPTER 7 AWARDS In addition to the Battle E, Carriers and Carrier-assigned personnel are eligible for several other awards. This chapter consists of nine sections which describe criteria for these awards: SECTION 1 ARLEIGH BURKE FLEET TROPHY 3 SECTION 2 JUNIOR OFFICER AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN SHIPHANDLING 5 SECTION 3 ASSOCIATION OF OLD CROWS (AOC) 9 SECTION 4 THE BATTENBERG CUP AWARD 11 SECTION 5 MARJORIE STERRETT BATTLESHIP FUND AWARD 13 SECTION 6 PROPULSION PLANT WATCH OFFICER (PPWO) OF THE YEAR AWARD 15 SECTION 7 ENLISTED ENGINEER OF THE QUARTER 16 SECTION 8 ENLISTED ENGINEER OF THE YEAR 18 SECTION 9 COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC EXCELLENCE IN INTELLIGENCE AND INFORMATION WARFARE AWARD

219 Section 1 ARLEIGH BURKE FLEET TROPHY Ref: (a) OPNAVINST (series) (b) USFFC (series) (c) COMPACFLTINST (series) 7100 GENERAL. In accordance with ref (a), the Arleigh Burke Fleet Trophy is presented by the regional Fleet Commander to the ship or air squadron of each Fleet that demonstrates the greatest improvement in battle efficiency during the current calendar year. Although based on the Battle Efficiency competition, winning the Battle E is not a prerequisite. Selection criteria for Atlantic and Pacific Fleet units are set forth in references (b) and (c) respectively NOMINATIONS. 1. Nominations are submitted from each CSG Commander.Each nomination shall be submitted by letter to TYCOM NLT 30 January, and shall include a proposed citation, full resume and justifying rationale. The comparative data/input should be presented in bullet format and should not exceed two pages in length. Emphasis should be on quantifiable and verifiable improvements and state the following: a. COMPARISON STATISTICS. (1) Previous and current position in competition. (2) Readiness improvements as identified in performance readiness ratings and exercise completion. (3) Departmental awards (emphasizing improvement from previous year). b. OPERATIONAL SUMMARY. (1) Factors in the operating schedule. (2) Commitments. (3) Noteworthy accomplishments during major exercises/deployment. (4) Examples of extraordinary improvement in performance. (5) Miscellaneous firsts/accomplishments. 7-2

220 2. Note: Inputs should compare previous to current year and emphasize an improvement in battle efficiency CUSTODY OF THE AWARD. The plaque will be presented by the Fleet Commander on behalf of the Chief of Naval Operations, and is permanently retained by the winning ship or squadron. 7-3

221 Section 2 JUNIOR OFFICER AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN SHIPHANDLING 7200 GENERAL. The Junior Officer Award for Excellence in Shiphandling is presented annually by the TYCOM to recognize shiphandling skill. A competitive program is conducted annually to develop a spirit of enthusiasm among junior officers through competition with their contemporaries, and to enhance their professional development as naval officers. The selection process is conducted throughout the calendar year. The objective is to improve shiphandling proficiency, generate high morale, and increase retention of junior officers within the Naval Service ELIGIBILITY. Due to the size and complexity of aircraft carriers, this competition will be conducted on an individual ship basis from 1 January through 31 December. Eligibility to participate in this competition falls to all officers up to and including the rank of Lieutenant Commander permanently assigned to ship's force (candidates are eligible only for one award at a single duty station). The selected winner for each respective carrier will be nominated via the CSG for recognition by the TYCOM EVALUATION BOARD. Candidates shall be evaluated by a board comprising of: 1. Commanding Officer. 2. Navigator. 3. A line officer or qualified officer of the deck, senior to any person being evaluated and not a candidate in the shiphandling competition. 4. A designated representative of the embarked Group Commander, if available EVALUATIONS. 1. Evaluations shall be individually prepared by members of the board utilizing a standardized evaluation sheet. The evaluation must cover the following at a minimum: a. The candidate's judgment. b. The use of standard commands. c. Ship control skill (including use of engines, rudder direction / timing and accuracy in positioning the ship). 7-4

222 d. Proper and timely dissemination of information to the Commanding Officer, Navigator, Flag Watch Officer, Air Officer, Engineering Officer, ship's company. e. The officer s demeanor, confidence, decisiveness, alertness and command presence. f. The officer s ability to effectively mentor and train under instruction bridge watch standers, and to directly enable a positive bridge learning environment. Efforts directly result in the qualification of Officers of the Deck (u/w), Junior Officers of the Watch (JOOW), and Command Duty Officers (u/w). 2. Observations of shiphandling skills should be conducted during normal operating conditions. To encourage the improvement of shiphandling skill and to afford all officers competing the chance to participate in special evolutions, the ship may schedule special training evolutions, such as practice anchorages. An evaluation sheet should be prepared after a period of observation that spans as many shiphandling evolutions as practicable. The evaluation period should last throughout the entire year, ideally enabling each candidate to receive several evaluations from each board member. This will provide the board members with a broader understanding of each candidate's knowledge and skill by presenting a more accurate measure of individual progress and proficiency. 3. During periods of observation/evaluation, each candidate should be required to demonstrate knowledge and skill in as many of the following evolutions as possible: a. Navigation and piloting, including completing performance assessments for these evolutions. b. Approaches to an anchorage or pier. (Actual mooring or anchoring is not required.) c. Preparations for getting underway. d. Positioning of the ship for making the approach/making the approach to a delivery ship. e. Conning alongside. f. Tactical maneuvering. g. Flight operations. h. Emergency procedures. (Man overboard, aircraft crash/ditching, loss of steering, enemy torpedo, etc.) 4. A separate file of completed evaluations and any other applicable data shall be maintained on each candidate for use in determining the winner of the shiphandling competition. If the individual is transferred during the competitive year, this information should be forwarded to the next command as appropriate. 7-5

223 5. Selection of candidates shall be by the evaluation board described above. Evaluation sheets shall be the primary means of comparing candidates and determining the selection. Any additional available data may also be used with the exception of time on board, relative seniority and previous sea experience. No ranking or relative standing of the other candidates will be published or disclosed AWARDS. There will be one TYCOM winner from CNAP and CNAL. TYCOM winners will be awarded a Navy and Marine Corps Achievement Medal ACTION. 1. Commanding Officers shall: a. Develop selection criteria in consonance with the guidelines contained herein. b. Ensure the fitness reports of shiphandling competition winners reflect this most significant accomplishment. c. Consistent with operational requirements, ensure eligible officers are afforded maximum opportunity for participation and for actual shiphandling practice. 2. Strike Group Commanders are encouraged to personally supervise and participate in this program to help maintain interest and to emphasize the importance of professional shiphandling. 3. TYCOMs will select a winner from each Coast based on inputs received. Criteria for competitors will be based on: a. Nomination write up. b. Package completeness. c. CSG and CO s endorsements. d. Operational sea time and mission completion. e. Port visits. f. Shiphandling Sub-Events REPORTS. 1. The ship shall submit a letter to the CSG with the name of nominee for the shiphandling competition award following the competitive year. The letter will contain a Personal Award Recommendation as an enclosure (OPNAV 1650/3 (Rev 3-76) form). Complete blocks 1-6, 8, 11-19, 22, and

224 2. A proposed citation is required. Nominations will be endorsed by Unit Command, CSG (if available) and forwarded to the TYCOM no later than 31 January of the year following the competition in order to ensure eligibility. 7-7

225 Section 3 ASSOCIATION OF OLD CROWS (AOC) 7300 GENERAL. The Association of Old Crows (AOC) is a non-profit international association engaged in the science and practice of Electronic Warfare (EW), Information Operations (IO) and related disciplines. Each year, the AOC presents a variety of awards to dedicated individuals and service units in recognition of their outstanding contributions and achievements in Electronic Warfare, Information Operations, and related fields during the previous calendar year. Further information can be found on the AOC website: NOMINATION PROCEDURES. 1. An annual CNO message will solicit inputs and provide selection criteria for TYCOM recommendations. Award submissions are normally submitted to the AOC by 15 April. 2. Unit Award nominations will be submitted to the cognizant CSG for each ship/squadron for selection/endorsements. CSG shall forward endorsed complete package to TYCOM by the date promulgated in the record message announcement. Packages received after deadline will be disqualified from TYCOM nomination. 3. Individual Award nominations will be delivered to OPNAV via USFF/CPF by the TYCOM. Submission deadlines for USFF/CPF will be stated in annual CNO message SELECTION. The annual CNO message will solicit inputs and provide selection criteria for TYCOM recommendations. Award winners will be determined during the AOC s June Board of Directors Meeting. 7-8

226 Section 4 THE BATTENBERG CUP AWARD Ref: (a) CUSFF (series) 7400 GENERAL. This annual award is presented as recognition of excellence to an Atlantic Fleet ship or submarine that having won the Battle E, has demonstrated the greatest accumulation of crew achievements. These include performance in competition for Atlantic Fleet Sportsmanship Award, TYCOM Sailor of the Year Award, Golden Anchor Award (for retention), Captain Edward F. Ney Award (for food service), and command excellence awards. Other information, such as operating schedules, commitments and unusual factors contributing to the nomination may also be considered. One CNAL ship will be nominated per TYCOM. Nomination criteria and selection procedures are set forth in ref (a) NOMINATION. CNAL will nominate the year s Atlantic Fleet Carrier Battle E winner to COMUSFLTFORCOM by 31 March for consideration as the Battenberg Cup Award nominee SELECTION. An ad hoc board will be convened by USFF Awards Administrator to review the nominations and make a recommendation to the Commander. The award will be presented by Commander, US Fleet Forces to the most deserving nominee with an appropriate ceremony. 7-9

227 Section 5 MARJORIE STERRETT BATTLESHIP FUND AWARD Ref: (a) OPNAVINST (series) 7500 GENERAL. The Marjorie Sterrett Battleship Fund is a monetary contribution awarded annually to one ship from each of the Atlantic and Pacific Fleets for the benefit of the enlisted crewmembers. The fund is administered by a board of trustees and the amount awarded is based upon the fund s earnings. Award eligibility is designated by the CNO via USFF/CPF in October of each year for class grouping of ships SELECTION. In those years that designation of the award falls to CNAF, the award will be presented by CNAF to the carriers winning the Battle Efficiency Competition; no input from the ship is required. CNO will announce the winners by message and notify the trustees with a recommendation to transfer the funds to the COs of the winning ships EXPENDITURE. Detailed procedures for the distribution and expenditure of the monetary award are set forth in ref (a). 7-10

228 Section 6 PROPULSION PLANT WATCH OFFICER (PPWO) OF THE YEAR AWARD 7600 GENERAL. 1. The Propulsion Plant Watch Officer of the Year Award is presented annually by the TYCOM in recognition of force readiness contributions from commissioned engineering officers. The competition period runs throughout the calendar year. All qualified Propulsion Plant Watch Officers (regardless of rank) serving in their first CVN tour as a commissioned officer are eligible. Each carrier is encouraged to nominate an officer for this award. 2. Ship s candidates shall be evaluated by a board comprised of the following: a. Commanding Officer. b. Engineering / Reactor Officer. c. A qualified PPWO not participating in the competition. d. A representative from the embarked CSG staff (if able) NOMINATION. 1. Nominations for this award shall be forwarded to the respective TYCOM N9 Awards Coordinator. 2. Nominations shall include (as a minimum) comments regarding the candidate s performance in the following categories: a. Maintenance ability. b. Leadership ability. c. Training ability. d. Operational abilities (i.e. watch standing). e. Performance of assigned duties. f. Military appearance. g. Time period candidate was observed SELECTION. TYCOM N9 will convene a board within 15 days of the nomination deadline. During the board process all nomination packages will be considered and a winner determined. Those selected for 7-11

229 the award will be presented with the Navy-Marine Corps Achievement Medal by the TYCOM. Electronic submissions in PDF format are encouraged. Section 7 ENLISTED ENGINEER OF THE QUARTER 7700 GENERAL. The Enlisted Engineer of the Quarter is awarded by each TYCOM to recognize Force readiness contributions from enlisted Sailors in an engineering rate and to promote and encourage standards of excellence amongst non-commissioned engineers NOMINATION. Nominees of specific ranks are recognized once per quarter of the calendar year to ensure all enlisted ranks are recognized. Ships may nominate candidates for any significant contribution made in the year preceding the submission. Nominations shall be forwarded to the respective TYCOM N9 Award Coordinator by letter or no later than the 15th day of the month following the quarter specified in Figure 7-1. Jan Mar Apr Jun Jul Sep Oct Dec E-3 and below nominees of Engineering Rates, including nondesignated fireman. Engineering Rated E-7 and above. Engineering Rated E-6. Engineering Rated E-4 or E-5. Figure 7-1 Engineer of the Quarter Nomination Schedule 7702 CRITERIA. 1. COs shall develop selection criteria to identify their respective candidates. 2. Submissions should include as a minimum comments regarding the candidate s performance in the following categories: a. Maintenance ability. b. Leadership ability. c. Training ability. d. Operational abilities (i.e. watch standing). e. Subordinate retention (E-6 and above nominees only). f. Military appearance. 7-12

230 7703 SELECTION. Individuals selected for the award and all nominees will be announced by TYCOM message. Each quarter s winner will receive a certificate from the TYCOM recognizing their achievement. The certificate will be presented by the nominating ship during an appropriate ceremony. 7-13

231 Section 8 ENLISTED ENGINEER OF THE YEAR 7800 GENERAL. The Enlisted Engineer of the Year is awarded by each TYCOM to recognize Force readiness contributions from an enlisted Sailor in an engineering rate (up to and including the rank of E-6), who achieved and sustained a superior level of performance throughout the calendar year. Selection or nomination for Engineer of the Quarter is not a prerequisite for this award NOMINATION. Each carrier may nominate one candidate who displayed exemplary engineering professionalism consistently throughout the calendar year. Nominations will be solicited by message and shall be forwarded to the respective TYCOM N9 Awards Coordinator by letter or CRITERIA. 1. COs shall develop selection criteria to identify their respective candidates. 2. Submissions should include as a minimum comments regarding the candidate s performance in the following categories during the calendar year: a. Maintenance ability. b. Leadership ability. c. Training ability. d. Operational abilities (i.e. watch standing). e. Subordinate retention (E-6 nominees only). f. Military appearance 7803 SELECTION. TYCOM N9 will convene a board within 15 days of the nomination deadline. Nominations received by the deadline will be considered and a winning candidate determined. The Award winner will be presented with the Navy-Marine Corps Achievement Medal by the TYCOM. 7-14

232 Section 9 COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC EXCELLENCE IN INTELLIGENCE AND INFORMATION WARFARE AWARD 7900 GENERAL The COMNAVAIRLANT and COMNAVAIRPAC Excellence in Intelligence and Information Warfare Awards (EIIWA) are an annual recognition of the accomplishments of one COMNAVAIRPAC and one COMNAVAIRLANT CVN-CVW Intelligence and Information Warfare team. The submissions from both COMNAVAIRPAC and COMNAVAIRLANT units best demonstrating superior readiness and performance in leading and supporting operations will be recognized as the COMNAVAIRPAC and COMNAVAIRLANT EIIWA winners, respectively. Participation by the entire CVN-CVW team will be considered, to include Fleet Intelligence Detachment (FID) and Cryptologic Technician Direct Support (DIRSUP) contributions CRITERIA 1. The EIIWA is awarded in recognition of CVN-CVW teams superior intelligence performance in leading and supporting afloat naval operations and improving the operations/intelligence and information warfare interface. 2. The following criteria will be evaluated when determining award selection: a. Maintenance and Training Phase Intelligence and Information Warfare Readiness: nominees shall include, but not limited to MITEs participation, Level of Knowledge exams, FLTMPS compliance, CV-SHARP measurements, TQCP evaluation, TSTA-FEP and COMPTUEX/JTFEX evaluations/grades, Warfare Qualifications, etc. Submission of metrics, anecdotal information, and endorsements are encouraged. b. Deployment and Surge Phase Intelligence and Information Warfare Accomplishments: nominees shall include significant Intelligence and Information Warfare accomplishments for Strike Group, Fleet and National requirements, to include a chronological listing of all command OFRP and deployed/operational events that benefited from or supported intelligence and information warfare. Submission of metrics, anecdotal information, and endorsements are encouraged. c. Other: direct and indirect non-intelligence and information warfare contributions to CVN and CVW readiness, to include, but not limited to 3M inspections, individual and group recognitions, awards, honors, etc. d. CSG endorsement commenting on contributions and impacts made the by CVN-CVW team during the award period. 7-15

233 7902 AWARD SUBMISSION AND FORMAT Competitive period for the award is 01 January to 31 December. Ships desiring consideration for this award will forward submissions to their CSG via letter or record message. CSGs will forward endorsement to CNAF. Submissions can be classified to best convey accomplishments and contributions and should be submitted to the COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC N2 via the appropriate domain conveyance SELECTION COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPAC N2 is administrative authority for the EIIWA and will announce winners via record message. An award plaque for each COMNAVAIRPAC and COMNAVAIRLANT winner will be provided for display. 7-16

234 CHAPTER 8 FORWARD DEPLOYED NAVAL FORCE (FDNF) CARRIER TRAINING CYCLE 8100 PURPOSE 1. This chapter provides FDNF-specific responsibilities and procedures for the FDNF CSG and carrier. It provides guidance for training, assessment, evaluation and reporting of FDNF unit- level requirements and events. 2. Due to the unique nature and requirements of the FDNF, it has a cycle which resides in a continuous Sustainment Phase. This chapter refines the FDNF cycle in order to meet USFF OFRP and Commander, SEVENTH FLEET (C7F) training and certification requirements while providing an efficient equivalency to CONUS- based carriers. Previously based on a 24-month cycle, the FDNF cycle is updated to 36 months to more closely align with the 36- month CONUS cycle. It is important to note that ULT requirements will vary from year to year during the 36-month OFRP based on the periodicity of events as established in Appendix II DISCUSSION 1. As an addendum to USSF OFRP training requirements, C7F instruction 3501A directs SEVENTH FLEET units to establish a training continuum, tailored to its unique operating environment. It is annotated as the SEVENTH FLEET Training Program (7FTP). The 7FTP consists of two components: Certification and Sustainment Training. Both will leverage Fleet operations and exercises including Fleet Training Exercises (FTX), Command Post Exercises (CPX) and multi-warfare synthetic exercises implemented through the FST program as described in CFFCINST (series). The 7FTP encompasses training through assessed underway and in port events in the following areas: warfare proficiency, operational requirements, SEVENTH FLEET unique missions, OPLANs, mission rehearsal and FDNF/Joint/Coalition interoperability 2. ULT Requirements. The FDNF cycle is based on a 36-month timeline. Every effort will be made by C7F, CSG (CTF 70) and TYCOM to afford the FDNF carrier a training plan (schedule) with sufficient opportunity to conduct meaningful training and maintain maximum readiness levels consistent with TYCOM and C7F requirements, missions and OPLANs. Because the FDNF carrier operates continually in the Sustainment Phase, it cannot follow the CONUS-based carrier OFRP cycle (i.e. FEP event following each annual maintenance availability period). As a result, a tailored training plan is required to ensure currency and proficiency in all areas with associated performance targets. On a periodic basis (event-based as well as rolling calendar), the FDNF carrier will be tasked to conduct training, certifications and assessments in areas that may degrade during the maintenance cycle, or be overcome by previous operational requirements. 8-1

235 3. FDNF Periodicities. FDNF periodicities are prescribed in Appendix II. Every event has a prescribed periodicity for experience and performance. They will vary slightly from CONUSbased carriers to account for the 36-month FDNF cycle but remain in compliance with USFF OFRP and C7F requirements GENERAL A description of training progression for the FDNF carrier is provided in Figure 8-1 and paragraphs below. Figure 8-1 FDNF Carrier Training Readiness Sustainment (36-month cycle) 8201 TRAINING SUPPORT FOR OFRP EVENTS As a part of the FDNF tailored cycle, training, certification and assessment events will be implemented to meet overall requirements. The FDNF carrier will accomplish the same training objectives of CONUS-based carriers. ATG continues to provide SMEs to support these events. The FDNF carrier shall request ATGWP support via naval message early in the 8-2

236 annual maintenance availability, prior to Crew Certification. A sample Training Support Request message can be accessed via the CNAF N7 SharePoint portal. The utilization of an external agency other than ATG for event grading must be approved by the TYCOM through submission of an External Evaluator Waiver request. External evaluators shall be carefully chosen based on seniority, technical background and experience. Figure 3-5 of Chapter 3 lists ATG training support for each OFRP event by mission area COMMAND ASSESSMENT OF READINESS AND TRAINING (CART). 1. CART is an internal event conducted during the return home from each FDNF deployment. It facilitates maximum benefit from limited training assets and opportunities. The FDNF carrier must have a clear understanding of the specific training and assessments it will require and a detailed plan for accomplishment. 2. During CART, the ship looks ahead to the next deployment and determines who will fill critical billets. The ship then constructs a comprehensive Watch Team Replacement Plan depicting how personnel will be trained to fill each billet. Requests for school quotas should be transmitted to quota control authorities with sufficient lead time to afford maximum attendance prior to completion of the scheduled maintenance availability. Watch Team Replacement Plan (WTRP) shortfalls identified during CART shall be documented on the Consolidated Ship s Discrepancy Log (CSDL). The ship will provide mid-month CSDL updates to CNAL/CNAP N7 via the CSG throughout the Maintenance Period CREW PREPARATION 1. During the annual maintenance availability period, the carrier will commence a period of crew preparation to ready itself for a return to sea. The duration of the crew preparation period is at the discretion of the CO but must be sufficient to allow for completion in the following: a. ANTI-TERRORISM AND FORCE PROTECTION (ATFP). b. SHIP BOARD TRAINING TEAM (SBTT) c. CREW CERTIFICATION II/III d. FAST CRUISE e. SEA TRIALS f. FLIGHT DECK/CATCC CERTIFICATION 2. Because of the dynamic environment of FDNF, ATFP events must be scheduled during the annual SRA to ensure adequate in port time to train and exercise prior to the annual deployment. The certification cycle is 24 months allowing for no more than 30 months between certifications. 8-3

237 The FDNF Carrier must schedule well in advance with the CSG, ATG and TYCOM to complete ATFP requirements. On the first year a Phase I, II and IV certification must be completed. In the second year, sustainment is required by conducting a Phase I and Phase II LTT. These LTTs must be completed with ATG observing and reporting findings to the CO. This will ensure continuous readiness in conjunction with the required annual events observed by the CSG. 3. Ship Board Training Team (SBTT) is a Course of Instruction (COI) scheduled and conducted with ATG prior to Crew Certification III. The ship will receive training on drill packages, TACs, Safety Walk-Throughs, and other topics to ensure the ITT is prepared to train the crew and meet TYCOM standards and conditions. 4. Crew Certification II/III is the process by which the CSG Commander, supported by the TYCOM and ATG, ensures the ship is ready to proceed safely to sea with a qualified crew. Due the short duration of the FDNF SRA, only Crew Certification Phases II and III are required annually utilizing guidance outlined in Chapter 3 and checklist CL2 and CL3 which are available at the CNAF N7 SharePoint site. During Crew Certification, the CSG and ATG are tasked to confirm: a. Appropriate administrative programs in place b. Required instructions and bills in force c. Up-to-date, effective PMS program d. Effective training and PQS programs in place e. Dock Trials plan (as outlined in OPNAVINST (series)) 5. Fast Cruise shall be conducted per the Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual (COMFLTFORCOMINST (series)), OPNAVINST (series) and the Engineering Department Manual for Nuclear Powered Ships (EDM). Additional guidance is outlined in Chapter 3 of this manual and the COMNAVAIRFOR N7 SharePoint site. 6. Sea Trials shall be conducted as outlined in Chapter 3, sub- section 3305 of this instruction. 7. Flight Deck/CATCC Certification assesses the FDNF carrier s ability to safely conduct routine day/night aircraft launch and recovery operations in a safe manner. These assessments are conducted in accordance with CNAFINST (series). 8-4

238 8204 CORE TRAINING (CT) I AND II 1. CT I and II shall be conducted upon completion of the annual maintenance availability period. 2. The purpose of CT I/II is to train and assess the carrier s training teams and watch standers in requisite warfare areas with emphasis on core competencies (DC, Navigation, Training Teams, etc). 3. CT I and II are intended to assist in updating training shortfalls in preparation for ULTRA-S and follow-on operations. The schedule of events and warfare training requested during the CT periods is at the discretion of the carrier CO and CSG but must be coordinated and approved by the TYCOM. Both periods of Core Training are nominal 5-day periods when ATG/MTT will be available to support both/either period if requested. The overall objective is to include all training necessary to ensure Sustainment Phase experience and performance requirements are maintained. 4. If the FDNF carrier, CSG, ATG and TYCOM agree training currency and proficiency exist for a particular warfare area or event, the carrier may request assessment in that area/event during CT periods vice the sequential ULTRA-S event. This precludes unnecessary training in routinely performed events and affords a more tailored, efficient ULTRA-S event. However, the P requirement indicated in the CORE column of APP II, specifies the events that must be graded for P by the end of CORE Training. CORE P grades will be assessed under MCO conditions. Careful attention must be paid to ensure periodicities can be maintained in respective areas during the remainder of the 36-month cycle UNIT LEVEL TRAINING ASSESSMENT - SUSTAINMENT (ULTRA-S) 1. ULTRA-S shall be conducted annually upon completion of CT I and II and serves as the CONUS-based equivalent of latter stage TSTA and FEP. Since the FDNF CVN continually executes in the Sustainment Phase, the capstone FEP event for CONUS-based carriers in transitioning to Integrated Phase training is not relevant. ULTRA-S will serve as the primary assessment event to ensure standardization in TYCOM and C7F requirements. 2. ULTRA-S is a nominal four to five day graded event that captures the culmination of the FDNF carrier s ULT and its overall proficiency. During this period, the ship will renew various performance assessments including annual core competencies. Although operational commitments prevail, the FDNF carrier shall strive to accomplish ULTRA-S early on in their deployment cycle. 3. ULTRA-S SOE will be tailored according to event periodicity in the Sustainment column of Appendix II of this instruction. It must include, but is not limited to, those events with assessments set to expire. SOE is developed by the ship/csg, but requires TYCOM coordination and approval. 4. Standardization. ATG is the TYCOM/CSG executive agent for procedural and 8-5

239 standardization issues during ULTRA-S. ATG will advise the CSG of procedural and standardization issues to ensure TYCOM requirements are met RESPONSIBILITIES. Responsibilities for conducting FDNF Training (CT I, CT II, ULTRA-S): 1. TYCOM. Assume role as Senior Observer. Monitor CT I, II and ULTRA-S training and assessments, and resolve questions and concerns, as required. 2. CSG. a. Assist ship in scheduling required resources and services and coordinating the embarkation/debarkation of aircraft/vehicles/boats to support events. b. Review the CT, ULTRA-S SOEs presented by the carrier. c. Submit a training support requirements message upon completion of the training scheduling conference. d. Act as external evaluator when authorized by TYCOM. 3. ATG. a. Develop and deliver background information required for the ship/csg to construct training scenarios. This package will include geo-political, Electronic Order of Battle (EOB), Naval Order of Battle (NOB), required services, etc. To provide realism and complement the scenario, ATG will assist ship s CSTT to coordinate intelligence data including source, time sensitive data and exercise messages. b. Provide SME personnel for the training periods and coordinate scenario/soe tailoring with the ship s ITT. The ATG CVN TLO will report directly to the Senior Observer. c. The TLO or designated representative will provide the TYCOM, CSG and CO an objective assessment by mission area of crew performance upon completion of each phase. 4. Commanding Officer: a. Task ITT to develop and execute CT I, II and ULTRA-S scenario/soe. The ITT will use the CT I, II, and ULTRA-S background information provided by ATG as a guideline, ensuring all scenarios meet required CSG/ATG objectives and safety requirements. b. Provide a Ready-to-Train letter to the ATG TLO at the in-brief: At a minimum, the Ready-to-Train letter shall include: CO s Battle Orders, current copy of the ship s eight o clock reports, Condition I/II/III Watch Bills, WTRPs, training team designations and a list 8-6

240 of the ship s standard simulations. c. Obtain/request OPAREA clearances and required services to support CT I, II and ULTRA-S. d. Conduct pre-ct I, II and ULTRA-S briefings as required. e. Submit external evaluator waiver request as required FLEET SYNTHETIC TRAINING (FST) 1. FST is the key component of the C7F Training Plan and provides staffs and units the ability to develop working relationships and tactical expertise in naval, joint and coalition environments. 2. The FDNF carrier shall conduct FST in accordance with requirements set forth in COMSEVENTHFLTINST S3501 (series) REACTOR DEPARTMENT TRAINING 1. CVN Nuclear Engineering Training Requirements. Nuclear engineering training requirements are governed by NAVSEA S MAN-000(C) Engineering Department Manual for Naval Nuclear Propulsion Plants and COMNAVAIRFORINST C (series) Nuclear Power Training Manual. 2. For general information concerning ORSE and Reactor Department Drills, refer to Chapter 3 of this instruction ASSESSMENT OF FDNF OFRP - FDNF END-OF-MISSION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 1. CSG/CTF-70 will provide a summary of training conducted per this instruction, and will report on the carrier s training readiness status and significant issues discovered during the following FDNF OFRP events. Definitions for Restrictive / Major / Minor discrepancies are listed in Section CART. a. The carrier shall send a message to the TYCOM reporting completion of CART I. The CSG will endorse the ship s message. The message will provide assessments of the: (1) Ship s Integrated Training Teams (ITT) organization. (2) Afloat Self Assessment Check Sheets. (3) Ship s Watch Team Replacement Plan, to include: 8-7

241 (a) NEC producing/non-nec FLTMPS required schools (b) Enlisted Distribution and Verification Report (c) Officer Distribution Control Report (4) Long Range Training and Requirement Plan (LORTARP), to include: (a) Identification of TADTAR requirements (b) Identification of required schools and team (c) Ship s Required Master Schools List. b. This message will also provide a preliminary schedule of major training events to be accomplished during the 36-month cycle. c. A sample CART message is provided on the COMNAVAIRFOR N7 SharePoint site. 3. Crew Certification Phase II/III a. The CSG shall send a message to the TYCOM reporting completion of Crew s Certification process Phase II/III. b. This message will provide an assessment of the ship s training and administrative readiness and comment on the performance during simulated underway operations and emergency drills. c. The message shall also indicate the number of Restrictive/Major discrepancies identified during the Crew s Certification process. d. A sample Crew s Certification completion message is provided on the COMNAVAIRFOR N7 SharePoint site. 4. Flight Deck Certification/CATCC Certification The CNAF Aircraft Handing Team, in conjunction with CNAF CATCC Team, will prepare and release the Flight Deck/Carrier Air Traffic Control Center Certification message, upon completion of the FDC/CATCC Cert process. 5. CT I and II. a. The ATG TLO will report the results of CT I and II events when completed to the CSG. The CSG will inform TYCOM via message. This message shall include: 8-8

242 (1) A list all Restrictive/Major discrepancies/training concerns resulting from the CT I and II training and assessment. (2) An assessment of the ship's ongoing training programs. (3) An assessment of the ship s Integrated Training Team (ITT) organization s ability to brief, execute and debrief complex drill sets. (4) An assessment of ITT/watch standers level of proficiency and readiness to train in each mission area. (5) A recommendation regarding emphasis for additional follow-on training as required. b. The CSG CT message shall also provide a mitigation plan and schedule for completing any outstanding events, inspections, certifications, assessments and optional assist visits (ICAVS). c. All discrepancies noted during CT I and II shall be documented on the Current Ship s Discrepancy Log (CSDL). 6. ULTRA-S. a. The ATG TLO shall report completion of the ULTRA-S evaluation event to the CSG, info the ship and TYCOM. The ATG report shall include: (1) A brief overview of training conducted. (2) An assessment of the ship's ongoing training and PQS programs. (3) An assessment of the crew's overall readiness by mission area. (4) Recommendations regarding follow-on training as appropriate. b. The ATG report shall also include ULTRA-S sub-event grades using the Training and Assessment Cards (available at the COMNAVAIRFOR N7 SharePoint site). c. The CSG will report completion of ULTRA-S within two working days to the TYCOM and C7F. d. The CSG message shall make recommendations concerning the ship s ability to continue in the Sustainment Phase and comment regarding requirements for recommended follow-on training. e. The message shall list All Restrictive/Major discrepancies noted during this event and provide a mitigation plan and schedule for completing any outstanding ULTRA-S required training events or ICAVS. 8-9

243 f. All discrepancies will be documented on the CSDL. The ship, via the CSG, will continue to provide mid-month updates to the TYCOM until final resolution of all noted Restrictive/Major discrepancies. Sample templates for End-of- Mission reports are provided on the COMNAVAIRFOR N7 SharePoint site. 8-10

244 Appendix I CONUS TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 1. This Appendix breaks out the individual training sub-events that represent the minimum amount of training and assessment required during the major phases within the Optimized Fleet Training Plan (OFRP). The syllabus and grading criteria for all training events are set out in the TACs which must be used for both training and assessment of each event. Nothing in this Appendix prevents a Commanding Officer from conducting additional training above the minimum requirement, if resources are available and deemed necessary. Training requirements consist of Experience (training) and Performance (assessment). Generating a training Schedule of Events (SOE) must take into account both requirements. It is important to recognize that while individual sub-events can be trained separately, they are all part of the integrated performance of the ship. Therefore, the individual sub-events need to be conducted as part of integrated drill packages in order to achieve the conditions necessary to demonstrate satisfactory performance. Details of the minimum integration necessary for a performance grade are indicated in the Integration column of these tables and in the corresponding TACs. A ship will not be considered ready to move on to the next OFRP phase until both E and P requirements in these tables have been completed; TYCOM/CSG Mitigation Plan is required otherwise. E levels will fluctuate daily according to the earn/maintain/degrade periodicities, underway training opportunities and personnel turnover. However, on average a ship should maintain a steady upward progression until attaining Sustainment Phase E requirements. Note 1: TYCOM requirements for individual schools are not listed in this Appendix. They can be found in the Fleet Training Management Planning System (FLTMPS). Note 2: Nuclear engineering training requirements are not provided in this document. Nuclear engineering training requirements are governed by NAVSEA S MAN-000(C) Engineering Department Manual for Naval Nuclear Propulsion Plants and COMNAVAIRFORINST C (series) Nuclear Power Training Manual. 2. Explanation of columns on training matrix pages. a. Sub-Event. The Sub-Event number for a particular evolution as classified in CV-SHARP. b. Title. A brief description of the event. Each Sub- Event is supported by an associated TAC, published on the CNAF SharePoint site. The TAC describes, in detail, what needs to be accomplished, by whom and how the event is assessed. Assessment criteria includes the conditions and standards that are required to be achieved. c. Phase. The training requirements for each Sub-Event are broken down by OFRP phase (see details of the content of each phase in Ch 3). In each phase, E and P columns with requirements are annotated. Each Phase stands alone so a ship only needs to conform to the training requirements applicable to the phase it is currently executing. E levels and P scores carry forward from one phase to the next. Events in a previous phase do not need to be I-1

245 rescheduled. The periods of time and responsibility for training in each column used in this Appendix are as follows: (1) Maintenance Phase In Port. This is the period of time from the commencement of Maintenance until the start of Crew Prep. During this time the ship s training team will oversee the conduct of all training. All assessments will be conducted by TYCOM teams unless specified otherwise in the TAC. (2) Maintenance Phase Crew Prep. This is normally the last 4-6 months of the maintenance phase and includes: SBTT, Crew Cert I,II,III (as applicable), Fast Cruise, FD Cert Phase I/II (as applicable) and Sea Trials. During this time ATG will train the ship s training teams in the execution of training and conduct assessments to ensure the ship is safe to proceed to sea. In some cases the P requirement is annotated # and this indicates that an alternative assessment agency normally conducts this assessment. (3) Basic Phase. This is the period of time when Basic Phase ULT will be conducted. E and P levels for each element of Basic Phase are indicated separately. (a.). FDC. A nominal 5 day period underway when FDC phase III is conducted and events are assessed by TYCOM (unless otherwise indicated in the TAC). (b.). CART. A nominal 5 day period in port when training and assessments are conducted by ATG unless indicated # (see details in the TAC). (c.). ULT. A nominal day period between the end of CART and the beginning of TSTA when the ship s training team will build the experience of watchstanders and certain basic phase performance assessments are conducted. (d.). TSTA. A nominal 5 day period in port followed by 25 days underway when training and assessments are conducted by ATG unless indicated # (see details in the TAC). (e.). FEP. A nominal 2 day period underway when training and assessments are conducted by ATG unless indicated # (see details in the TAC). Events requiring a P grade during this period must be completed in order to ensure sufficient integration is achieved to attain a valid P grade. NOTE: The latest P grade achieved during Basic Phase (irrespective of when it was conducted) will comprise the Basic Phase score that will remain valid for readiness reporting until its periodicity expires or it is re-graded. (4) Integrated. This is the period of time when strike group integrated training takes place under the direction of Commander Strike Group Training (Pacific/Atlantic). I-2

246 1. C2X. This column indicated the first part of Integrated training and does not necessarily require a C2X to be completed. In any event the E and P levels required in this column must be completed before the ship can commence the final phase of Integrated training. 2. JTFX. This column indicates the final part of Integrated training and does not necessarily require a JTFX to be completed. The requirements of this column must be completed before the ship is deemed to have completed Integrated Phase. (5) Sustainment. This is the period of time from the end of Integrated Phase training to the start of Maintenance when the ship sustains the training readiness levels achieved. This period of time includes an annual ULTRA-S when ATG will be available to re-grade P events that are due to expire before the next scheduled ULTRA-S. This column indicates: (a.) The E level to be maintained (b.) The E periodicities for Learn, Maintain and Degrade. (c.) The P periodicity (days until it expires). NOTE: The (long term) replacement FDNF carrier will require a tailored training plan to meet Basic and Intermediate Phase requirements prior to assuming FDNF Sustainment Phase status. (6) Integration. The sub-events in the column must be conducted as part of an integrated drill package with the sub- event being graded for performance. Details of the integration required is specified in the Conditions section of the TAC. Sub-events required for integration do not need to be graded but they must be conducted to meet the Performance conditions. 3. Requirements for E and P. To determine the E and P requirements a ship references the tables below in the column that correlates to the OFRP phase in which the ship is operating. Each OFRP Phase column specifies an E level and P requirement as applicable. P requirements will be annotated with (Y/N). a. Experience E Requirement. In each OFRP Phase column the E number indicates the level required to be achieved and maintained by all required watchteams. To achieve an E level for a sub-event, it is required to be conducted for training (sub-events represent training events only and are not a reflection of watches logged (see paragraph 5.b). When team training has been conducted and E is logged in CV-SHARP that watchteam gains E credit and the degradation clock within CV SHARP begins. If this is the watchteam s initial experience entry into CV SHARP, the watch team has now achieved an E level of 1. If the sub-event is then repeated, by the same watch team, within the Learning periodicity, the watch team s E level rises to a level of 2. If the watch team repeats the sub- event within the maintain periodicity the experience level remains the same but the degradation clock is reset. If the sub-event is not rescheduled it will automatically degrade by one level after the Maintain periodicity has expired, and continue I-3

247 to degrade in accordance with the Degrade periodicity until the event is re-scheduled and the degradation clock within CV SHARP is reset. For scheduling purposes the unit should identify the E requirement and the current ship s E achieved and plan to schedule sufficient training to bring all watch teams up the required E level by the end of that phase. E levels will degrade over time and as individuals leave watchteams. Therefore Watch Team Replacement Plans must make allowances for sufficient training for both qualified and Under Instruction watchstanders to prevent Experience degradation resulting from personnel turnover. Note: E is gained each time an event is conducted for performance. So when scheduling training, all assessed events can be included in the plan to achieve sufficient experience. Experience is cumulative so the E level achieved in one column carries over to the next column. b. Performance P Requirement. In each OFRP Phase column a (Y/N) indicates if the subevent requires an assessment of Performance. Performance scores are reported as a percentage for the unit (see paragraph 4). Each P score overwrites the previous P score and remains valid until the Performance periodicity expires. If a P event is not repeated within the Performance periodicity the P score will degrade to zero. NOTE: A pictorial overview of Appendix I is provided in Figure I Reporting Training Readiness. The figures submitted for E and P are factored to provide a Training Readiness Figure that is passed to DRRS-N (P x E) which represents the ship in the best possible light. a. Experience achieved by watch teams is aggregated for readiness reporting by notional teams to indicate the highest possible E levels the ship could achieve in the MCO required watch teams (which may be less than the number of ship s formed watch teams). The Sub-Event E is calculated by averaging the lowest notional Team E from each participating Team Type. Sub- Event E is aggregated first by Mission Essential Task (MET) and then by Mission Area; this E is the figure passed to DRRS-N. b. The Performance score achieved by the unit for each sup- event is rolled up so that the achieved Performance score passed to DRRS-N represents a Performance band as follows: P achieved 90% - Performance of 100% passed to DRRS-N P achieved 80%-89% - Performance of 90% passed to DRRS-N P achieved < 80% - Actual Performance passed to DRRS-N I-4

248 c. The combined ExP for each PRMAR is then displayed in DRRS-N as the Training Figure of Merit (Tfom). The threshold level color for the Tfom score in DRRS-N is: > 80% - Green > 60% - < 80% - Yellow < 60% - Red d. NOTE: As DRRS-N depicts readiness with respect to MCO- ready status, it is expected unit readiness will depict Red and Yellow starting in the Maintenance Phase and progress to Green as the Integrated Phase concludes e. CO s comments will support all DRRN-S reports and can be informed by all three scores of P, E and Training Readiness to substantiate the actual readiness of a unit 5. Training and Assessment Cards. a. Each Sub-Event in Appendix I/II is supported by a Training and Assessment Card (TAC) which is published on the CNAF N7 Sharepoint Site. b. Training (for Experience Level). (1) When an event is scheduled for experience the training team shall check the current experience level of the watch teams and provide an appropriate training environment. The training team, in consultation with the ship s CO can use any level of simulation they deem fit for a training event. The complexity of the training environment is set at the discretion of the training team at a level that is commensurate with the training needs of that team (Crawl-Walk- Run). However, careful consideration should be given to ensuring all teams are prepared to meet the conditions (which include integration) set out in the TAC (which represent the MCO standard). (2) To gain E credit a complete watchteam must be present for the event and must be trained to complete all MOPs specified in the TAC. Use of the TAC to record interventions required during training is encouraged as this provides valuable feedback on the competency of the watchstanders. Recorded interventions should be used to inform follow on training. (3) Once training is completed, the event is logged for Experience in CV-SHARP and all individuals in that team gain E credit. c. Assessment (for Performance Grade). I-5

249 (1) When a sub-event is required to be assessed for Performance P, the external agency assessing the event is required to use the TAC for grading. To achieve a valid P score the ship must demonstrate its ability to meet the standards (MOPs) under the conditions set in the TAC. Unless otherwise stated, the passing score for all TAC s is 80%. In the event a TAC is failed, a course of action will be devised between the CSG, TYCOM and the ship to mitigate the failure based on resource and ATG availability. If the assessment scenario does not meet the conditions set in the TAC, no P grade will be recorded. Most sub-events are required to be integrated. The ship s training teams should take care to ensure the watchstanders are ready to conduct the sub-event as part of an integrated drill package (as indicated in the Integration column of these tables and the Conditions section of the TACs). (2) The Performance score is a Unit Performance Score and therefore not all teams are necessarily required to be assessed for Performance of that sub-event. Details of how many teams must be assessed is specified in the associated TAC card. If more than one team are required to be assessed, the performance score will be an average of all required teams that were assessed. (3) During a Performance event the assessing agency shall use the TAC to score each MOP as achieved or not achieved. If achieved the full weighted score is awarded (no partial scores) if the MOP is not achieved the score awarded for that MOP is zero. During a performance event interventions are permitted at any time by both the ship s training team and any qualified assessor and an overall score will still be awarded but the score for the MOP that required intervention will be zero. Therefore, training and assessment teams should only intervene during an assessed event in order to progress an event that has stalled or if a hazard is developing that could lead to a personnel or equipment casualty. Once the performance event is completed, scores awarded for each MOP shall be added, the sum divided by the maximum achievable points and the result multiplied by 100. NOTE: A TYCOM guide for development of a TAC is published on the CNAP Sharepoint site under supplemental information. I-6

250 Title Basic Phase Periodicity Exact details of how the event is conducted and graded are found in the applicable TAC. Numbers explain the number of times the event must be scheduled conducted and reported for E (cumulative figures) during each phase. Y/N indicates if a performance grade will be given in each phase. Learn In this example, E will increase if the event is repeated within 15 days of the last event. Maintain The E level will be maintained if it is repeated within 30 days. Degrade If it is not repeated within 30 days, E will degrade by 1 every 10 days. Maint Phase Integrated phase Sustainment Integration In this example there is no need to maintain Experience (0) and no performance grade (N) in port. During crew prep, the event must be scheduled, conducted and reported once to gain an experience level of 1 and graded for performance (Y) prior to basic phase. E and P scores are dictated in the same way as in the basic phase. P scoring may be conducted by different agencies than those in the basic phase. In this example, throughout sustainment, events must be scheduled with a frequency that maintains an E level of 10. Performance grades, once achieved will remain valid for 450 days. All sub events can be drilled for experience independently but in this case, for a P grade, it must be conducted with MOB-D Figure I 1 Example for CONUS Experience and Performance Matrix. I-7